Westpac 2023 Group Annual Report and Appendix 4E
ASX Release
6 November 2023
Westpac 2023 Group Annual Report and Appendix 4E
Westpac Banking Corporation (“Westpac”) today provides the attached Westpac
2023 Group Annual Report and Appendix 4E.
For further information:
Hayden Cooper Justin McCarthy
Group Head of Media Relations General Manager, Investor Relations
0402 393 619 0422 800 321
This document has been authorised for release by Tim Hartin, Company Secretary.
Level 18, 275 Kent Street
Sydney, NSW, 2000
ASX AppendiX 4e
Results for announcement to the market
1
Report for the full year ended 30 September 2023
²
Revenue from ordinary activities
3,4
($m)up10%to$21,645
Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to equity holders
4
($m)up26%to$ 7,1 9 5
Net profit for the year attributable to equity holders
4
($m)up26%to$ 7,1 9 5
Dividend Distributions (cents per ordinary share)
Amount per
security
Franked amount
per security
Final Dividend7272
Interim Dividend7070
Record date for determining entitlements to the final dividend10 November 2023
1. This document comprises the Westpac Group 2023 Full Year Financial Results, and is provided to the Australian Securities Exchange under
Listing Rule 4.3A.
2. This report should be read in conjunction with Westpac's 2023 reporting suite and any public announcements made in the period by the
Westpac Group in accordance with the continuous disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and ASX Listing Rules.
3. Comprises reported interest income, interest expense and non-interest income.
4. All comparisons are with the reported results for the twelve months ended 30 September 2022.
ASX Appendix 4E
WESTPAC
2023 ANNUAL REPORT
CREATING
BETTER FUTURES
TOGETHER
50-YEAR PARTNERSHIP WITH
THE WESTPAC LIFESAVER
RESCUE HELICOPTER SERVICE
Westpac’s reporting suite
Our 2023 Annual Report is our primary
report to shareholders. Guided by the
Integrated Reporting Framework principles,
it brings together financial and non-financial
performance, strategic progress and the value
created for stakeholders over the Full Year 2023
(FY23) reporting period.
Our Annual Report forms part of our broader
2023 reporting suite, which comprises the
Group’s financial, non-financial, risk and
sustainability performance for the year. It
includes our FY23 Financial Results Presentation
and Investor Discussion Pack, Pillar 3 Report,
Corporate Governance Statement and our
inaugural Climate Report.
Our full suite is available online at
westpac.com.au/2023annualreport.
50-YEAR PARTNERSHIP WITH
THE WESTPAC LIFESAVER
RESCUE HELICOPTER SERVICE
WESTPAC
2023 ANNUAL REPORT
CREATING
BETTER FUTURES
TOGETHER
WESTPAC
2023 CLIMATE REPORT
CREATING
BETTER FUTURES
TOGETHER
PILLAR 3
REPORT
SEPTEMBER 2023
INCORPORATING THE REQUIREMENTS OF APS330
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
ABN 33 007 457 141
PRESENTATION
AND INVESTOR
DISCUSSION PACK
2023 FULL YEAR FINANCIAL RESULTS
FOR THE 12 MONTHS ENDED
30 SEPTEMBER 2023
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
ABN 33 007 457 141
2023 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
ABN 33 007 457 141
THURSDAY, 14 DECEMBER 2023
10:00 AM (BRISBANE TIME)
NOTICE OF
MEETING
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
STATEMENT
2023
WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION
ABN 33 007 457 141
Annual ReportFY23 Results
Presentation and
Investor Discussion
Pack
Climate Report
Notice of MeetingPillar 3 ReportCorporate Governance
Statement
Acknowledgment of Indigenous Peoples
Westpac acknowledges the First Peoples of Australia and recognises
their ongoing role as Traditional Owners of the land and waters of this
country, and we pay respect to Elders past and present. We extend that
respect to Westpac’s Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander employees,
partners and stakeholders, and to the Indigenous Peoples in the other
locations where we operate.
In Aotearoa (New Zealand) we also acknowledge tangata whenua and
the unique relationship that Indigenous Peoples share with all New
Zealanders as partners and custodians of their natural ecosystems
under Te Tiriti o Waitangi.
In this Annual Report a reference to ‘Westpac’, ‘Group’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ is to Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141
and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation.
For certain information about the basis of preparing the financial information in this Annual Report see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2.
In addition, this Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For an explanation of forward-looking statements and the risks, uncertainties and assumptions to which they are
subject, see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2. Please consider those important disclaimers when reading the forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report.
Information contained in or accessible through the websites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of this report unless we specifically
state that it is incorporated by reference and forms part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are
for information only.
Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
CREATING BETTER
FUTURES TOGETHER
Contents
1 STRATEGIC REVIEW 1
2023 highlights 2
Performance overview 4
Chairman’s report 6
CEO’s report 8
About Westpac 10
Our operating environment 12
Our strategy 14
How we create value 16
Material sustainability topics 18
Value for shareholders 20
Value for customers 24
Value for our people 28
Value for the community 32
Value for the environment 36
Risk management 40
Corporate governance 48
Directors’ Report 52
Board of Directors 52
Executive team 56
Remuneration Report 66
Information on Westpac 94
Significant developments 94
2 PERFORMANCE REVIEW 97
Reading this report 98
Group performance 102
Segment reporting 130
Risk factors 145
Sustainability governance 157
Other Westpac business information 165
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 167
Financial statements 167
Notes to the financial statements 174
Statutory statements 294
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 303
Shareholding information 304
Additional information 313
Glossary of abbreviations
and defined terms 320
Contact us inside back cover
1
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2023
HIGHLIGHTS
1
SHAREHOLDERSCUSTOMERSOUR PEOPLE COMMUNITYENVIRONMENT
$7,195M
Net Profit, up 26%
#1
Australian banking app
2
75
Organisational Health Index
$3.4BN
Taxes paid globally, including
the bank levy and 6th largest
taxpayer in Australia
66%
Reduction in scope 1
and 2 emissions from our
2021 baseline
5
14%
Full year dividend of 142 cents
$23BN
Home loans
49%
Women in senior leadership
3
50-YEAR
Westpac Lifesaver Rescue
Helicopter Service partnership
12 NZBA EMISSION
REDUCTION TARGETS
12.38%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
comfortably above regulatory
minimum
$12BN
Business loans
36,146
Employees
4
$27.9M
Spent with diverse suppliers
5
7%
Reduction in exposure to the
fossil fuel energy value chain
5,7
9.0%
Total shareholder return
(-16% in FY22)
$28M
Customer deposits
$6.1BN
Paid to our people
$171M
In community investment
6
100%
Sourcing equivalent of 100%
of Australian direct electricity
demand from renewable energy
from April 2023
1 Comparisons are for the 12 months ended
30 September 2022, unless otherwise stated.
2 The Forrester Digital Experience Review:
Australian Mobile Banking Apps, Q4 2023.
3 Senior Leadership includes Executive Team,
General Managers and their direct reports
(excluding administrative or support roles).
4 Full time equivalent at September 2023.
5 Refer to the 2023 Sustainability Index and
Datasheet for more information on the
definitions.
6 Refer to the 2023 Sustainability Index and
Datasheet for more information on the
definitions. Figure includes commercial
sponsorships and foregone fee revenue.
7 Our fossil fuel energy value chain includes the
following sectors: Oil and Gas (exploration;
extraction and terminals, refining, distribution
and retail); Fuel Retailing; Thermal coal mining;
Coal Ports; and, electricity supply (generation
from fossil fuels only: Gas; Black Coal; Brown
Coal; Liquid fuel).
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 2
SHAREHOLDERSCUSTOMERSOUR PEOPLE COMMUNITYENVIRONMENT
$7,195M
Net Profit, up 26%
#1
Australian banking app
2
75
Organisational Health Index
$3.4BN
Taxes paid globally, including
the bank levy and 6th largest
taxpayer in Australia
66%
Reduction in scope 1
and 2 emissions from our
2021 baseline
5
14%
Full year dividend of 142 cents
$23BN
Home loans
49%
Women in senior leadership
3
50-YEAR
Westpac Lifesaver Rescue
Helicopter Service partnership
12 NZBA EMISSION
REDUCTION TARGETS
12.38%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
comfortably above regulatory
minimum
$12BN
Business loans
36,146
Employees
4
$27.9M
Spent with diverse suppliers
5
7%
Reduction in exposure to the
fossil fuel energy value chain
5,7
9.0%
Total shareholder return
(-16% in FY22)
$28M
Customer deposits
$6.1BN
Paid to our people
$171M
In community investment
6
100%
Sourcing equivalent of 100%
of Australian direct electricity
demand from renewable energy
from April 2023
3
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE
OVERVIEW
1
The Group recorded net profit of
$7,195 million, up 26% on the prior
year. Excluding Notable Items
2
, net
profit increased 12% to $7,368 million.
Our improved financial performance reflects the benefit
of a higher net interest margin and growth in home and
business loans. This was tempered by higher provisions for
loan losses. The operating performance drove a significant
improvement in our return on tangible equity, which rose
1.09 percentage points to 11.7%
3
.
Dividends of 142 cents per share, including a final dividend
of 72 cents per share, were up 14%. The payout ratio of
68%
3
was within our sustainable payout ratio range of 65%
to 75%.
The Group’s financial position was strengthened in
anticipation of a more challenging economic and operating
environment. The CET1 capital ratio of 12.4% compares to
the target operating range of 11.0% to 11.5%.
With $4.0 billion of capital above the target operating
range and confidence in the medium-term economic
outlook, we announced a $1.5 billion on-market share
buyback to return capital to shareholders.
Liquidity coverage and net stable funding ratios of
134% and 115%, respectively, were well above regulatory
minimums.
1 Unless otherwise stated, all figures relate to the year ended
30 September 2023 with the comparative period the year ended
30 September 2022. Certain amounts, measures and ratios presented in
this Annual Report are not defined by Australian Accounting Standards
(AAS). These non-AAS measures are identified and described in the
‘Reading this report’ section of the Performance Review in the 2023
Annual Report.
2 Notable Items are discussed further in section 2.3.
3 Excluding Notable Items.
Improved financial performance
Pre-provision profit was $10,953 million, up
24% compared to the prior year. The increase in FY23
was driven by a stronger performance in the First Half
relative to the Second Half. Excluding Notable Items, pre-
provision profit increased 16% to $11,310 million reflecting
an 8% increase in operating income and 1% increase in
operating expenses.
—Net interest income increased 7% to $18,317 million. Excluding
Notable Items, net interest income increased 11%. This reflects
the expansion in net interest margin (NIM) and a 6% increase
in average interest-earning assets. Growth was driven by
owner occupied mortgages, and loans to business customers
across the commercial property, agriculture and target sectors
in institutional banking. It also included a 10% rise in liquid
assets in response to the reduction in the RBA’s Committed
Liquidity Facility (CLF).
—Group NIM was up 2 basis points to 1.95%. Excluding Notable
Items, NIM of 1.96% was 9 basis points higher. Group NIM
comprised:
• Core NIM of 1.87%, which expanded 12 basis points from
widening deposit spreads in the first half of the year and
higher return on capital balances. This was partly offset by
tighter loan spreads due to intense lending competition as
well as an increase in lower returning liquid assets;
• Treasury and Markets income of 9 basis points, down
3 basis points; and
• Notable Items, which reduced Group NIM by 1 basis point.
This compared to a contribution of 6 basis points in the
prior year.
—Non-interest income of $3,328 million was 36% higher,
mostly due to Notable Items. Excluding these items and the
impact of businesses sold, non-interest income increased 3%
to $2,988 million, due to improved markets income.
—Operating expenses of $10,692 million were 1% lower, driven
in part by Notable Items. Operating expenses excluding
Notable Items were $10,232 million, up 1%. Inflationary
pressures on wages, third-party vendor costs and higher
software expenses were largely mitigated by the benefits of
our cost reset actions.
1.95%
Group NIM,
up 2 bps on FY22
24%
Pre-provision
profit
16%
Pre-provision
profit excluding
Notable Items
1.87%
Core NIM,
up 12 bps on FY22
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 4
134%
LCR, 34 ppts above
regulatory minimum
Strong balance sheet
Capital
The CET1 capital ratio rose by 109 basis points to 12.4%.
This reflects the impact of:
—Net profit adding 159 basis points;
—Benefits from APRA’s revised capital standards of
62 basis points; and
—Dividends subtracting 100 basis points.
Funding and liquidity
The September quarterly average liquidity coverage ratio
(LCR) was 134% and the net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
was 115%, both well above regulatory minimums.
The deposit to loan ratio was 82.9%. The Group raised
$35.2 billion of new long-term wholesale funding.
Resilient credit quality
Westpac is well positioned to withstand any future
deterioration in credit quality with impairment provisions
more than $1.5 billion above the expected losses of our base
case economic scenario.
—Credit impairment charges were $648 million or 9 basis
points of average loans, compared to 5 basis points of
average loans in the prior year. The charge was driven by
higher Collectively Assessed Provisions (CAP), a function
of weaker forward-looking economic inputs, a modest
rise in mortgage portfolio delinquencies and some
increased stress within WIB, Business and New Zealand
portfolios. The charge was moderated by an Individually
Assessed Provisions (IAP) benefit of $121 million.
—Credit quality was resilient, albeit experiencing some
deterioration. Stressed exposures to total committed
exposures were 1.26%, a rise of 19 basis points driven by
the mortgage and business portfolios.
—Credit Impairment provisions of $4,941 million were
up 7% due to higher CAP. Overlays were reduced by
$268 million as expected risks did not materialise or are
now reflected in modelled outcomes. The ratio of CAP
to credit RWA was 1.35%, an increase of 19 basis points
due to both higher CAP and lower RWA following the
adoption of APRA’s revised capital framework.
Investment spend
Investment spend was $1,922 million, down 3%.
—Spend on growth and productivity increased 8%,
reflecting the roll-out of our mortgage origination
platform to third-party brokers, investment in
digital capability to improve customer experience
and continued development of the corporate cash
management platform.
—Delivery of our regulatory compliance agenda remains
a priority and was a significant proportion of spend.
As we have made progress, risk and regulatory spend
decreased 9%.
CAP TO CREDIT RWA (%)
INVESTMENT SPEND (%)
Risk and regulatory Growth and productivity
STRESSED EXPOSURES AS A % OF TCE
SEP-21SEP-23
SEP-22
1.36
1.26
1.07
SEP-21SEP-23SEP-22
1.17
1.35
1.16
CET1 CAPITAL RATIO (%)
APRA basis Internationally comparable
SEP-21SEP-23SEP-22
18.7
12.4
17.6
11.3
18.2
12.3
38
62
5
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CHAIRMAN’S
REPORT
The Board has made it a priority for
the Company to invest to maintain
or grow its position in key markets.
Dear fellow shareholders,
This year has seen the best financial and operating
performance by the Group since 2018. We also made
improvements in digitisation and customer service,
particularly in consumer banking. We made good progress
in consumer deposits and we stabilised the historical
erosion in our lending position.
Profit after tax was $7.2 billion in FY23, up 26% on a
statutory basis and 12% excluding Notable Items. Return
on tangible equity was solid at 11.7%
1
, well above our cost
of equity. Income was strong, up 8%
1
. However, the credit
impairment charge doubled reflecting the effect of interest
rate rises and inflation on customers.
Costs were down 1%, excluding Notable Items they were
up 1%. Our cost outcome reflects action, such as the 6%
reduction in employees
2
in the second half of the year, to
counter numerous cost pressures including wage inflation,
procurement, change to improving customer service and in
upgrading our operational risk capability.
Our capital position remains strong with a core equity
tier 1 ratio of 12.4%, well ahead of our target operating
range of 11% to 11.5%. With this result, we declared an
increased final dividend of 72 cents as well as announcing
a $1.5 billion share buyback. Our excess capital position
provided flexibility to reward shareholders with enhanced
dividends and a buyback. There is potential for future
capital management should the Group remain in an excess
capital position.
The Board has made it a priority for the Company to
invest to maintain or grow its position in key markets.
This follows a period of sustained market share loss in our
key products. Fortunately, our position is now stable and
we have reasonable prospects of sustaining or recapturing
lost ground over coming years.
1 Excluding Notable Items.
2 Full time equivalent.
Shareholders may be aware of our complex technology
systems arising from historical acquisitions that have not
been fully integrated. This complexity is probably the single
greatest barrier to further simplification and cost reduction.
In coming years, we will continue our simplification by
integrating technology to deal with complexity, cost and
service issues from past acquisitions. We expect it will
strengthen our capability to serve customers, reduce
operational risk and improve productivity. In doing so, this
will increase the long-term value of the Company.
Fortunately, the Group has the capacity to carry out
this program. Our annual investment spend has been an
average of some $2 billion over recent years, with more
than 60% directed towards risk and regulatory matters and
operational risk improvement.
Shareholders will recall the AUSTRAC matter in 2019,
the enforceable undertakings imposed by our prudential
supervisors in both Australia and New Zealand in 2020 and
various other matters relating to the Group’s regulators
over the period. Investment has been essential in reducing
risk and improving customer service, which came at a very
significant cost to the Group.
Specifically, from 2019 to 2023 Westpac spent $5.8 billion
on risk and regulatory change, excluding penalties
of $1.4 billion.
We have made good progress on these matters, and
they will require less spend from 2025 onwards, giving
us the capacity to re-direct investment to further benefit
customers and shareholders.
The Customer Outcomes and Risk Excellence (CORE)
program has been a major and important part of our
efforts. CORE has materially strengthened the Group’s risk
foundations. Once completed, we believe the program
will bring lasting value to shareholders and help restore
Westpac’s traditional strategic competitive position.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 6
I know shareholders are concerned about climate change
and believe our approach of a just and inclusive transition
to a net-zero future is appropriate for our customers. To
this effect, we are putting to shareholders at this upcoming
AGM our own advisory resolution on climate change which
we hope shareholders will support.
This is my final year as your Chairman. Reflecting on my
time here, apart from the general improvement in our
position outlined in this letter, we have radically simplified
the Group. We have sold 10 non-strategic businesses
to focus on our natural strength in consumer, business
and institutional banking in Australia and New Zealand.
Internationally, we’ve retained Fiji and Papua New Guinea
and consolidated our institutional banking and markets
locations into four centres.
Two Directors, Michael Ullmer and Tim Burroughs with
strong banking and investment banking credentials
respectively, joined the Board during the year and are
already making a strong contribution. Both are standing
for election at this year’s AGM. Mike Hawker retired from
the Board during the year. Chris Lynch is not seeking
re-election. He will complete his full term, and will retire
at the end of this year’s AGM.
I’m particularly pleased that Steven Gregg has joined the
Board as Chair-Elect to replace me. He is a seasoned Chair
with strong corporate and investment banking credentials.
Steven has aligned his directorships to ensure he has
the capacity to allocate the time necessary for a major
regulated bank and is also standing for election.
I would like to thank customers, and they can be assured
of our support for them in today’s difficult times. I also
extend my appreciation to shareholders for staying with us
through what has been an incredibly difficult and turbulent
time for the Group.
I would also like to thank the Board, the management team
and employees for their hard work and dedication during
the year.
In closing, I genuinely believe we have made progress as a
Group, that we have seen the worst, but still require further
simplification. Notwithstanding near-term uncertainties
on the economic front, and increased technology
rationalisation requiring investment, looking beyond that,
I do believe for Westpac, the best is yet to come.
Yours sincerely,
John McFarlane
CHAIRMAN, WESTPAC
WITH THIS RESULT WE DECLARED
INCREASED DIVIDENDS AS WELL
AS A SHARE BUYBACK.
142 CENTS
FULL YEAR DIVIDENDS
$1.5BN
SHARE BUYBACK
7
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CEO’S
REPORT
Our strategy starts and ends with our
customers. We’re broadening access
to banking services by investing in
technology, data and digital, and
improving the customer experience
by making banking easier, simpler
and safer.
Dear shareholders,
This year we delivered an improved financial result while
navigating and supporting customers through economic
uncertainty. We also continued to redirect our strategic
focus towards growth and generating sustainable
shareholder returns.
Improved financial result
Balance sheet strength was a priority and over the year we
continued to reinforce it across capital, funding, liquidity and
credit provisioning.
Our capital position was the strongest in my 29 years with the
bank. The CET1 capital ratio of 12.4%, is above the top of our
target operating range and positions us in the top quartile of
banks globally.
With $4.0 billion of capital above the target operating range
and more confidence in the economic environment, we are
returning capital to shareholders through a $1.5 billion on-
market share buyback. This is in addition to the $5.0 billion
of capital paid to shareholders through the interim and
final dividends.
Our net profit of $7,195 million for full year 2023, was up
26% on the prior year. Excluding Notable Items, net profit
increased 12% to $7,368 million. Growth in operating income,
which was underpinned by the benefit of a higher net interest
margin and growth in home and business loans, exceeded
operating expense growth. Higher provisions for loan losses
tempered the result.
Earnings per share growth of 28% was faster than profit growth,
as last year’s buyback reduced the average share count by 2%.
The improved financial performance drove a significant increase
in return on equity, which rose 2 percentage points to 10.1%.
This in turn supported strong dividend growth with dividends
of 142 cents per share, including a final dividend of 72 cents per
share, up 14% in the year.
While the improvement in financial performance was
pleasing, we are still a higher cost bank relative to our
peers. This is a position we must reverse over time. Our risk
management programs, including our Customer Outcomes
and Risk Excellence (CORE) program, have required
sustained investment and focus and that has reduced profit.
We are determined to successfully deliver the program, to
meet expectations of regulators and customers and to ensure
the changes endure.
1 As at 30 September 2023. Completed activities finalised by Westpac. Activities may still be subject to Promontory Australia review.
Helping customers
We recognise higher interest rates and inflation are impacting
some Australians and New Zealanders and we are supporting
customers and businesses through this period.
From a credit quality perspective, we monitor our portfolio
closely and we have seen a modest increase in stress. Our
business loans portfolio is well positioned with most customers
navigating higher input costs and slowing demand. Our
mortgage portfolio, which is our largest, is demonstrating
resilience with most customers being able to respond to
economic pressures.
Some customers are doing it tough. We helped 69,000
customers and businesses through hardship over the year,
working closely to provide tailored support. We ended the
year with 13,000 customers in hardship arrangements, 69%
below the peak during COVID.
Simpler and stronger bank
Building a simpler and stronger bank has been our priority
over recent years. We have sharpened our strategic focus on
banking in Australia and New Zealand, and divested 10 non-
core businesses, including three this year.
We are strengthening our approach to risk management,
reflecting we have not always got it right. This is being
implemented through a coordinated program of work and
investment, including our multi-year CORE program.
We have now completed 94%
1
of CORE’s activities with
the remainder expected to be completed by the end of the
calendar year. Our focus over the coming year will be to
further embed the changes across the organisation and we
will continue to work closely with Promontory and APRA
as they assess the effectiveness and sustainability of the
changes we have made. Refer to page 22 for more on
CORE progress.
Creating better futures
This year we adopted a new purpose – Creating better futures
together. Framed by four pillars, it centres on customers and
aims to drive growth in our key markets and improve returns.
Refer to page 14 for more on our strategy.
We realigned our organisational structure to support this
strategic renewal. This included separating Consumer
and Business banking as well as establishing a dedicated
technology function focused on accelerating technology
simplification.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 8
Our strategy starts and ends with our customers. We’re
broadening access to banking services by investing in
technology, data and digital, and improving the customer
experience by making banking easier, simpler and safer.
Customers are increasingly adopting digital banking. Our
Westpac app, used over five million times a day, was rated
the #1 banking app by Forrester
1
. It gives customers control
of their everyday banking and now features additional
budgeting tools, carbon footprint tracking and voice search
functionality.
We’re also investing to support business customers. EFTPOS
Air, which turns your phone into a merchant terminal, is
helping businesses get paid easily while on the go and is
available on both iPhone and Android devices. Customers
can now open a business transaction account digitally in less
than 10 minutes.
We aim to reclaim our position as a leading institutional bank.
We started with the simplification of our product and service
offering which has facilitated deeper relationships with
existing customers. Our top strategic priority is uplifting our
cash management and transactional banking capability. We
see this as a critical foundation to achieving our aspiration of
being our clients’ banking partner of choice.
Home loans are our largest product. Competition was fierce
during the year and we worked hard to give customers
every reason to stay with us while attracting new customers.
We are defined by our service and have improved our
systems and processes to reduce approval times. This year
we completed the roll-out of our single mortgage platform
and extended the capability of our digital mortgage. We
expect our enhanced customer proposition to lead to an
improvement in our home lending momentum.
We continued to consolidate our branch network to improve
efficiency and now have 82 co-located branches. Customers
have access to around 6,800 ATMs fee free across Australia.
Face to face banking is also supported by our partnership
with Australia Post while we have continued to expand video
banking which allows in-home service.
These service enhancements, along with others, are critical
to retaining and attracting customers over time. Our key
customer metrics of Net Promoter Score (NPS) have
improved, but not as much as we planned. We believe the
organisational change we made this year, combined with
increasing the focus on the customer experience through
the Company, will lift service standards to the levels we
aspire to achieve.
Cyber and scams
Protecting customers and their money while ensuring the
continuity of our service is critical. We continue to build our
defences to combat the escalating threat of cybercrime
and scams.
During the year we launched a range of initiatives to detect,
disrupt and halt cybercrime. This includes alerting customers
of potential scams through payment prompts. We’ve also
introduced blocks for certain cryptocurrency payments
and use behavioural and facial biometrics when onboarding
some customers.
Fighting cybercrime requires collective action as well as
building awareness, so we’re collaborating with industry
peers, regulators and law enforcement agencies.
1 The Forrester Digital Experience Review: Australian Mobile Banking Apps, Q4 2023.
2 Senior Leadership includes Executive Team, General Managers and their direct reports (excluding administrative or support roles).
3 Full time equivalent at 30 September 2023.
Strengthening culture
As the face of our bank, our people shape the experience of
customers. We are investing to build their capabilities and to
strengthen our workplace and culture.
This included progressing our diversity and inclusivity
commitments. Women now make up 49% of senior
leadership roles
2
, 50% of our executive team and 54% of our
workforce. We are also growing our Indigenous workforce.
Through our new capability framework and ongoing
investment in development, we’re continuously building the
aptitude of our workforce. For example, this year over 5,000
employees completed a Data and Digital program to improve
data and digital skills.
We measure cultural change through our Voice+ survey,
which includes McKinsey’s Organisational Health Index score
(OHI). It remained steady at 75, one point below the global
top quartile score of 76. This is a pleasing outcome given the
extent of organisational change, including the 4% reduction
in employees
3
over the year as our cost reset program
continued.
On behalf of the executive team, I thank every one of our
people for their contribution and dedication to customers.
Sustainability progress
Supporting the transition to net-zero by 2050 is one way
we can help create better futures. This year, in line with our
refreshed purpose and strategic pillars, we updated our
sustainability strategy.
We are making progress towards our ambition to become a
net-zero, climate resilient bank. Consistent with our targets,
we are reducing operational emissions and the equivalent of
100% of our Australian direct electricity demand from April
2023 was sourced from renewables.
As a bank, the most significant role we can play is supporting
customers in their transition. We are progressing our Net-
Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) commitment and now have
12 targets in place. Progress is set out in our inaugural
Climate Report.
It’s 50 years since the Westpac Lifesaver Rescue
Helicopter Service began. The iconic Westpac branded
chopper represents one of Australia’s longest corporate
community partnerships – more than 100,000 missions
have been performed – and is symbolic of our long-standing
commitment to supporting the community.
Finally, thank you to our Board and especially our Chairman,
who is retiring at the upcoming AGM. His counsel and
guidance have been constant. And most importantly,
thank you to our shareholders for their continued support
of Westpac.
Peter King
CEO
9
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Westpac provides a broad range
of financial products and services
in our core markets of Australia and
New Zealand.
Westpac is Australia’s first bank and oldest company.
Established in 1817, as the Bank of New South Wales under
a charter of incorporation signed by Governor Lachlan
Macquarie, we expanded across Australia, New Zealand
and the Pacific. In 1982, we changed our name to Westpac.
In recent years, we have become a simpler bank,
sharpening our focus on banking for Australian and New
Zealand consumer, business and institutional customers.
Today, we serve 13.0 million customers and provide
products and services though our four divisions: Consumer,
Business and Wealth, Westpac Institutional Bank and
Westpac New Zealand.
1. APRA Banking Statistics, September 2023.
2. RBA Financial Aggregates, September 2023.
3. RBNZ, September 2023.
ABOUT
WESTPAC
Australia
Household deposits
1
21%
Mortgages
2
21%
Business credit
2
15%
New Zealand
Consumer lending
3
18%
Deposits
3
18%
Business lending
3
16%
Market share
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 10
1 All figures are in AUD.
WESTPAC COMPRISES SIX MAJOR SEGMENTSFY23 NET PROFIT
1
Consumer
$3,052M
7%
Business
$1,628M
77%
Westpac Institutional Bank
(WIB)
$1,061M
54%
New Zealand
$887M
18%
Group Businesses
($38M)
Large
Specialist Businesses
$605M
Large
Total
$7,195M
26%
REPORTED NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF WESTPAC ($M)
20232022
% MOV’T
2023-2022
Net interest income18,31717,1617
Non-interest income3,3282,44536
Net operating income21,64519,60610
Operating expenses(10,692)(10,802)(1)
Pre-provision profit10,9538,80424
Impairment (charges)/benefits(648)(335)93
Profit before income tax expense10,3058,46922
Income tax expense(3,104)(2,770)12
Profit after income tax expense7,2015,69926
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)(6)(5)20
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC7,1955,69426
Notable Items (post tax)(173)(874)(80)
11
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
OUR OPERATING
ENVIRONMENT
Operating environment
1
Australia
The economic strength evident during 2021 and 2022,
driven by post-COVID reopening and supported by
substantial policy stimulus, has given way to below trend
growth in 2023. The headwinds of high inflation and
sharply higher interest rates are being felt.
Economic growth is expected to slow from 2.7% for 2022
to a forecast 1.2% for 2023. This is well below population
growth, which has accelerated sharply and is expected to
come in at over 2% this year.
Consumer spending has been at the centre of the
downturn. Growth of 1.5% in the year to June was well
below the 2.4% increase in population. This ongoing lower
consumption growth reflects contracting real disposable
income as the rising cost of living, an increasing tax burden
and higher mortgage rates weigh on households. While
the deceleration is widespread, it is less acute in the mining
states of Western Australia and Queensland.
The housing market has proved extremely resilient this year
with prices up approximately 6% for 2023 to date and now
closing in on their 2022 peak. Annual price growth is back
in positive territory across all major capital city markets.
While housing turnover remains soft, the acceleration in
prices is supporting demand for credit via stronger new
lending activity. System housing credit growth is expected
to trough at an annual rate of approximately 4% in 2023.
For business, the slowdown in the growth of national
income has led to a deterioration in profitability for
both the mining and non-mining sectors. Businesses are
responding to the continued softening in demand and
lower profitability with more constrained investment.
Demand for business credit is therefore expected to slow
from 11.9% in 2022 to approximately 5% in 2023.
Competition in home lending, the Group’s largest customer
offer, was particularly intense in the first half of our financial
year. This led to the significant contraction in home loan
spreads leading to the Group’s conscious decision to be
disciplined on market share. Wider spreads on deposits
and earnings on capital, both a function of higher interest
rates, more than offset lending competition impacts.
1 All references are to calendar years unless otherwise stated.
Inflationary pressures were a feature of the operating
environment. There was upward pressure on employee
expenses and significant cost increases across many
third-party vendor services, in particular technology.
The Group’s cost reset productivity initiatives offset
much of the cost pressure.
Revisions to the Australian Prudential Regulation
Authority’s (APRA’s) capital framework became effective
from 1 January 2023 and included updated prudential
standards for capital adequacy and credit risk capital.
APRA’s requirement for domestic systemically important
banks (D-SIBs), including Westpac, is to maintain a core
CET1 capital ratio of 10.25%.
New Zealand
Substantive tightening in monetary policy combined with
higher inflation have led to a significant slowing in activity.
Economic growth is expected to slow from 2.4% in 2022
to 0.8% in 2023.
The Reserve Bank of New Zealand’s (RBNZ’s) strategy
of moving official interest rates relatively quickly to 5.5%
has been effective in tightening financial conditions. The
tightening has mainly been felt by leveraged households
and businesses who are increasingly paying markedly
higher financing costs. For households, a significant
proportion of past rate increases is still to hit budgets as
borrowers roll onto higher rates.
Inflation has proven to be resistant to monetary policy
tightening in the post-COVID period. Many factors have
been at play including: a tougher geopolitical environment;
ongoing frictions in global supply chains and volatility in oil
prices; and resilience among households and businesses
that built up significant buffers. In addition, aggregate
demand is being supported by stronger population growth.
Demand for credit from both the household and business
sectors has softened, given the low growth and higher
interest rate environment. System growth for housing and
business in 2023 is expected to slow to 2.3% and 3.8%
respectively. Competition has been heightened during this
period of low growth.
Westpac New Zealand completed a program of work to
meet the requirements of the RBNZ’s BS11 outsourcing
policy. The objective of the policy is to minimise the impact
on the wider economy of the failure of a large bank, or a
service provider to a large bank.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 12
Global
Global economic growth, after rebounding strongly in
2021 and 2022, has slowed as the combined impacts of
monetary policy tightening and cost-of-living pressures
have dampened demand. Notwithstanding the slowdown,
activity in many advanced economies has been more
resilient than expected, especially in the services sectors.
Globally, headline inflation has continued to decline with
energy prices remaining well below their peaks last year.
With services inflation proving to be more persistent,
core inflation has declined by far less. This has resulted in
financial markets expecting interest rates to remain higher
for longer, which in turn has put upward pressure on global
bond yields and seen the US dollar strengthen further.
Financial market volatility spiked in March following a run
on the deposit base of three regional US banks: Silvergate;
Silicon Valley; and Signature. Broader financial stability
concerns were heightened in the lead up to Credit Suisse
being taken over by UBS, an arrangement facilitated
by Swiss regulators. The prompt response from central
banks and banking regulators, along with the recognition
of generally strong banking sector capital and liquidity,
stabilised markets.
Activity in, and prospects for, the United States and China
will be key influences on the Australian and New Zealand
economies. The most critical of the headwinds faced by
the United States is the ongoing deceleration in credit
growth and tighter financial conditions and standards, the
full effect of which is yet to be seen. While we expect the
United States to avoid recession, growth is expected to
remain tepid in 2023 before slowing to 1.4% in 2024.
The economic outlook for China deteriorated during the
year, in particular conditions in the property sector which
have weighed on household consumption. More recently,
indicators suggest an emerging recovery in confidence
and spending. We expect this recovery to continue, aided
by policy support, with economic growth expected to
accelerate to approximately 5% in both 2023 and 2024.
Outlook
Australian economic growth is expected to recover only
modestly in 2024 to a below trend 1.6%. This is likely to be
associated with higher unemployment that will assist in
returning inflation towards the RBA’s target range. Demand
for credit should remain subdued with system credit
growth for home lending in the 4% to 5% range and below
2% for business lending. Many customers are likely to find
these operating conditions challenging.
The Group enters FY24 with financial strength across
capital, funding and liquidity. Provisioning levels position
the Group to withstand further deterioration in credit
quality and to support customers. Maintaining market
share in key segments is an objective. The lagged impact
of lending competition, along with modest balance sheet
growth, is expected to provide headwinds for revenue.
In addition, upward pressure on costs from inflation
will persist.
3.8%
Unemployment rate
1,2
4.6%
Inflation rate
1,2
1.2%
GDP
1,2
3.8%
Wages growth
1,2
1 Australian figures.
2 Westpac Economics calendar year forecast as at 3 November 2023..
13
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
OUR STRATEGY
We’re creating better futures
together
For the past 200 years, we’ve been backing people,
businesses and communities. Always adapting and
evolving, we’re inspired by our customers, their needs and
a genuine desire to create better futures.
After sustained focus over the past three years, we’re
a simpler and stronger bank. Our strategy focuses on
banking in Australia and New Zealand. We’ve divested 10
businesses, reduced our geographical footprint and are
actively strengthening our management of risk and risk
culture.
Guided by our strategic purpose – Creating better futures
together – and our ambition to be our customers’ #1 bank
and partner through life, we refreshed our strategy during
the year. Framed by four strategic pillars of Customer, Easy,
Expert and Advocate, it focuses on growing in our key
markets and improving returns.
To support our strategic refresh and to sharpen our
focus on our largest markets, we also carried out an
organisational restructure late in the year.
Customers are at the heart of what we do. We value the
whole of customer relationship and are working hard
to anticipate their needs, including through delivering
personalised experiences, offers and insights. Transaction
accounts and payments are at the centre of our customer
relationships, enabling us to build early and deeper
connections.
We’re making banking easier, more intuitive and digital.
We’re radically simplifying our bank – solving pain points,
removing manual processes, making banking safer and
automating workflows. We’re aiming to create a seamless
customer experience across our channels.
We deliver expert solutions and tools to guide customers
in making better decisions. We help them manage their
money every day as well as plan ahead by sharing our
insights. Our people work alongside our customers to
tackle some of the issues, like managing the cost of living
and transitioning to net-zero.
We advocate for positive change and speak up for what’s
right. We’re advocating for financial inclusion, action on
climate and safer digital services across our business,
industry and communities.
Key measures on the progress of our strategy will be our
return on tangible equity and market positions.
Progressing sustainability
In line with our new purpose, our material sustainability
topics and the Principles for Responsible Banking, we
have updated our sustainability strategy. Our sustainability
strategy comprises six objectives structured around our
strategic pillars. These objectives are to:
—Enhance financial inclusion and equality
—Strengthen data security and protection
—Become a net-zero, climate resilient bank
—Become a nature positive bank
—Respect and advance human rights
—Enable diversity and inclusion.
Our objectives are underpinned by a range of metrics,
actions and positions that will aim to demonstrate how
we are advancing sustainability. Reporting on these will
commence in FY24. Our refreshed sustainability strategy
aligns with the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs),
which we have endorsed since 2015.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 14
OUR PURPOSE
Creating better futures together
OUR VALUES
Helpful • Ethical • Leading change • Performing • Simple
AMBITION
To be our customers’ #1 bank and partner through life
Return on tangible equity
Market position
Expert
solutions
and tools
—Comprehensive
solutions, features &
benefits
—Distinctive thought
leadership in finance
and climate
—Best people in the
industry
Customer
care at the
heart
—Responsive &
consistent service
—Support for customers
in good times & bad
—Recognition for
customers’ loyalty
Advocate
for positive
change
—Financial inclusion
& equality
—Data security &
protection
—Action on climate &
nature
Easy
to do
business with
—Simple, safe,
straightforward
banking
—Better ways to
manage finances
—Digitally-enabled
throughout
Data-informed
insights
and decisioning
Strong balance
sheet
Passionate
people who
make a
difference
Proactive risk
management
and risk culture
PILLARS
FOUNDATIONS
MEASURES
15
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
HOW WE CREATE VALUE
OUR PURPOSE
Creating better futures together
A STRATEGY FOR
GROWTH AND RETURN
What we do (page 10)
We provide a broad
range of financial products
and services in our core
markets of Australia and
New Zealand, including
consumer, business and
institutional banking
services.
OUR RESOURCES AND RELATIONSHIPS
Shareholders
The almost 655,000 shareholders who look
to us to deliver sustainable returns.
Customers
The 13.0 million customers we serve through
our branches and growing digital capabilities.
Our people
A capable, motivated and engaged
workforce of 36,146
1
employees seeking to
create better futures together.
Community
Mutually beneficial relationships with local
communities, suppliers and governments.
Environment
The natural resources which sustain our
business, our communities and the planet.
1 Full time equivalent, as at 30 September 2023.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 16
THE VALUE WE CREATE
1
Shareholders (page 20)
Delivering improved returns for shareholders
$5.0BN
to be returned to
shareholders via
dividends
$1.42
dividend per share
199BPS
increase in
return on equity
Customers (page 24)
Building enduring customer relationships
$773BN
in lending
$641BN
in customer
deposits
13.0M
customers
served
Our people (page 28)
Being a place where the best people want to work
75
Organisational
Health Index
$6.1BN
paid to our people
49%
women in senior
leadership
2
Community (page 32)
Being a leader in the community
$3.4BN
taxes paid globally,
including the bank
levy and 6th largest
tax payer in Australia
3
$171M
in community
investment
4
Highest
(‘Elevate’) level
Reconciliation
Action Plan
Environment (page 36)
Contributing to the net-zero transition
$2.6BN
in new lending to
climate change
solutions
5
66%
reduction in scope 1
and 2 emissions from
our 2021 baseline
12
NZBA emission
reduction targets
Customer care
at the heart
Easy to do
business with
Expert solutions
and tools
Advocate for
positive change
1 Comparisons are for the 12 months ended 30 September 2022, unless otherwise stated.
2 Senior Leadership includes Executive Team, General Managers and their direct reports (excluding administrative or support roles).
3 Based on the ATO’s Corporate Tax Transparency Report for the 2020-21 Income Year, published November 2022.
4 Refer to the 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet for more information on the definitions. Figure includes commercial sponsorships and foregone fee revenue.
5 Climate change solutions activities are defined in the Glossary section in our 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet.
17
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
MATERIAL
SUSTAINABILITY TOPICS
Assessing our material sustainability
topics
Each year, we identify our most material sustainability
topics to help guide our strategy and focus on the areas of
most importance to all our stakeholders.
The approach to determining our sustainability topics
is guided by various global standards, most notably
the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and its method
for assessing materiality. GRI defines materiality as the
significance of the impacts of our business activities on the
economy, environment and people, including impacts on
human rights.
The concept of ‘materiality’ for sustainability matters differs
from the more commonly used term of ‘materiality’ that
applies to financial statements, which in turn is determined
by Australian and international accounting standards.
The two concepts are linked to the extent that a material
sustainability issue may ultimately impact a company’s
financial results. For instance, we annually assess whether
the impacts of climate change have a ‘material’ impact on
our balance sheet or income statement.
To identify our material sustainability topics, we begin
with the risks recorded in Westpac’s integrated risk
and compliance management system and prioritise
sustainability-related risks with a higher ‘Inherent Risk
Rating’. Our risk management process, described on
page 40, explains how we assess and record risks,
including how we integrate social and environmental
aspects.
We also examine recorded incidents, external benchmarks
and frameworks, and engage with internal and external
stakeholders. We condense this work to a list of material
sustainability topics which we then validate through
discussions with senior management, our ESG and
Reputation Committee, and our Stakeholder Advisory
Council. The results are presented to the Board Audit
Committee and approved by the Board as part of our
annual financial reporting.
This year, we have aligned our Annual Report with the
Integrated Reporting Framework. As part of this process,
we determined that all our material sustainability topics
were relevant to measure value for our stakeholders and
therefore to be included in our Annual Report.
FY23 material sustainability topics
Topics that have significant positive or negative impacts on the economy, environment and people
Shareholders Customers Our people Communities Environment
– Financial
performance
– Corporate
compliance
– Data management
– Technology,
digitalisation
and AI
(page 20)
– Support vulnerable
customers
– Data privacy
– Safe and inclusive
products and
services
– Marketing and
promotion
(page 24)
– Work culture
– Employee health
and safety
– Talent attraction
and retention
– Inclusion and
diversity
(page 28)
– Supporting local
communities,
including
Indigenous peoples
– Human rights
– Sustainable and
diverse supply
chain
– Tax transparency
(page 32)
– Climate change
– Natural capital
(page 36)
Topics that are relevant to all
– Ethics and
business conduct
(page 51)
– Cybersecurity
(page 27)
– Anti-money laundering/counter-terrorism
financing
(refer performance review)
– Anti-bribery
and corruption
(page 51)
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 18
We obtained independent limited and reasonable
assurance over various sustainability subject matter,
including a selection of performance data and assertions
in our 2023 Annual Report, 2023 Climate Report and in the
2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet. Our assurance
statements are available on our website and in our 2023
Climate Report.
Other sustainability disclosures on our website include:
2023 Sustainability
Index and Datasheet
Natural Capital
Position Statement
Climate Report (including
Climate Change Position
Statement and Action
Plan)
Westpac Human Rights
Position Statement and
Action Plan
Westpac Group
Reconciliation
Action plan
Family or Domestic
Violence Position
Statement
Safer Children
Safer Communities 2022
Impact Report
Modern Slavery
Statement FY22
More detail on sustainability governance and risk
management is available in Section 2 of this Annual Report.
Sustainability approach
In pursuing our purpose, we seek to integrate sustainability
into our operations. Our refreshed sustainability strategy,
driven by our material sustainability topics, is helping guide
the way.
The implementation of our sustainability strategy is
underpinned by a variety of position statements, policies
and plans, all of which have supporting actions. For
instance, we are working to more deeply incorporate our
climate change targets and positions into our credit risk
assessment processes, and we have been integrating
human rights evaluations into supplier assessments.
This Annual Report focuses on our material sustainability
topics and how we create value for stakeholders. Our
sustainability topics are further supported by a range of
disclosures that provide more detail on our approach. Refer
to the adjacent table for our key sustainability documents.
Disclosures are based on global sustainability frameworks,
standards and initiatives, such as the Global Reporting
Initiative (GRI), the Sustainability Accounting Standards
Board (SASB), the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD), the Net-Zero Banking Alliance
(NZBA), the United Nations Principles for Responsible
Banking (UNPRBs), the United Nations Guiding Principles
on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs) and the United
Nations Global Compact (UNGC).
Our Sustainability Index and Datasheet is the reporting
hub for most of our sustainability metrics. It provides a
glossary and details our alignment with key reporting
standards.
19
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
We are working to deliver
long-term, sustainable value
for shareholders by growing
our customer franchise,
improving productivity and
returns, reducing risk and
optimising our capital position
while maintaining a strong
balance sheet.
Key highlights
28%
EARNINGS PER SHARE
1
14%
FULL YEAR
DIVIDENDS OF
142 CENTS
$1.5BN
SHARE BUYBACK
ANNOUNCED
9.0%
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER
RETURN
1 Basic earnings per ordinary share. Compared to FY22.
CREATING
VALUE FOR
SHAREHOLDERS
20WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
Improving shareholder returns
To create value for our 655,000 shareholders, we aim to
deliver returns above our cost of capital.
The recovery in profitability and associated improvement
in our return on equity contributed to an increase in
shareholder returns through dividend growth. The uplift
was driven by higher net interest margin, growth in our
underlying franchise and disciplined cost management.
This year, we will return $5.0 billion to shareholders through
fully franked dividends. Dividends for the year were up
17 cents per share, or 14%. This year’s payout ratio is 69%
on a net profit basis, and 68% excluding Notable Items.
We also announced a return of capital to shareholders via
a $1.5 billion on-market share buyback.
Alongside higher dividends, our share price rose 2% over
the year, contributing to a 9% increase in total shareholder
return (TSR). The S&P ASX All Ordinaries accumulation
index rose 14% over the same period.
Boosting efficiency and productivity
Our focus on strengthening risk management has
dominated investment spend in recent years. While risk
management will remain a significant focus as we deliver
our CORE program and ensure the sustainability of
the changes we’re making, the balance is shifting more
towards growth and productivity initiatives, which support
shareholder returns.
We are investing to strengthen our service to customers
and to make banking simpler and easier.
We’re building the capability of our people, simplifying our
technology and infrastructure, increasing automation and
expanding digital capabilities. These initiatives are geared
towards lifting productivity, freeing up our people to
spend more time serving customers and most importantly,
improving the customer experience.
EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
(CENTS)
DIVIDENDS PER ORDINARY SHARE
(CENTS)
Interim Final
DIVIDENDS PER ORDINARY SHARE (cents)
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23
31
31
70
72
142
61
64
125
94
80
174
58
60
118
CASH EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE (cents)
FY19FY20FY21
FY22
FY23
160
205
197
64
149
10.1%
ROE
$17.58
Net tangible asset per
ordinary share
49%
Expense to income
69%
payout ratio
For more on shareholder value, refer to:
Performance overview (page 4)
Chairman’s report (page 6)
CEO’s report (page 8)
21
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CREATING VALUE
FOR SHAREHOLDERS
STRONGER RISK MANAGEMENT
FOUNDATIONS
Disciplined and effective risk management is essential
to the strength of our bank and contributes to better
customer, employee and shareholder outcomes. Following
sustained focus and investment, our management and
culture of risk are stronger. However, we still have a
way to go.
Multi-year program of change
In 2020, we commenced our Customer Outcome and Risk
Excellence program (CORE) to address risk management
deficiencies identified by our own assessments and by
the findings of regulators. This includes the Australian
Prudential Regulation Authority’s (APRA’s) Risk
Governance Review, completed in December 2020,
which resulted in a court enforceable undertaking agreed
with APRA. In December 2019, APRA applied a $1 billion
operational risk capital add-on, which will remain until we
have completed the program to its satisfaction.
CORE is being overseen by the Board with Executive
Team accountability for delivery. Outcomes have been
incorporated into executive remuneration decisions. The
program is being independently reviewed by Promontory
Australia with its reports publicly available.
Our program comprises 19 workstreams, underpinned by
354 activities which are strengthening risk governance,
improving accountability and enhancing risk culture across
the Group.
We are making good progress, having completed 94%
of activities
1
(at 30 September 2023), with the aim to
complete them all by the end of this calendar year. In FY24,
our focus will be to demonstrate the sustainability of the
changes made through the program.
Measuring progress
We have defined how we want risk management to operate
across the Group and what we want to be known for:
1
Being a well-run business where risk is actively
managed
2
Having a simplified organisational construct with
clear accountabilities
3
Three lines of defence is understood and
embedded
4
Our people understand risks and proactively
manage them
5
Execution excellence and getting it done
We are measuring progress across a range of metrics,
including those illustrated below:
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Change from September 2020 to September 2023
“ People
constructively
challenge ...”
2
8PPTS
“ Jobs ... are designed to
have clear objectives and
accountabilities ...”
“ ...organisational
structure helps create
clear accountability.”
2
8PPTS
“ Clear in how
expected to
manage risks”
2
5PPTS
High-rated
issues
53%
Issues raised
by first line risk
management
11PPTS
Key controls
requiring
improvement
3PPTS
Leaders participating in our CEO-led risk culture day.
1 Completed activities finalised by Westpac. Activities may still be subject to Promontory Australia review.
2 Key employee survey results.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 22
Using AI to improve service
and productivity
AI has the potential to transform banking, improving
productivity and enhancing service – helping to shape
more personalised experiences, improving fraud and scam
prevention and improving credit assessments.
We’re using AI to improve our service, provide insights,
and keep our bank and customers safe. For instance, AI
drives our Everyday Banking chatbots which provide 24x7
support to customers. The chatbots guide customers to
a range of self-service features and can also escalate the
conversation to the right team member when required.
Red, our Westpac chatbot, resolves 75% of customer
queries without banker escalation.
AI also underpins aspects of our security surveillance to
detect suspicious patterns – we use machine learning
and behavioural biometrics to analyse patterns that help
identify fraud and scam risks.
In addition, over 1,500 engineers will be using generative
AI coding tools by the end of the year following a recent
Westpac Growth Labs experiment – refer to case study
below.
AI comes with risk and ethical considerations and no
systems are infallible. We are harnessing it responsibly and
safely, in alignment with our AI principles, values and Code
of Conduct. Some recent advancements include:
—A cross-functional Responsible AI working group to
develop AI practices.
—Adopting the Australian Government’s AI ethics
principles, designed to ensure AI is safe, secure and
reliable.
—Promoting the adoption of responsible AI within
financial services as a foundation member of the Fintech
AI Innovation Consortium, in partnership with the
University of New South Wales.
—24 technology policies updated to ensure they consider
responsible AI requirements.
—Running workshops on generative AI for our executives
and Board.
AI HELPING SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS
Our Westpac Growth Labs research and development
team explores how emerging technologies can deliver
better services, make the bank safer and improve the
lives of our customers and employees.
One research project investigated how generative
AI can boost software development productivity.
AI coding assistants offer suggestions that help
developers save time. Following an experiment
with 60 developers that found they were 46% more
productive with AI assistance, we launched AI coding
assistants across our teams. This has led to a 20%
increase in coding output for developers and is helping
junior developers build capability faster.
Stronger risk management and culture
CORE has strengthened our approach to risk
management and uplifted our risk capability, processes,
controls, frameworks and governance practices. This
helps us identify, understand and respond to risks
earlier and more effectively, and equips our people with
the necessary capabilities, tools and understanding
to effectively monitor and manage financial and non-
financial risk.
The program is also helping to create a risk culture that
is more proactive, accountable, and where it is safe to
speak up and constructively challenge. Shaping cultural
change takes time and is an ongoing focus. Our program
of targeted actions and initiatives includes:
Behaviour focus – continued focus on key behaviour
change areas when it comes to how we think about and
act on risk.
Employee training – all employees are required to
complete a program of mandatory foundational risk
management learning, as well as other training including
on our Code of Conduct and Financial Crime awareness.
Stronger leadership – senior leaders have carried
out targeted culture development to clarify required
behaviours, skills and mindsets, including participation
in CEO-led culture days. Statements of Accountability
are in place for General Managers and relevant direct
reports. CORE program objectives remain in short term
variable reward scorecards for the Executive Team and
General Managers.
Enhanced policies and protections – we refreshed our
Code of Conduct and incorporated the ‘Should We?’
Test to guide our peoples’ decision making.
Performance management – risk goals incorporated in
our performance management framework, over 90% of
our people have risk goals and everyone will have them
in FY24. An assessment of overall risk performance is
included in our performance assessments.
Enhanced tools and processes – to measure, monitor
and manage our risk culture, including:
—Risk Culture Framework – articulates the roles
and responsibilities for measuring, monitoring and
managing risk culture.
—Risk Culture Self-Assessment – an annual self-
assessment for business areas. It helps them reflect
on how they think about and act on risk, including to
identify areas for improvement.
—Risk Culture Insights Program – independent, second
line deep-dives help us better understand how people
behave and manage risk.
—Risk Culture Dashboard – a comprehensive scorecard
of risk culture metrics that is updated automatically
and is available online.
23
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
We are helping customers
achieve their financial goals –
from buying a home, starting a
business, to saving for the trip
of a lifetime. We’re making
banking simpler and safer for
customers by improving service,
investing in technology and
data and broadening access to
banking services.
Key highlights
13.0M
CUSTOMERS,
UP 1%
1
#
1
BANKING APP
2
21%
AUSTRALIAN MORTGAGE
MARKET SHARE
3
+2, UP 3 POINTS
CONSUMER NPS
4
. RANKED
THIRD AMONG MAJOR BANK
PEERS
1 Comparisons are for the 12 months ended 30 September 2023.
2 The Forrester Digital Experience Review: Australian Mobile Banking Apps,
Q4 2023.
3 RBA Financial Aggregates, September 2023.
4 Source: Fifth Dimension (5D) for September 2023 (2H23), 6MR. MFI customers.
CREATING
VALUE FOR
CUSTOMERS
24WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
Simpler, easier and safer banking
We’re making it easier for customers to do business with
us through digitisation, increased automation and by
broadening banking access.
Customers are increasingly using our website and app.
Digital transactions increased by 11%, totalling almost
700 million over the year.
Our Westpac app is fast becoming customers’ ‘bank in
the pocket’, with over 5 million daily sessions. Rated #1
banking app by Forrester
1
, it offers customers instant
access, payments, answers and approvals. We introduced
new features over the year, including additional budgeting
tools, carbon footprint tracking, ways to manage payment
subscriptions and voice search functionality.
We have also partnered with ShopBack to help Westpac
customers get more for their money. More than five
million credit and debit card customers now have access
to exclusive cashback offers via a dedicated hub in
ShopBack’s app and website. This will be available via the
Westpac app next year.
We’re backing businesses to establish and grow, including
by providing services and tools to help them get paid
faster and receive payments while on the move.
EFTPOS Air is a convenient way for mobile businesses
such as trades and market stalls to get paid seamlessly.
Available on iPhone and Android devices, it provides sales
insights and tracks customer payments.
In our institutional bank, we’re deepening relationships with
existing customers by simplifying our product and service
offer across transactional banking, financing and risk
management.
In New Zealand, we have simplified and improved
processes for blocking and replacing cards, reducing
delays for customers. Over 1,000 business users are
aboard our new WestpacOne online banking app.
Home lending is our most significant customer offer.
We are working to stabilise market share by improving
service, streamlining processes and investing in systems.
This year, we completed the roll-out of our single mortgage
platform which has made the approval process simpler
and faster. Loan applications made directly by customers
are now approved, on average, in six days while approvals
for broker-originated applications take slightly longer. Our
ongoing focus to sharpen processes is helping to improve
turnaround times.
Our digital mortgage grants faster unconditional loan
approval for eligible customers. Over $900 million in digital
settlements were made over the year.
We’ve made it easier for customers across each of our
brands to do business with us – customers can now make
cash transactions in any Westpac Group branch Australia-
wide, regardless of which brand they bank with.
This year, we opened our 82nd co-located branch –
bringing multiple branches together under one roof. We
also closed 87 branches this year. We are seeking to offset
the impact to local communities, especially in regions,
through a partnership with Australia Post which allows
customers to transact in any of its locations.
1 The Forrester Digital Experience Review: Australian Mobile Banking
Apps, Q4 2023.
2 Comparisons are for the 12 months ended 30 September 2022.
Supporting customers
through uncertainty
We support customers through life’s ups and downs.
This year was no exception. High inflation and increasing
interest rates have intensified cost-of-living pressures
for many.
This year, $70 billion of customer home loans transitioned
from fixed to variable rates, which in some cases more than
doubled loan repayments. We proactively contacted over
300,000 customers and provided competitive rates.
In New Zealand, we reached out to 88,000 customers
who were due to roll on to significantly higher rates to help
them understand their options. We also followed up with
phone calls to over 9,000 customers who we’ve identified
as most at risk of a home loan rate shock.
Our dedicated Customer and Business Assist teams in
Australia helped around 69,000 customers in financial
difficulty, up 10% on last year. Customer calls to these
teams increased to over 210,000, over the year – with an
uptick in the second half, reflecting the impact of interest
rate and cost of living pressures.
Financial hardship can be triggered by a range of
events, including illness, relationship breakdowns and
unemployment. This year, reduced income accounted
for most customer hardship applications. Businesses
which sought support mainly did so because of
overcommitments.
Hardship packages are tailored for customers and may
include short- and long-term repayment arrangements,
term extensions and varying or deferring repayments. Our
team also connects customers with free support services
and counsellors.
Regrettably, we don’t always get things right. We
uncovered process failures that led to some online hardship
assistance applications made between 2015 and 2023
not being responded to within the timeframes required
under the Credit Code, which isn’t good enough. We are
undertaking remediation and improving our processes to
reduce the risk of this happening again.
Provided customers with:
2
$547BN
HOME LOANS,
UP 4%
$218BN
BUSINESS LOANS,
UP 6%
$402BN
RETAIL DEPOSITS,
UP 11%
$236BN
BUSINESS DEPOSITS,
DOWN 4%
25
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CREATING VALUE
FOR CUSTOMERS
We were there for customers impacted by floods and
Cyclone Gabrielle in New Zealand earlier this year. We
committed NZ$3 million in grants to eligible business
customers and NZ$1 million to organisations assisting
with immediate flood relief and recovery. We also offered
temporary overdrafts, discounted loans and the deferral of
loan repayments to eligible customers.
Improving through customer
feedback
We continuously gather feedback from customers
and employees to better understand the ways we can
improve our service. Customer feedback through Net
Promoter Score (NPS) and complaints channels is used to
develop solutions for customers, measure the impact of
enhancements and foster a customer-first culture across
the Group.
While consumer NPS
1
improved 3 points to +2 this year,
we continue to rank third among major bank peers. We’re
working hard to improve service by making banking easier
– including through enhancements to our app, broadening
banking access and listening to and acting on customer
feedback.
New Zealand NPS improved 1 point to +8 compared to the
average market score declining by 3 points this year. This
reflects the impact of process improvements following our
proactive engagement with more than 6,400 customers
who did not rank us highly. However, we still lag peers
and are working hard to improve by continuing to address
customer pain points, streamline processes and lift service.
Customer complaints help us to improve our service and
we’re building a culture where employees spot, log and
own complaints and resolve them at the first point. Over
the year, our average time to solve complaints improved to
three days, down from four days. And 94% of complaints
were resolved by our frontline teams at first point.
Our Customer Advocate, appointed in 2016, advises
our complaints team, recommends changes to policies,
procedures and processes arising from the complaints
made by customers and focuses on how we can best
support vulnerable customers.
Combating financial abuse
Our specialist teams are trained to support customers
experiencing vulnerability, including domestic and family
violence, financial abuse and problem gambling.
During the year we continued to embed customer safety
into product design and provided mandatory training to
over 1,000 employees involved in product and service
development.
These measures reinforce our firm stance against financial
abuse and complement other initiatives such as providing
customers with the ability to report abusive messages,
proactively blocking inappropriate language from outgoing
payments and directly contacting, and in some cases
ceasing business with, perpetrators. This action is driving
change. This calendar year, over 90% of perpetrators
discontinued abusive behaviour after receiving a
warning letter
2
.
1 Source: Fifth Dimension (5D) for September 2023 (2H23), 6MR. MFI customers.
2 Based on current reporting methodology.
Other safety measures available to customers include:
our gambling block, allowing customers to instantly block
certain gambling-related transactions; parental controls
to ensure child safety by restricting online payments; and
applying daily payment limits to accounts.
Building financial confidence
To help build financial confidence and wellbeing we
offer a range of resources to customers, employees and
the community. Interactive webinars, online learning
modules, articles and tools are available to individuals and
businesses through Westpac Master Your Money and the
Finlit program, designed for younger adults.
In New Zealand, over 10,000 people took part in Managing
Your Money workshops this year in addition to targeted
seminars held for businesses and corporate customers,
including through our partnership with key Chambers of
Commerce across the country.
We are focused on providing customers, employees and
the community with independent and equal access to our
products, services and collateral. Our Access and Inclusion
Plan outlines our initiatives for helping those with disability,
neurodiversity or chronic health conditions succeed. It
is supported by our ongoing focus on more accessible
products, services and collateral.
The Westpac App helps customers track spending, so they can see
exactly where to save money and better manage their budgets.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 26
PROTECTING CUSTOMERS AND
PREVENTING CRIME
We are committed to safe and reliable banking for
customers and have continued to ramp up efforts to keep
our systems strong to combat the escalating threat of
cybercrime.
Since 2015, we have continuously invested in our people,
processes and technology to keep customers safe. Our
specialist teams monitor for suspicious activity around
the clock, provide customer support and education,
and work closely with industry peers, regulators and law
enforcement to identify and report criminal activity.
Protecting against scams and fraud
Scams are increasing in sophistication and frequency.
While Westpac customer scam losses increased over the
year, we detected 66% of cases.
1
In an Australian banking first, we’re integrating our fraud
detection systems with our digital payment platforms to
help customers identify potential scams through real-time
payment prompts. We’re adding another layer of security
to our Westpac Verify capability, alerting customers to
potential scams by showing them a ‘scam risk rating’
when they add a new payee using digital banking. We’ve
introduced blocks for some cryptocurrency payments
to reduce scam losses and use behavioural and facial
biometrics when onboarding some customers.
Alongside solutions like dynamic CVC and payment
notifications, customers have the tools to make informed
decisions on-the-spot, with expert assistance always available
through a phone call, online chat, or one of our branches.
Of course, no systems are infallible, they are susceptible
to human error and exposed to third party risks, and threat
activity is constantly evolving.
We’re helping protect our customers from cybercrime
through ongoing awareness and education programs.
This includes IDCARE cyber resilience outreach clinics in
regional and remote communities, and providing resources
to help teachers share cyber security concepts with
students through the Schools Cyber Security Challenge.
We also share resources, checklists and expertise with
customers, such as the Cyber Response Playbook
instruction guide, which we produce in partnership with
the Australian Cyber Security Centre.
Robust governance, frameworks and controls
Our cybersecurity approach is multi-dimensional, with
strong governance and risk management at its core. Cyber
risk is overseen by the Board, monitoring incidents through
regular reporting and carrying out cyber training.
Security surveillance teams monitor systems 24x7. We
continuously test and evolve controls to prevent the loss
of data – including by using AI in payment authorisation
fraud detection. We also run regular simulation exercises
to stress test systems and processes and our dedicated
operations team supports customers impacted by
cybercrime, case-by-case.
Over the year, there were no major severity 1 information
security incidents. We also responded to, and removed,
over 1,200 phishing sites impersonating Westpac brands.
Our Privacy Statement sets out our approach to managing
customer data, which is supported via detailed privacy
and cybersecurity controls. This year, we continued to
strengthen our management of privacy risk including
simplifying our Privacy Statement and improving our ability
to assess privacy risk across the Group.
Refer to Risk Management (page 40) for more.
Strengthening capability
Our people are integral to our cyber defences and we are
strengthening cyber awareness by investing in their skills
and capabilities. In addition to tailored role-based training,
employees carried out mandatory cyber awareness, data
protection and cyber threat training. Ongoing awareness
campaigns on phishing, data protection, device security
and password security reinforce proactive security
behaviours.
This year we opened our Western Sydney based financial
crime hub, bringing together 540 financial crime experts in
a state-of-the-art fraud prevention centre.
Growing our team of cyber experts is a priority and we
are actively promoting STEM and cyber careers, including
through STEM-focused university sponsorships, appointing
interns and graduates, our partnership with Big Day In
events and sponsoring the Australian Women in Security
network.
Collaboration is critical to countering cybercrime and we
work closely with industry, regulators, government and law
enforcement agencies including through:
—The Fraud Reporting Exchange digital platform to help
recover payments from scams.
—Participation in the Joint Cyber Security Centre,
and with interbank forums, to identify threats to the
Australian banking system.
Refer to Employee value (page 30) for more on talent
attraction.
540
FINANCIAL CRIME
EXPERTS IN OUR NEW
FINANCIAL CRIME HUB
24X7
SECURTY SURVEILLANCE
AND MONITORING
66%
OF SCAMS DETECTED
1
1,200+
PHISHING SITES REMOVED
1 Based on the number of reported and/or identified scams in FY23.
27
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Our people are central to
providing a leading customer
experience. We are committed
to investing in our people and
creating a workplace that is
diverse and inclusive, where
accountabilities are clear, the
right behaviours are rewarded,
and it is safe to speak up.
Key highlights
75
ORGANISATIONAL
HEALTH INDEX
$6.1BN
PAID IN SALARIES
49%
WOMEN IN
SENIOR LEADERSHIP
1
36,146
EMPLOYEES
2
1 Senior Leadership includes Executive Team, General Managers and their
direct reports (excluding administrative or support roles).
2 Refers to Full-Time Equivalent as at 30 September 2023.
CREATING
VALUE FOR
OUR PEOPLE
28WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
Inspiring through purpose
and culture
We continue to invest in our people to support them
to grow, achieve their goals and deliver great customer
experiences. We are building a more accountable, risk
aware and customer-focused culture guided by our
purpose, values and behaviours.
Culture starts at the top and this year we maintained our
focus on leadership capability with many of our General
Managers completing our Horizon Executive Leadership
Program, focusing on their development, strategy,
customer outcomes and performance.
Over 4,500 leaders participated in our People Leader
Culture Days, a series of CEO-led sessions to reinforce the
role of leaders in driving a positive risk culture. The Board,
CEO, Group Executives and Senior Leaders shared their
insights and facilitated sessions.
We also implemented a range of initiatives, including
through leader-led Purpose Connection sessions and a
micro-behavioural nudging ‘Skill Boost’ campaign, focusing
on constructive challenge, admitting mistakes and running
effective meetings. In addition, we continued to leverage
our 300 culture champion volunteers as role models to
drive our purpose, values and behaviours at a local level.
We measure cultural change through our Voice+ survey,
which includes McKinsey’s global ‘Organisational Health
Index’ (OHI). Outcomes for the September Voice+ survey
showed progress over the year on all five key behaviours
of: Simple, Role Clarity, Accountability, Constructive
Challenge, and Say it, do it.
Our OHI score was steady at 75 – a pleasing outcome given
the extent of organisational change over the year. Our
strongest results were around the strategic direction of the
organisation, the effectiveness of our leadership, and the
trust and care exhibited in our work environment. Results
also highlighted improvement across key risk and conduct
questions.
1 From 1 October 2023 all employees will have a risk goal in place.
Strengthening risk culture is an ongoing priority and CORE
program objectives remain in short-term variable reward
scorecards for the Executive Team and General Managers.
Our performance management framework helps
our people and leaders define performance and risk
expectations. Over 90% of employees have defined risk
goals
1
and in early FY23, based on FY22 performance,
313 employees received increased variable reward for
delivering exceptional risk outcomes.
This year our people acknowledged more than 195,000
moments where their colleagues were living our values
and behaviours via our recognition platform. In May 2023,
we incorporated active risk management and positive risk
behaviours and since then, almost 34,000 instances of
positive risk management behaviour have been recognised.
On the flipside, a rigorous process is in place to identify
and address negative risk management behaviour. We
applied 299 downward remuneration adjustments in early
FY23, based on FY22 performance, where our people
fell short of risk, compliance, or conduct expectations.
Remuneration adjustments for FY23 will be determined as
part of the annual remuneration review process.
300
Culture Champion Volunteers
4,500+
People leaders in CEO-led
Culture Days
~34,000
instances of positive risk
management behaviour recognised
CEO-led People Leader Culture Day.
29
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CREATING VALUE
FOR OUR PEOPLE
Maximising potential
We asked our people what they valued most about being
a Westpac employee. Four clear themes emerged around
‘care for our people’, ‘flexible work’, ‘skills and expertise’,
and ‘advocating for positive change’. These themes will
form part of our refreshed Employee Value Proposition
(EVP) which will shape a program of activities focused on
retaining and attracting talent over the coming year.
Care is at the heart of our people proposition and is reflected
in our initiatives, benefits and employee programs. This
year we introduced fertility leave
1
, coupled with education
initiatives to build awareness of fertility experiences, a peer
led network to provide a safe space to share experiences
and access to expert counselling support for fertility and
pregnancy loss.
Domestic and family violence leave is now uncapped for
employees who have experienced domestic or family
violence, and carers of those experiencing domestic and
family violence can access up to 10 days leave each year.
Temporary emergency accommodation support is also
available to employees who are experiencing domestic or
family violence.
Flexibility has been part of our offer for several years and
is highly valued. Our policy has been to ask our people to
spend a minimum of two to three days in the office per
week as we believe a regular cadence of on-site connection
is important to strengthen culture, innovation and business
performance.
The rate of technological, digital and global change
requires our people to develop new skills to meet the level
of expertise required by our customers. Our ‘engineers
make life better’ campaign improved talent engagement,
increasing engineering application numbers by 20%. In
FY23, we hired 252 engineers across Software, Cyber, Data
and Infrastructure.
To attract talent in new locations a second Tech hub will
open in Melbourne early next calendar year, to add to
the team of technologists at our Gold Coast site. To build
capability across the organisation, 5,000 employees
participated in a data and digital development program –
refer to case study.
We’re also building ESG capability to support customers
transitioning to net-zero. Over 470 employees completed
online learning in FY23 on topics including human rights,
climate and ESG reporting. Business Lending partnered
with the Australian Graduate School of Management on
training to build sustainable business and finance expertise.
More than 10,000 of our people are involved in one of our
10 Employee Advocacy Groups and together they work
to strengthen inclusion. These groups provide a platform
for targeted learning and development via mentoring
programs such as ‘Curious and Wise’ that partners younger
and mature employees, shadowing programs to promote
cultural diversity and summits for learning and connection,
such as Women of Westpac.
Our new Upstander initiative, supported by a range of
resources, encourages our people to speak up and act
against racism and discrimination.
1 Fertility leave introduced for all Australian-based permanent and max term employees.
Employee wellbeing and safety
We are committed to providing a safe, secure and injury
free workplace that enriches the wellbeing of our people
and prevents harm by reducing the potential for work-
related physical and mental injury and ill health.
We have refreshed our workplace mental health strategy
and implemented a range of initiatives, including piloting a
divisional-level workplace mental health risk assessment.
The assessment responds to higher expectations from
safety regulators to actively assess and manage workplace
mental health risks. Following the pilot’s success, we will be
rolling out the assessment to all divisions next year.
Employees have access to confidential counselling, mental
health and wellbeing training and resources including
guidance from our Chief Mental Health Officer as well as a
dedicated Employee Care team.
These initiatives, together with our continued focus on
prevention and early intervention, contributes to employee
physical and mental safety. This year, Lost Time Injury
Frequency Rates and Total Recordable Injury Frequency
Rates remained low at 0.1 and 1.1 compared to 0.2 and 1.0 in
FY22, respectively.
We have a zero-tolerance stance on workplace sexual
harassment supported by our No Bystander policy
which reminds our people of our obligation to speak up
and is reflected in our Code of Conduct and our Sexual
Harassment policy.
0.96%
OF AUSTRALIAN
WORKFORCE MADE UP OF
FIRST NATIONS PEOPLE
FERTILITY
LEAVE
INTRODUCED
1
10,000+
EMPLOYEE ADVOCACY
GROUP PARTICIPANTS
UPSTANDER
INITIATIVE
SPEAKING UP AND ACTING
AGAINST RACISM AND
DISCRIMINATION
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 30
Strengthening diversity and inclusion
We are building a workplace that fosters diversity and
inclusion, where our people feel valued, respected and
safe. Doing so enriches our workplace and helps us reflect
and understand the customers we serve.
Our new Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Strategy, launched
this year, helps us to:
—Support people in the moments that matter to them
in both their careers and personal lives.
—Build a more inclusive and equitable society through
advocacy.
—Create a workplace where it is safe for our people
to be themselves and be celebrated through trusted
communities and allies.
We are focused on reducing our gender pay gap and
paying our people equitably. We support the Workplace
Gender Equality Agency (WGEA) advancements on
transparency of gender pay gaps and our progress will be
published in WGEA’s publicly available report in 2024.
We take action to support women to advance their careers
and work to ensure our remuneration policy and processes
that underpin pay decisions do not discriminate. Our
female to male pay gap is 5% or less for eight of nine levels
1
below Group Executive.
We support the 40:40 Vision and commit to achieving
50% (+/-2%) of Women in Senior Leadership roles –
currently at 49%. We were ranked 10th globally by Equileap
for gender equality and achieved our highest score on
the Bloomberg Gender Equality Index, primarily driven by
increased representation of women in senior roles
2
and
enhancements to parental leave.
Further information is set out in our 2023
Sustainability Data Sheet.
1 6% at Level 3. Measured on Base Salary by organisational job level.
2 Senior Leadership includes Executive Team, General Managers and their direct reports (excluding administrative or support roles).
Our annual Inclusion and Diversity survey helps us to
shape our approach to a safe and respectful workplace.
Cultural representation remains a focus and we are
providing our people with networking, career and
leadership opportunities through partnerships with
organisations like the Asian Australian Leadership Project.
This supports career progression of individuals with
different cultural backgrounds to more senior level roles.
As set out in our Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP), we
are committed to helping First Nations people to build
meaningful careers. First Nations people currently make up
0.96% of our Australian workforce and we aim to increase
representation to 1.5% by FY25.
Refer to Community value section (page 35) for more
on our RAP.
Diverse hiring practices help us address talent gaps and
broaden our perspectives to enhance innovation. We
are the first financial institution in Australia to obtain the
Disability Confident Recruiter accreditation. In addition,
we have improved our candidate hiring processes to
provide equitable experiences for individuals living with
an injury, illness or disability, including neuro diverse
candidates.
DATA AND DIGITAL
To prepare our workforce for challenges and opportunities in an
increasingly digital world, our new Data and Digital Capability uplift
program has helped improve key data and digital skills, mindsets and
behaviours of over 5,000 employees this year.
Co-created by over 150 experts from Westpac and Deloitte, the program
offers eight learning pathways at a foundational or intermediate
proficiency level to improve employee capabilities across 29 skills.
After completing the course, 96% of people surveyed saw the program
as immediately relevant to their work and have started pro-actively
applying their skills by using tools like PowerBI and maximising the use
of Teams.
31
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
We create value by supporting
the economy, partnering with
community organisations,
and backing a stronger, more
inclusive society through our
philanthropic and community
programs.
Key highlights
$171M
COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
1
50-YEAR
WESTPAC LIFESAVER
RESCUE HELICOPTER
SERVICE PARTNERSHIP
HIGHEST
‘ELEVATE’ LEVEL
RECONCILIATION
ACTION PLAN
$27.9M
SPENT WITH DIVERSE
SUPPLIERS
1 Refer to the 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet for more
information on the definitions. Figure includes commercial sponsorships
and foregone fee revenue.
CREATING
VALUE FOR THE
COMMUNITY
Amelia Goonerage and Denzil
Furtado, Westpac Scholars,
Future Leaders.
32WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
Facilitating change that matters
We are determined to make a difference by backing
people and organisations who are creating better futures.
The philanthropic foundations, trusts and charitable
organisations that we support positively impact the areas
that matter to customers, communities and our people.
Westpac Foundation
1
Westpac Foundation was one of Australia’s first
philanthropic organisations to develop a grant program
to support social enterprises that aim to address social
problems while also helping under-represented and
disadvantaged communities to access jobs.
Meaningful employment is a pathway out of disadvantage.
Westpac Foundation is well on its way to achieving its
mission of supporting grant partners to create 10,000 jobs
by 2030, with 7,240 jobs created since 2015.
Westpac Scholars Trust
2
Westpac Scholars Trust is helping to transform the future
of Australia by investing in a new generation of leaders.
It funds 100 scholarships a year, valued at over $4 million
annually – supporting university students, researchers and
social entrepreneurs.
This year, Westpac Scholars Trust awarded $4.9 million to
100 scholars who are undertaking varied and meaningful
pursuits. These include, a refugee running a social enterprise
to help others gain meaningful employment in construction,
a researcher investigating plant cells to improve crop yields
in the face of climate change and food scarcity and an
environmental economist investigating the economic cost of
air pollution in Australia.
St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne Foundations
3
The St.George, BankSA and Bank of Melbourne Foundations
invest in Australian charities supporting children and young
people. Their grant programs target barriers to inclusion,
ensuring children and young people experiencing a range of
challenges have opportunities to thrive. In 2023, more than
$3.2 million was awarded to 60 charities across Australia.
With the support of St.George Foundation’s Inspire Grant,
Schools Plus has expanded its Virtual STEM Academy
across Australia, with a focus on female and First Nations
students. The Virtual STEM Academy program has
transformed online learning and developed children’s skills in
problem solving, inquiry, critical thinking and curiosity. One
of its goals is to open career pathways for groups currently
underrepresented in the STEM sector.
Te Waiu O Aotearoa Trust
4
The Te Waiu O Aotearoa Trust offers scholarships to
promote, develop and provide for the education and
advancement of Māori within both the banking and finance
industry and general business in New Zealand. In 2023,
the Trust offered six student scholarships worth $5,000
each, bringing the total to 29 since the start of the program
in 2013.
Empowering employees to make an impact
We help community partners to scale and grow through
financial support and a range of support programs, including
connecting them to our network of employee volunteers who
seek to make positive change in their communities.
Our people volunteered 10,239 hours of their time this year,
contributing their professional skills to a broad range of
areas. Some also participated in programs including the
Community Ambassador, the Westpac Board Observer and
the Jawun Programs.
Driving inclusivity through diverse
suppliers
We want to help build a stronger, more inclusive society
by backing businesses that drive positive change. Through
our Supplier Inclusion and Diversity program we work with
Indigenous-owned businesses, social enterprises, Australian
Disability Enterprises, women-owned businesses and B
Corporations.
This year, we spent $27.9 million with diverse suppliers,
including $6.3 million with Indigenous-owned businesses
7
.
Since 2021, we have spent $60.1 million with diverse
suppliers against our target of $54 million, including
$16.6 million with Indigenous-owned businesses against our
target of $13 million.
POSITIVE ECONOMIC IMPACT
We play a significant role in the economy as a bank,
employer, buyer of goods and services, and in
supporting communities.
$6.1BN
PAID IN SALARIES
$5.0BN
TO BE PAID IN DIVIDENDS
$3.4BN
TAXES PAID GLOBALLY
5
$171M
COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
6
1 Westpac Foundation is administered by Westpac Community Limited
(ABN 34 086 862 795) as trustee for Westpac Community Trust
(ABN 53 265 036 982). The Westpac Community Trust is a Public
Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift Recipient.
None of Westpac Foundation, Westpac Community Trust Limited nor the
Westpac Community Trust are part of Westpac Group. Westpac provides
administrative support, skilled volunteering, donations and funding for
operational costs of Westpac Foundation.
2 Westpac Scholars Trust (ABN 35 600 251 071) is administered by Westpac
Scholars Limited (ABN 72 168 847 041) as trustee for the Westpac
Scholars Trust. Westpac Scholars Trust is a private charitable trust and
neither the Trust nor the Trustee are part of Westpac Group. Westpac
provides administrative support, skilled volunteering and funding for
operational costs of Westpac Scholars Trust.
3 St.George Foundation, BankSA Foundation and Bank of Melbourne
Foundation are all administered by St.George Foundation Limited
(ABN 46 003 790 761) as trustee for St.George Foundation Trust
(ABN 44 661 638 970), a Public Ancillary Fund endorsed by the ATO as a
Deductible Gift Recipient. While St.George Foundation Limited is a related
body corporate of Westpac Group, neither St.George Foundation, BankSA
Foundation, Bank of Melbourne Foundation nor St.George Foundation
Trust are part of Westpac Group. Westpac provides administrative
support, donations and funding for operational costs of the Foundations.
4 Te Waiu o Aotearoa Trust (NZBN: 9429043230587) is administered by
4 Westpac New Zealand representatives as trustees for the Te Waiu o
Aotearoa Trust. Te Waiu o Aotearoa Trust is a charitable trust and is not
part of the Westpac Group. Westpac New Zealand provides administrative
support and skilled volunteering for Te Waiu o Aotearoa Trust.
5 Including the bank levy.
6 Refer to the 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet for more information
on the definitions. Figure includes commercial sponsorships and foregone
fee revenue.
7 Refer to our 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet for definitions.
33
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CREATING VALUE
FOR THE COMMUNITY
Partnerships creating better futures
Through our National Rugby League partnership, we are helping level the playing field by providing equal financial
support for the women’s and men’s competitions. This includes pathway programs to nurture the potential of talented
young women and drive the growth of the women’s elite competition.
We also support the Little Wings program, providing free safe flight and ground transport services for seriously ill children
in rural and regional New South Wales and Queensland, and the Australian Capital Territory to hospital. This year, over
2,000 missions were carried out, helping over 5,000 children.
Committed to respecting human rights
We firmly believe in our need to respect and seek opportunities to advance internationally recognised human rights. This
sets our expectations for our people and business, including customers and suppliers.
Our Human Rights Position Statement (HRPS) and Action Plan lays out our commitments and approach on human rights,
as well as our position on child safeguarding. It reiterates our support for the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human
Rights (UNGPs), which we are working to incorporate as the foundation of our human rights approach, and details our
areas of focus for the next three years. This includes refreshing the analysis of our salient human rights issues and risks and
reviewing the effectiveness of our grievance mechanisms and approach to remedy.
Our third Modern Slavery Statement, published in March 2023, aligns with our human rights approach, focusing on the modern
slavery risks inherent in our business. This statement complies with Australian and UK modern slavery reporting requirements.
ROLE SUMMARY OF OUR FY23 HUMAN RIGHTS RELATED ACTIONS AND PROGRESS
Financial services
provider
—Updated our risk reporting systems so that any risk or incident logged must consider if there have been
any social impacts including harm to people.
—Continued to enhance our detection of potential modern slavery and child sexual exploitation risks in
our financial crime processes and to investigate and report possible instances to regulators and law
enforcement as determined appropriate.
—Partnered with International Justice Mission (IJM) to provide an awareness raising session to our fraud
and scams assist teams on the emerging issue of forced labour in cyber scams.
Lender
—Updated our position statements for higher risk sectors such as defence, payday lending and
agribusiness.
—Enhanced our ESG risk assessment tools for institutional and business lending. This contributed
to the identification of one customer with elevated human rights risks. Customer and Transaction
Risk Escalation Committee directed further customer engagement to ensure adequate policies and
processes are in place to reduce modern slavery risk.
—We received one external human rights grievance
1
relating to a customer in the resources sector.
This was investigated and a response was provided.
—Provided ESG risk training to frontline business bankers and support teams.
Employer
—Refreshed our Group Remuneration Policy, Recruitment Policy, Health, Safety & Wellbeing
Commitment and in Australia our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion Strategy and Enterprise Agreement.
—Incorporated new employment law requirements on child and migrant employment and the availability
of complaints mechanisms into our human resources systems.
—Employee human rights concerns continue to be managed through our Speaking Up Policy,
whistleblower channels, and via our human resources and compliance teams.
Purchaser of goods
and services
—Over 700 suppliers completed our responsible sourcing questionnaire.
—Supported action with suppliers who had potential gaps in their modern slavery approaches and
resolved 95 action plans that were established.
—Strengthened the ability of Australian suppliers and their workers to speak up if things do not look right
at Westpac.
Supporter of
communities
—Commenced RAP leadership project on self-determination and deepening our understanding
of consent.
—Commenced updates to the Charitable Donations Policy and Financial Crime Risk Standard to enable a
more comprehensive due diligence process for charities and their responsible persons.
—Responded to four human rights related campaign communications in relation to Free, Prior and
Informed Consent (FPIC) and our customers.
Child safe
organisation
—Integrated our child safeguarding approach in our HRPS.
—Provided seed funding to establish the Australian Child Safeguarding Business Coalition.
—Granted over $61 million to 50+ child safeguarding organisations across Australia and the Asia Pacific
since 2020. This has helped IJM to support 106 rescues of child sexual exploitation victims in the
Philippines and Save the Children to provide training to over 3,600 Filipino children and parents.
2
Refer to our Human Rights Position Statement for more information.
1 This grievance also applied to BT superannuation business.
2 IJM and Save the Children data is from October to June 2023.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 34
SUPPORTING RECONCILIATION
Our vision for reconciliation is an Australia where Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples have equitable economic
participation and financial wellbeing.
Our Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) sets out our commitments and actions to achieve our vision in our roles as a lender,
employer, purchaser of goods and services, supporter of communities and as a voice within corporate Australia.
Our 2022-2025 RAP is our fifth and recognised at the highest ‘elevate’ partner level by Reconciliation Australia. We’re
making good progress on our four focus areas.
FOCUS AREAFY23 PROGRESS
Valuing culture: building
relationships based on trust and
respect; valuing cultures and
histories and recognising the
importance of self-determination.
—Commenced mandatory Indigenous cultural training for our people, 99.9% of Australian
based employees compliant with online training and 168 leaders participated in additional
three-hour cultural immersion sessions with Blackcard.
—Celebrated our 1,000th Jawun secondee.
—Appointed Elder in Residence to support Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander employees.
Meaningful careers: investing
in Indigenous careers through
dedicated programs to recruit,
retain and develop Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people.
—Increased our Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australian workforce representation to
0.96% exceeding our target of 0.75% by September 2023. We are targeting 1.5% by
September 2025.
—Held our first Indigenous employee gathering, Bayala Djurali Summit in June 2023.
Better banking experiences:
making it easier for Indigenous
customers to do business with us
and improving financial inclusion
and economic participation.
—Launched our inaugural Indigenous customer strategy, to be implemented from
FY24 to FY26.
—Increased our community engagement banker footprint to improve service to remote
communities.
—Assisted over 8,000 customers through our Indigenous call centre since the launch of the
RAP in 2022.
Backing Indigenous enterprise:
helping more Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander Australians
to grow their businesses as
customers, suppliers and partners.
—Spent $6.3 million with 68 Indigenous businesses this year, towards our target of $8 million
by April 2025.
—Supplier capability pilot developed, aiming to make it easier for Indigenous businesses
to do business with Westpac.
50 YEARS OF KEEPING
AUSTRALIANS SAFE
This year marks our 50-year partnership with the
Westpac Lifesaver Rescue Helicopter Service. As
one of Australia’s longest corporate community
partnerships, more than 100,000 missions have
been performed.
Respect for self-determination and a deeper
understanding of free prior and informed consent
Our RAP sets out our FPIC leadership project, which
aims to further develop our understanding of FPIC, work
with stakeholders, improve our capability, and share our
learnings as widely as we can.
Throughout the year, we supported our Institutional bankers
to identify when engagement should be sought and refined
our risk assessment tools for institutional customers.
Voice to Parliament
As part of our support for the Uluru Statement from
the Heart, we stood beside our First Nations partners in
support of a Voice to Parliament. We need now to move
forward together, to focus on improving the quality of
life in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities.
We remain committed to delivering our RAP, listening
to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and
supporting our employees.
35
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Taking action on climate
change has long been on
Westpac’s agenda. As
climate science has evolved
we have stepped up on our
actions and commitments.
Key highlights
1
52%
REDUCTION IN SCOPE 1
AND 2 EMISSIONS
1ST
NATURAL CAPITAL
POSITION STATEMENT
7 NEW
NZBA EMISSION
REDUCTION TARGETS
58
SUSTAINABLE FINANCE
TRANSACTIONS
1 Refer to our 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet and Climate Report
Glossary for definitions.
CREATING
VALUE FOR THE
ENVIRONMENT
36WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
We have made progress on our climate plans this year
and our first standalone Climate Report provides a more
comprehensive view of our transition plans, and progress.
Our reporting aligns with the TCFD recommendations,
and supports our ambition to become a net-zero, climate
resilient bank, consistent with a 1.5°C aligned pathway to
net-zero by 2050.
Our climate change strategy, detailed in our Climate
Change Position Statement and Action Plan, has three
focus areas.
1. Net-zero, climate resilient operations
We are determined to reduce the climate impact of our
direct operations and work to mitigate climate-related risks
to our business. In FY23, we reduced our scope 1, 2 and 3
upstream greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, which puts us
on track to meet the targets we set in 2021. Our medium
and longer term targets are:
—Reduce our scope 1 and 2 emissions by 64% by 2025
and 76% by 2030 from our 2021
1
baseline; and
—Reduce our scope 3 upstream emissions by 50% by
2030 from our 2021 baseline.
1,2
WESTPAC’S ESTMATED OPERATIONAL EMISSIONS
2
(tonnes of CO
2
equivalent, market-based)
Scope 1 emissions Scope 2 emissions
Scope 3 upstream emissions
FY21FY22FY23
71,738
53,981
7,851
63,377
36,734
7,297
61,044
14,489
6,559
The reduction in our scope 1 and 2 operational emissions this
year was due to an increase in renewable electricity from
additional power purchase agreements as well as reduction
in our property footprint. The reduction in our scope 3
upstream emissions was driven by increased renewables
in our supply chain. Our scope 3 location-based emissions,
which quantify our footprint before contractual renewables
sourcing, increased mainly due to increased travel and
employee commuting, reflecting further normalisation of
operations post-covid.
We reached an important milestone with the equivalent of
100% of our Australian direct electricity demand sourced
from renewables from April 2023. This achievement
was part of a multi-year plan to work with our suppliers
– including solar farms in Berri (South Australia) and
Wagga Wagga (NSW) – to not only meet our target
but to increase the share of renewable energy in the
electricity grid. These efforts are working towards our goal
of sourcing the equivalent of 100% of our global direct
electricity demand from renewable sources by 2025
3
.
1 2021 baselines for scope 1, 2 and scope 3 upstream emissions targets adjusted for COVID-19 pandemic and other impacts. Refer to our 2023 Sustainability
Index and Datasheet.
2 Refer to our 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet for definitions and details of included Scope 3 upstream emissions sources.
3 On track to achieve 100% renewables outcome for our direct operations. 95% of this supply is expected to be sourced from within the markets the
electricity is consumed. We will continue to identify opportunities to lift local sourcing to 100%, to include for our Fiji and PNG businesses.
While we continue to focus on reducing our direct
emissions, carbon credits and sequestration have a role
to play in reducing GHG emissions. Since 2012 we have
continued to offset our residual operational emissions to
maintain certification under the Australian Government’s
Climate Active Carbon Neutral Standard for Organisations,
and in New Zealand, Toitū net carbonzero certification.
2. Supporting customers’
transition to net-zero
The biggest contribution we can make to addressing
climate change comes from supporting customers as they
transition. This in turn helps us to reduce our financed
emissions, the emissions associated with the activities of
customers we lend to.
The estimation of our scope 3 financed emissions assesses
our share of customers’ emissions.
This year, we enhanced our financed emissions calculations
through improved modelling and higher-quality data. This
enables us to better identify where our efforts can be most
effective. We estimate financed emissions at an industry
level and this, along with our detailed methodologies, is in
our Climate Report.
In line with our NZBA commitment, we have developed
seven new emission reductions targets in three NZBA
sectors this year. We have also updated existing targets
with broader sector coverage and improved data quality. In
total, we now have 12 targets within eight of the nine NZBA
list of carbon-intensive sectors. Subject to data availability
and a valid science-based pathway, we plan to set a
target for the remaining NZBA carbon-intensive sector,
Aluminium, by July 2025.
Having set these targets, we are increasingly turning to
implementation. This includes engaging with customers
and industry bodies on transition plans, updating our credit
and risk assessments tools and developing models to help
us manage and report against our targets. At the same
time, we have updated our sector positions that outline
lending exclusions for new and renewed financing. These
are detailed in our Climate Report with updated positions
including:
—For thermal coal mining – zero lending to institutional
customers with a high portion of their revenue
(≥15%) coming directly from thermal coal mining by
30 September 2025.
—For upstream oil and gas, subject to national energy
security, no project finance or bond facilitation for the
development of new (greenfield) or expansionary oil
and gas fields, including new associated dedicated
infrastructure, unless in accordance with the International
Energy Agency Net-Zero by 2050 (2021) scenario.
—For metallurgical coal mining – no project finance for new
(greenfield) projects.
37
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CREATING VALUE
FOR THE ENVIRONMENT
ESTIMATED SCOPE 3 FINANCED EMISSIONS OF OUR LENDING (AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND)
Scope 1 and 2 financed emissions and Scope 3 financed emissions are our estimated share of our customers’ relevant scope 1, 2
and scope 3 emissions.
SECTOR
SCOPE 1 AND
2 FINANCED
EMISSIONS
(MtCO₂-e)
SCOPE 3 FINANCED
EMISSIONS
(MtCO₂-e)
AVERAGE DATA
QUALITY SCORE
EMISSIONS
INTENSITY FOR
IN-SCOPE LENDING
(kgCO₂-e/$)
1
Total 26.113.34.20.047
The below table summarises our NZBA targets. Refer to our Climate Report Appendix for more information.
NZBA SECTOR WESTPAC
SECTOR COVERAGE2030 TARGETREFERENCE SCENARIOFY21FY22
Power generation
Power generation
0.10 tCO
2
-e/MWh for scope 1 and 2. CSIRO/ClimateWorks
Australia Hydrogen
Superpower Scenario (2021)
Baseline: 0.26
tCO
2
-e/MWh
0.23 tCO
2
-e/
MWh
Cement
Cement production
0.57 tCO
2
-e/tonne of cement for
scope 1 and 2.
SBTi Cement Target Setting
Guidance–SDA (2022)
Baseline: 0.66
tCO
2
-e/tonne of
cement
0.66 tCO
2
-e/
tonne of cement
Oil and Gas
Upstream Oil and Gas
23% reduction in scope 1, 2 and 3
absolute financed emissions from 2021.
IEA NZE 2050 (2021)
and CSIRO/Climateworks
Australia MSEM (2021)
Baseline:
9.2 MtCO
2
-e
7.5 MtCO
2
-e
Coal
Thermal coal mining
Zero scope 1, 2 and 3 absolute financed
emissions to companies with >5% of
their revenue coming directly from
thermal coal mining.
IEA NZE 2050 (2021)Baseline:
2.5 MtCO
2
-e
1.9 MtCO
2
-e
Transport
Aviation (passenger
aircraft operators)
76.4 grams CO
2
-e/ passenger km
for scope 1.
IEA NZE 2050 (2021)Baseline
2
:
190.6 g CO
2
-e/
passenger km
156.0 g CO
2
-e/
passenger km
Iron and Steel
Steel Production
1.42 tonne CO
2
-e/tonne of steel for
scope 1 and 2.
MPP Technology Moratorium
(2021)
Not disclosed
3
Not disclosed
3
Commercial and Residential Real Estate
Commercial Real Estate
(Offices)
59% reduction in scope 1 and 2
emissions intensity (kgCO
2
-e/m
2
net lettable area) from 2022.
IEA NZE 2050 (2021)N/ABaseline:
60 kgCO
2
-e/m
2
Residential Real Estate
(Australia)
56% reduction in scope 1 and 2
emissions intensity (kgCO
2
-e/m
2
)
from 2022.
CRREM, Australia Multi-
family homes (2023)
N/ABaseline:
35 kgCO
2
-e/m
2
(as at Aug 2022)
Agriculture
Australia Beef and Sheep
9% reduction in scope 1 land
management emissions intensity
(tCO
2
-e/t Fresh Weight) from 2021.
SBTi FLAG Oceania
Beef Commodity Land
Management (2022)
Baseline: 21.73
tCO
2
-e/t Fresh
Weight (FW)
Not available
Australia Dairy
10% reduction in scope 1 land
management emissions intensity
(tCO
2
-e/tonne of Fat Protein Corrected
Milk (FPCM)) from 2021.
SBTi FLAG Oceania
Dairy Commodity Land
Management (2022)
Baseline:
1.04 tCO
2
-e/t
Fat & Protein
Corrected Milk
(FPCM)
Not available
New Zealand Beef and
Sheep
9% reduction in scope 1 land
management emissions intensity
(tCO
2
-e/t FW) from 2021.
SBTi FLAG Oceania
Beef Commodity Land
Management (2022)
Baseline: 19.4
tCO
2
-e/t Fresh
Weight (FW)
Not available
New Zealand Dairy
10% reduction in scope 1 land
management emissions intensity
(tCO
2
-e/tonne of FPCM) from 2021.
SBTi FLAG Oceania
Dairy Commodity Land
Management (2022)
Baseline:
0.83 tCO
2
-e/t
Fat & Protein
Corrected Milk
(FPCM)
Not available
Understanding customer transition plans
Customer engagement on climate-related matters is now common practice with our institutional customers. We have
specifically engaged with our top 100 emitting customers to discuss their emissions reduction initiatives along with the
challenges faced in implementing their plans. These discussions have also provided a forum to explain our targets, share our
industry experiences and understand how we can support their sustainable finance needs.
We have strengthened this engagement with a new pilot framework to assess transition plans. Drawing from international
guidance we have piloted this framework with 20 of our largest emitting companies and will use the results to refine future plans.
The framework uses five aspects for assessing transition plans: targets, strategy, capital allocation, reporting and governance.
1 Emissions intensity in kgCO₂-e/$ balance for residential real estate and kgCO₂-e/$ TCE for business, commercial and institutional lending (except Project
Finance, where intensity is kgCO₂-e/$ balance) and commercial real estate. Includes scope 3 emissions for sectors where these have been estimated. Refer
to the Glossary in our Climate Report for the definition of TCE.
2 The global aviation sector was highly impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic resulting in emissions intensities higher than the IEA NZE 2050 (2021)
pathway. Increases in activity as the sector recovers from the pandemic will improve operational efficiencies and result in some reduction in emissions intensity.
3 Steel represents a very small percentage of Westpac’s lending portfolio and a small number of customers. To protect our customers, confidentiality, we have
adopted a ‘traffic light’ system to disclose our performance against the target. Unlike other targets, we will not be disclosing our baseline or progress.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 38
Sustainable Finance
Decarbonising the economy requires material investment.
This is a significant opportunity and we are focused on
further building our expertise and supporting more
customers with sustainable finance. We supported
customers with 58 sustainable finance transactions
1
in FY23.
We also provided $6.5 billion in new lending to climate
changes solutions
1
since 2020, 86% more than the
$3.5 billion target over this period.
As demand for sustainable finance increases, it is vital
we have the systems to assess, monitor and report on
what is green, transition, sustainability or social financing.
This gives customers clarity and supports new product
development focused on positive environment and social
outcomes. We are launching our Sustainable Finance
Framework this November to help meet these needs.
We have also introduced 2030 targets for lending and
bond facilitation of $55 billion and $40 billion respectively,
aligned to the Framework. We will begin reporting on these
from FY24.
Further details are in our Sustainable Finance
Framework, November 2023 – published on our website.
3. Collaborating for impact
Climate change can only be addressed by governments,
business, communities and economies working together.
Our third area of focus is therefore collaborating for
positive impact.
Collaboration is also critical because the effects of
climate change and the transition will be felt unevenly
across society. Our goal is to support a just and inclusive
transition that does not leave people behind. This will only
be achieved if we listen to and work together with our
stakeholders.
Examples of how we are involved in helping shape the
sustainability agenda include working with the Australian
Sustainable Finance Institute on an Australian sustainable
finance taxonomy, co-chairing the UN Environment
Programme Finance Initiative’s Banking Board, and our
membership of the steering and principals groups that
govern the NZBA.
For more information on our governance and risk
management of climate change refer to Section 2 in
this Annual Report and our Climate Report.
NATURAL CAPITAL
The world’s natural capital is under threat as natural
resources decline and critical habitats are placed under
pressure. As with climate change, we can play a role in
helping to conserve nature and reduce natural capital loss.
This year we released our first Natural Capital Position
Statement, which defines our ambition to become a
nature positive bank. This is a first step as we build our
understanding of how nature related risks and opportunities
impact our business and customers. We have also
participated in key UN Environment Programme Finance
Initiative pilots and are a member of the Taskforce on
Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) Forum.
Our position statement is informed by the TNFD, the
Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework and our
NZBA Agriculture targets. It also outlines our four areas
of focus: deforestation, restoration and regeneration, loss
of critical habitat and natural capital finance. This includes
working with the Australian Sustainable Finance Institute and
the Farming for the Future’s Natural Capital Advisory Group
to support its Valuing Natural Capital work.
As part of our NZBA Agriculture targets, we committed to
no deforestation, which provides for no further conversion
of natural forest
1
to agricultural land use within farm systems
from 31 December 2025. This only includes customers in
scope of our NZBA agricultural targets
2
. In line with the
TNFD’s recommended disclosure metrics for financial
institutions, we estimate that 10% of Group lending is
to sectors considered to have material nature-related
dependencies and impacts
4
.
1 For definitions, refer to the Glossary section in our 2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet and Climate Report.
2 Applies to institutional and commercial relationship-managed Agribusiness customers with Total Committed Exposures (TCE) ≥ $1.5 million or
TCE ≥ NZ$1.0 million who are captured by dairy, beef, sheep and mixed farming ANZSIC codes. Refer to our Climate Change Position Statement and
Action Plan for more details on the NZBA Agriculture targets.
3 Reference sectors set out within Annex 1 of the TNFD Sector guidance, Additional guidance for financial institutions Version 2.0 September 2023. Refer
2023 Sustainability Index and Datasheet Glossary for further detail.
4 Represents the TCE for customers in each reference sector, excluding exposures for the committed portion of secondary market trading and underwriting
risk, as a percentage of TCE for the Group.
EXPOSURE TO TNFD REFERENCE SECTORS FOR
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
TNFD REFERENCE SECTORS
3
% OF
GROUP TCE
4
Automobiles0.05
Beverages and food products
(includes agriculture)
3.27
Chemicals0.14
Construction materials0.22
Construction services (includes manufacture
of metal products)
1.87
Containers and packaging0.18
Metals and mining0.36
Oil, gas and consumable fuel0.75
Paper and forest products0.13
Personal care products0.04
Pharmaceuticals0.08
Semiconductors and semiconductor equipment0.06
Sewerage, waste collection, treatment
and disposal
0.13
Textiles, apparel and luxury goods 0.07
Transport and associated services
(including passenger airlines)
1.37
Utilities (including electric utilities, gas utilities,
independent power and renewable electricity
producers, and water utilities)
0.89
Total9.61
39
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Risk management is the foundation of our bank.
It underpins our strength and resilience, shapes the way
we operate and provides clear parameters for our people
to make decisions and keep customers safe.
Strengthening risk management continues to be a priority.
Through our CORE program, we are strengthening risk
governance, accountability and risk culture. Our focus
in FY24 will be to ensure the changes we have made are
sustainable and effective.
We continuously evolve our risk management approach in
response to emerging risks and changes in our operating
environment. It aligns with our values and behaviours and
supports our purpose of creating better futures together.
How we manage risk
Our Risk Management Framework outlines our approach
to managing risk across the Group, bringing together
systems, structures, policies, processes and people.
Comprising nine elements, our Framework is underpinned
by a strong risk culture and Three Lines of Defence model
with customers at the centre. These elements operate
independently and interactively to provide a complete
risk management approach and to deliver fair customer
outcomes. We regularly review each element to ensure
the Framework is operating effectively.
As part of our risk governance structure, the Board is
responsible for approving our Framework and oversees
its operation by management.
The Framework is embedded through our Risk
Management Strategy, which is supported by risk class
frameworks, policies and risk appetite statements.
It also helps us manage our material risk classes.
RISK
MANAGEMENT
40WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
Governance and
Management Control
Business Strategy
Risk Identification
Risk Appetite
Stress and
Scenarios Analysis
People and
Infrastructure
Control Definition and
Effectiveness
Monitoring and
Reporting
Actions and
Response
Westpac’s business plans
are shaped considering the
risks associated with its
strategic objectives
Identifying
existing and
emerging risks in
our business
from internal and
external
environments
Setting risk
appetite to
provide clarity on
the level of risk
we are prepared
to take
Performing stress tests and
scenario analysis to assess
potential impacts that
changes to
existingand
emerging risks may have
on the Group, including
on our capital
Having appropriate capability, people, data
and systems to support effective risk
management and decision making
Embedding appropriate
Frameworks, policies,
standards and controls to
manage the risks we take
Risks are
assessed
through ongoing
monitoring,
management,
reporting
and assurance
Appropriate
action plans
are
implemented
to improve
our risk
profile
Ensuring that appropriate data,
analysis and recommendations flow to
appropriate people and forums on a
timely basis to support decision making
Customers
Board approved 23 March 2023
Three Lines of Defence
Effective end-to-end risk management with clear
accountabilities results in fair customer outcomes.
Our Three Lines of Defence (3LoD) Model helps our people
to understand their role in actively managing risk.
The key principles that form part of the 3LoD Model are set
out in the diagram on the following page.
The Business, or First Line, is responsible for identifying
and owning the risks in all aspects of their activity.
The Second Line is the Risk Function, which provides
insight, oversight and challenge of first line activities. The
Third Line is Group Audit, which provides independent
assurance.
This year, implementation of the 3LoD was completed
through a range of communication and reinforcement
activities specifically focused on providing clear delineation
of roles, responsibilities and accountabilities between the
Lines, that are now commonly understood across the Bank.
As embedment continues, each Line of Defence is taking
strong ownership of risk outcomes within their roles and
all Lines of Defence are working collaboratively to drive
actions to continuously reinforce the 3LoD Model. Any
perception of ambiguity or a lack of clarity is proactively
resolved and engagement and interactions between
Lines of Defence, businesses and Divisions is consistently
improving.
41
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
WESTPAC THREE LINES OF DEFENCE
The 3LoD work together to deliver effective risk management outcomes.
The 3LoD work together to make sound risk-based decisions through:
—strong and proactive engagement, communication, trust and collaboration
—management information that is reliable, coherent and transparent.
There must also be alignment of activities across the 3LoD to avoid unnecessary duplication, overlap or gaps.
Third Line
Independent
Assurance
Audit Function
Independent and objective assurance:
—Group Audit is the Third Line assurance function that provides
the Board and Senior Executive with independent and objective
evaluation of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s
governance, risk management and internal controls.
Second Line
Insight, Oversight and Challenge
Risk Function
Insight, oversight and challenge of First Line activities:
—An independent function that develops risk management frameworks,
defines guardrails, provides objective review and challenge regarding
the effectiveness of risk management within the First Line business
and executes specific risk management activities where functional
independence and/or specific risk capability is required.
—Its approach is risk-based and proportionate to First Line activities.
First Line
Own and manage risk
All Divisions and Functions excluding
Risk and Audit Functions
Owns and manages the risks they originate:
—Proactively identifies, evaluates, owns, monitors, manages and
controls the existing and emerging risks in its business. It manages
business activities within approved risk appetite and policies.
—In managing its risk, the First Line establishes and maintains
appropriate governance structures, and controls resources and self-
assessment processes, including issue identification, recording and
escalation procedures.
Risk identification: Major risk categories
We have defined 11 major risks that impact our business. These major risks represent only the most material
risks to the Group and are not exhaustive.
Major risk categories
1
Capital
Adequacy
2
Funding &
Liquidity
Risk
3
Credit
Risk
4
Market
Risk
5
Strategic
Risk
6
Risk
Culture
7
Operational
Risk
8
Compliance
& Conduct
Risk
9
Financial
Crime Risk
10
Cyber
Risk
11
Reputational &
Sustainability
Risk
For each major risk category, the Board establishes a risk appetite, which is articulated in the Board Risk Appetite
Statement (RAS). The RAS lists the Group’s major risks and the measures and tolerances used to monitor these risks.
Most of these measures are monitored by ‘amber’ and ‘red’ tolerances which indicate when risks are close to, or over,
the Board’s approved appetite.
The following provides an explanation of our major risk categories, considerations for risk appetite and examples of areas
of focus which illustrate the operation of the Risk Management Framework.
RISK
MANAGEMENT
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 42
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
1
Capital
Adequacy
The risk that Westpac
has an inadequate level
or composition of capital
to support its normal
business activities and
to meet its regulatory
capital requirements
under normal operating
environments or stressed
conditions.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to maintain a strong balance
sheet including in stressed scenarios.
We evaluate capital management through
our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment
Process, the key features of which include:
—capital management strategy
—considering economic and regulatory
requirements and stakeholder
perspectives
—stress-testing considerations
—target operating range for key capital
ratios.
Areas of focus include:
—continuous monitoring of capital
forecasts
—consideration of capital headwinds
—actively monitoring economic
outlook and credit risk arising from
serviceability requirements from higher
interest rate and inflationary pressures
—monitoring volatility in Interest Rate
Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB)
RWA.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Common equity tier 1 (CET 1) ratio
– a measure which shows a bank’s
capacity to absorb losses.
2
Funding and
Liquidity Risk
The risk that the Group
cannot meet its payment
obligations or that it does
not have the appropriate
amount, tenor and
composition of funding
and liquidity to support
our assets.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to manage our balance sheet
such that we:
—maintain a diversified, stable and cost-
effective funding base
—can source funding as and when we
need it
—have sufficient securable assets to meet
our funding and repo requirements
—fund new lending growth with stable
funding sources.
Areas of focus include:
—executing the FY24 wholesale funding
plan to support balance sheet growth
and refinance maturing debt, including
the Term Funding Facility
—managing liquidity risk to meet
regulatory requirements and the
Group’s liquidity needs in line with
market conditions.
Examples of a Risk Appetite measure
—Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR).
—Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR).
3
Credit
Risk
The risk of financial loss
where a customer or
counterparty fails to meet
their financial obligations
to Westpac.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We manage credit risk using Program-
managed for high-volume homogeneous
credit risk and Transaction-managed for
individual customer and transactions
approaches. We seek to manage credit
risk by:
—setting boundaries to guide appropriate
credit risk conscious strategic choices,
including with respect to changes in
the operating environment
—a range of policies, processes, systems,
risk-delegated authorities and Board-
approved credit risk limits.
Further information on credit risk
management and provisioning is
contained in Notes 10 and 11 to the
financial statements, and in Westpac’s
Pillar 3 reports.
Areas of focus include:
—responding to heightened credit risk
from the rapid interest rate tightening
cycle, ongoing geopolitical risks,
uncertain economic environment and
continuing inflationary pressures
—climate change and the transition to
net-zero emissions
—assessing the impact of external
events on the adequacy of the overall
expected credit loss provision.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Top 10 exposures to Corporates
and Non-Bank Financial
Institutions as a % of Total
Committed Exposure.
43
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
RISK
MANAGEMENT
4
Market
Risk
The risk of an adverse
impact on the Group’s
financial performance
or financial position
resulting from changes
in market factors, such as
foreign exchange rates,
commodity prices, equity
prices, credit spreads
and interest rates. This
includes interest rate risk
in the banking book.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We have appetite for market risk in
approved products within our limit
framework. We manage market risk
through the measurement and monitoring
of Board-approved metrics that capture
the potential risk of adverse movements
in financial markets.
The Board has approved a risk appetite
for traded and non-traded risks via the
measurement of Value at Risk (VaR),
Stressed VaR (sVaR), Net Income at Risk
(NaR) and specific structural risk limits.
The management of market risk
is supported by the Market Risk
Management Framework and associated
policies, processes, systems and
delegated authorities.
Areas of focus include:
—upgrading/replacing market risk
systems and supporting infrastructure
—implementing regulatory change
initiatives related to market risk
prudential standards.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Value at Risk (VaR, $m).
5
Strategic
Risk
The risk that the Group
makes inappropriate
strategic choices, does
not implement its
strategies successfully,
or does not respond
effectively to changes in
the environment.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to grow our business through
well-considered strategic initiatives
aligned to the Group’s strategic priorities
and risk appetite.
We seek to manage the impact of threats
from changes in the environment, which
could significantly impact our ability to
implement our strategies.
We continually evaluate our performance
against our plans and in light of changes
in internal and external factors, and we
must respond to such factors in a timely
manner.
Areas of focus include:
—progressing our response to the Court
enforceable undertaking with APRA
and monitoring the sustainability and
effectiveness of practices delivered
through the CORE program
—accelerating our technology
simplification and transformation
agenda
—appropriate funding, resourcing and
delivery of regulatory commitments
—continuing to invest in our digital and
data journey, improving customer
experience.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Actual ROE (tracking against the
Target ROE).
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 44
6
Risk
Culture
The risk that our culture
does not promote and
reinforce behavioural
expectations and
structures to identify,
understand, discuss and
act on risks.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We promote a risk culture which supports
our purpose, strategy and values and
our ability to manage risk effectively.
We regularly assess our risk culture
and undertake initiatives to continually
improve.
Areas of focus include:
—maintaining and continuing to review
and improve our tools and processes
to support risk culture, as appropriate
—partnering with the business to
support Divisional capability uplift
across key behavioural change
areas, including a particular focus on
decision making, ownership, challenge
and reinforcement, maturing action
planning to drive behavioural change
and evolving the deep dive process
—continuing to align to the broader
organisational culture transformation
and driving Group-wide changes at
all levels.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Internal survey results – % of
respondents who feel safe calling
out risks and/or concerns.
7
Operational
Risk
The risk of loss resulting
from inadequate or failed
internal processes, people
and systems or from
external events.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to be resilient to operational
risk and minimise the risk through robust
processes and controls.
We seek to quickly and effectively
remediate material operational issues
and incidents.
Areas of focus include:
—enhancing our Operational Risk
Management Framework and practices
to strengthen risk management
—delivering greater insights and actions
to drive better risk outcomes
—rationalising the control environment,
including greater focus on prevention
and automation
—reducing open issues and incidents to
improve our control environment
—strengthening our operational
resilience, including managing risks
from third parties
—ongoing focus on the management of
data and records management risks.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—% of key controls assessed as
‘Unsatisfactory’.
45
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
RISK
MANAGEMENT
8
Compliance and
Conduct Risk
The risk of failing to abide
by compliance obligations
required of us, or
otherwise failing to have
behaviours and practices
that deliver suitable, fair
and clear outcomes for
our customers and that
support market integrity.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We establish robust controls and systems
to manage compliance and conduct risk.
We seek to eliminate:
—any breaches of regulatory
requirements
—conduct that causes unsuitable, unfair
or unclear customer outcomes or
adversely impacts the integrity of
markets
—complicated systems or processes
that could lead to systemic or material
breaches of regulatory requirements.
We seek to promptly own, investigate and
remediate incidents of non-compliance.
Areas of focus include:
—strengthening the management of
our conflicts of interest, product
governance and privacy risks
—uplifting infrastructure, tools and
reporting, improving proactive
compliance risk management
—enhancing Conduct Risk Maturity
across Divisions
—improving our tools and processes
to support alignment of our business
practices to fair customer outcomes
and market integrity
—applying the simplified Code of
Conduct including our ‘Should We?’
Test to deliver better outcomes for
our customers, our communities and
each other.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Number of aggregated Level 2
risks rated High/Very High.
9
Financial
Crime Risk
The risk that the Group
fails to prevent financial
crime and comply
with applicable global
financial crime regulatory
obligations.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
The Group helps prevent financial crime
by proactively identifying, assessing,
mitigating and reporting financial crime
risks and complying with all applicable
global and local financial crime regulatory
obligations. This means that our financial
crime risks must be managed through
robust controls and systems, and that
we must promptly own, investigate and
remediate financial crime incidents where
they do occur.
Areas of focus include:
—strategic Financial Crime Data analytics
capabilities
—payments modernisation, responding
to evolving internal and external
requirements.
—Divisional Know Your Customer (KYC)
strategic solutions, control uplift and
back-book remediation.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
—Number of high rated Financial
Crime issues which haven’t been
remediated within the initially
agreed timeframe.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 46
10
Cyber
Risk
The risk that the Group’s
or its third parties’
data or technology are
inappropriately accessed,
manipulated or damaged
from cybersecurity
threats or vulnerabilities.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We proactively manage our cyber
risk exposure, to limit the likelihood of
inappropriate access, manipulation or
damage to our and third parties’ data
and technology.
We seek to protect the data of our
stakeholders and customers.
We seek to ensure that:
—we manage our risks within regulatory
frameworks
—we do not undermine our strategic,
financial, reputational or regulatory
standing
—we implement controls to address
potential cyber threats.
Areas of focus include:
—enhancing cybersecurity capability
including data security controls,
application protection controls, and
identity and access management
—embedding a consistent cyber risk
management framework across the
Group.
Examples of a Risk Appetite measure
—Control effectiveness against
external cyber threats.
—Number of employees who acted
appropriately during simulated
malicious email attacks.
11
Reputational
and Sustainability
Risk
The risk of failing to
recognise or address
environmental, social
or governance (ESG)
issues and the risk that
an action, inaction,
transaction, investment
or event will reduce trust
in the Group’s integrity
and competence by
clients, counterparties,
investors, regulators,
employees or the public.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to maintain the confidence of all
stakeholders, including to cultivate trust
in our integrity and competence. We seek
to balance commerciality of decisions
with stakeholder expectations, and with
potential impacts on people, communities
or the environment, recognising that
ESG issues can involve complex,
interconnected and at times competing
considerations.
Areas of focus include:
—transitioning our lending portfolio to
net-zero by 2050, consistent with our
NZBA commitment
—maturing our approach to climate and
environmental risk management
—building our understanding of the
nature-related risks, consistent with our
Natural Capital Position Statement
—our Sustainable Finance Framework
that sets out how we assess, monitor,
measure and report on financing and
facilitation of sustainable activities
—continuing to improve the identification
and management of social risks
including salient human rights risks
across our activities.
Examples of a Risk Appetite measure
—RepTrak standing.
—Portfolio measures aligned to
NBZA targets.
47
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
Our corporate governance approach
Corporate governance is the framework of systems,
policies and processes by which we operate and through
which our people are empowered and accountable for
making decisions that affect our business, operations,
customers and stakeholders.
The framework establishes the roles and responsibilities of
our Board, management team, employees and suppliers.
It also establishes the systems, policies and processes
for monitoring and evaluating Board and management
performance, and the practices for corporate reporting,
disclosure, remuneration, risk management and
engagement of security holders.
Effective corporate governance is fundamental to the
sustainability of our business and our performance.
Our approach is based on a set of values and behaviours
that underpin our day-to-day activities and are designed
to promote transparency, fair dealing, and the protection
of stakeholder interests, including customers, shareholders,
employees and the community.
Board areas of focus in FY23
This year the Board (including with assistance from its
Board Committees) has overseen:
—continued implementation and embedment of the
CORE program to uplift outcomes for customers and
our governance of financial and non-financial risk
—the introduction of the Group’s updated purpose
– ‘Creating better futures together’ – and refreshed
strategy, which is focused on repositioning the Group’s
priorities to focus on the future and is framed by four
strategic pillars: Customer, Easy, Expert and Advocate
—the Group's financial and operating performance
—the delivery of key strategic priorities including
implementing an organisational structure that is
designed to drive growth
—the management of current and emerging risks arising
from the evolving economic, geopolitical, regulatory
and competitive environment
—the Group’s capital position, including changes in
regulatory capital requirements
—the programs and processes in place to support our
customers experiencing hardship
—considering and assessing the resilience of the Group’s
systems and response to potential cyber incidents and
data breaches
—the priorities outlined in our Sustainability Strategy
and approving our updated Climate Change Position
Statement and Action Plan
—the ongoing work to improve Westpac’s management
of financial crime risk
—the ongoing consideration of Board and Chair
succession, as well as Board Committee composition
—the further simplification of our business and
operations through the exit of non-core businesses
—progress in improving the Group’s expense-to-income
ratio relative to peers.
WESTPAC’S BOARD AND BOARD COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
BOARD COMMITTEES
Provide relevant periodic assurances
and reports (as appropriate)
Provide assurance
on the remuneration
disclosures in the
Remuneration Report
Provide assurance on
risk components of
the annual report and
interim financial results
announcement
Delegation
Assurance,
Oversight through
Reporting
Accountability
Accountability
Delegation
Delegation
Board Committees will refer matters to the Board or other Board Committees where appropriate.
Specific reporting as shown above
BOARD
Independent Assurance and Advice
External
Auditors
Group
Audit
Independent
Assurance and
External Advice
Chief Executive Officer
Group Executives
RemunerationAudit
Nominations
& Governance
Risk
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 48
Role of the Board and Board Committees
The Board provides leadership and strategic guidance for Westpac and its related bodies corporate, in addition
to overseeing the sound and prudent management of the Group. The Board is assisted by its four standing Board
Committees. The key roles, responsibilities and composition requirements of each is outlined in their respective Charters
which are available on our website and summarised below.
The Board
—approves and oversees management’s implementation of
the strategic direction of the Westpac Group, its business
plan and significant corporate strategic initiatives
—appoints the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief
Financial Officer (CFO), and approves the appointment of
Group Executives, the General Manager, Group Audit and
any other person the Board determines
—oversees culture across the Group by setting the tone
from the top, approving Westpac Group’s values and
receiving reporting on the Group’s culture
—assesses and reviews the performance of the Board, its
Board Committees, the CEO and the Group Executives
—approves the Westpac Group Remuneration Policy
—approves, in accordance with the Westpac Group
Remuneration Policy, remuneration arrangements,
variable remuneration outcomes and adjustments to
variable remuneration where appropriate for Group
Executives, other employees who are accountable
persons under the Banking Executive Accountability
Regime (BEAR), any person performing a role specified
by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA)
and any other person the Board determines
—approves the annual financial targets and financial
statements, and monitoring financial performance against
forecast and prior periods
—determines our dividend policy and the amount, nature and
timing of dividends to be paid
—considers and approves our overall risk management
framework for managing financial and non-financial risk
—approves the Group Risk Management Framework, the
Group Risk Management Strategy and the Board Risk
Appetite Statement and monitoring the effectiveness of risk
management by the Group
—considers the social, ethical and environmental impact of our
activities including the effects of climate change, and setting
standards and monitoring compliance with our sustainability
policies and practices
—provides oversight of the Group’s technology strategy and
the implementation of key technology initiatives
—oversees and monitors workplace health and safety (WHS)
issues in the Group and considers appropriate WHS reports
and information
—meets with representatives from our principal regulators on
a regular basis.
Board Risk Committee
(BRiskC)
Board Audit Committee
(BAC)
Board Remuneration
Committee (BRemC)
Board Nominations & Governance
Committee (BNGC)
Assists the Board to
consider and approve
Westpac's overall risk
management framework,
oversee risk culture, the
risk profile for material
risks and risk appetite. The
Committee also considers
and recommends key risk
policies and frameworks
to the Board for approval.
Assists the Board by having
oversight of the integrity
of financial statements,
financial reporting systems
and corporate reporting.
The Committee also
oversees the external
auditor engagement and the
performance of Group Audit.
Assists the Board
to discharge its
responsibilities in relation
to remuneration matters,
including by overseeing
the design, operation and
monitoring of Westpac's
remuneration framework.
Assists the Board by
overseeing that the Board
and boards of related
bodies corporate comprise
individuals who are best able
to discharge their role as
Directors. The Committee
also oversees that Westpac's
corporate governance
arrangements are appropriate.
49
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
Board skills and experience
Our Directors have a broad range of relevant financial and other skills, knowledge and experience which helps guide
the Group. The Board uses a skills matrix to illustrate the key skills and experience it seeks to achieve in its membership
collectively and the number of Directors with each skill and experience. The skills matrix also assists in identifying focus
areas for the continued education and professional development of Directors. In FY23, these focus areas included cyber
risk, crisis management, and key environmental, social and governance topics. The skills matrix also assists in identifying
areas where it may be desirable for specialist external expertise to be retained to supplement the Board’s skills and
experience.
BOARD SKILLS, EXPERIENCE AND ATTRIBUTES AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
SKILLS AND EXPERIENCEDESCRIPTIONNUMBER OF DIRECTORS
Customer
focus
Experience in developing and overseeing the embedding of a strong
customer-focused culture in large and complex organisations, and a
demonstrable commitment to achieving customer outcomes
Strategy
An ability to define strategic objectives, constructively question business
plans, oversee the implementation of strategy using commercial judgement
and bring a global perspective to bear
Financial
services
Experience working in, or advising, the banking and financial services
industry with strong knowledge of its economic drivers and global business
perspectives
Financial
acumen
Highly proficient in accounting or related financial management and
reporting for businesses of significant size
Risk
Experience in anticipating, recognising and managing risks, including
financial, non-financial and emerging risks, and monitoring risk management
frameworks and controls
Technology,
digital and
data
Experience in developing or overseeing the application of technology in
large and complex businesses, with particular reference to technology-
innovation, disruptive technologies, data, cyber-security, digital
transformation and customer experience
Governance
Experience as a Director of a listed entity, with detailed knowledge of
governance issues, with particular reference to the legal, compliance,
regulatory and voluntary frameworks applicable to listed entities and highly
regulated industries
Environment
and social
Experience in understanding and identifying potential risks and
opportunities arising from environmental and social issues, including the
transition to a climate resilient future, management of biodiversity, and
addressing human rights and modern slavery within supply chains
People and
culture
Experience in people matters including workplace health and safety,
cultures, morale, inclusion and diversity, management development,
succession, remuneration and talent retention initiatives
Executive
leadership
Having held a CEO or a similar senior leadership role in a large complex
organisation, and having experience in managing the business through
periods of significant change and delivering desired business outcomes
Deep experience and knowledge General working experience and knowledge Limited working experience and knowledge
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 50
Board diversity
A diverse group of skilled Directors helps us be a stronger
organisation that makes better decisions. We achieved
our 2023 objective of 40% women, 40% men and 20% any
gender for the composition of the Board. We will focus on
maintaining alignment with this objective.
Board tenure
The average Board tenure is 3.3 years. Individual lengths of
service are outlined in Section 1 of the Directors’ report.
Our Director Appointment & Board Renewal Policy limits
the tenure of Non-executive Directors, other than the
Chairman, to nine years, from the date first elected by
shareholders. The maximum tenure for the Chairman is
12 years, including any term served previously as a Director,
from the date first elected by shareholders. The Board,
on an exceptional basis, may extend the maximum terms
where it would benefit the Group, with any such Director
required to stand for re-election annually.
NUMBER OF FEMALE DIRECTORS ON THE BOARD
(4 OUT OF 10
)1
40%
FEMALE DIRECTORS
AVERAGE BOARD TENURE
1
0-3 years 40% 3-6 years 50% 6-9 years 10%
3.3 YEARS
AVERAGE BOARD TENURE
Ethical decision making across
Westpac and Key Group policies
Ethical and responsible decision making is critical to
decision making at Westpac. Our Purpose, Values and
Behaviours, together with our Code of Conduct and
related policies and frameworks, are focused on instilling
and reinforcing an ethical and responsible decision-making
culture across the Group.
We also have policies that seek to manage our regulatory
compliance and human resource requirements and are
subject to a range of external industry codes, such as the
Banking Code of Practice and the ePayments Code.
Code of Conduct
Our Code of Conduct (Code) sets out a consistent
standard and establishes the expectations of our people
to do what is right. The Code goes beyond an obligation
to comply with laws and policies and is a key aspect of
improving conduct to seek to ensure fair outcomes for
customers, communities and each other.
Supporting the Code are numerous frameworks and
policies which outline our commitment to sustainable
business practices and behaviours. These include our
Purpose, Values and Behaviours, policies, and position
statements addressing human rights, climate change and
other environmental and social impacts.
Anti-Bribery and Corruption
We have no tolerance for any form of bribery or corruption
and have an Anti-Bribery and Corruption (ABC) Policy,
an ABC Standard, and bribery prevention procedures and
systems. Material breaches of the ABC Policy are reported
to the Board Risk Committee.
Concern reporting and whistleblower protection
Our Speaking Up Policy encourages employees,
contractors, secondees, former employees, brokers,
service providers and suppliers to raise any concerns
about our activities or behaviours that may be unlawful
or unethical. Concerns can be raised anonymously by
using our reporting system ‘Concern Online’ and our
Whistleblower Hotline.
The Board Audit Committee, in conjunction with the Board
Risk Committee, oversees our Whistleblower Program.
The Board Risk Committee receives regular reporting on
whistleblowing.
Conflicts of interest
Our conflicts of interest framework is designed to identify
and manage actual, potential and perceived conflicts of
interest. The conflicts of interest framework includes the
Group Conflicts of Interest Policy, along with supporting
policies, standards and procedures.
Refer to our 2023 Corporate Governance Statement and website at westpac.com.au/corpgov for more
information on our corporate governance framework, policies and practices at 5 November 2023.
The Statement is available – along with Board and Committee Charters, principles and policies – on our
website at westpac.com.au/corpgov.
1 As at 30 September 2023.
51
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
DIRECTORS’
REPORT
Our Directors present their report
together with the financial statements
of the Group for the financial year
ended 30 September 2023.
Directors
The names of the persons who have been Directors,
or appointed as Directors, during the period since
1 October 2022 and up to the date of this report are:
John McFarlane, Peter King, Tim Burroughs, Nerida Caesar,
Audette Exel AO, Michael Hawker AM (appointed as a
Director on 1 December 2020 and retired as a Director on
15 July 2023), Christopher Lynch, Peter Marriott (appointed
as a Director on 1 June 2013 and retired as a Director
on 14 December 2022), Peter Nash, Nora Scheinkestel,
Margaret Seale and Michael Ullmer AO.
Particulars of the skills, experience, expertise and
responsibilities of the Directors at the date of this report,
including all directorships of other listed companies held
by a Director at any time in the three years immediately
before 30 September 2023, and the period for which
each directorship has been held, are set out in the
following pages.
Board Committee Member Key
Chairman of each committee is noted with a red icon.
Board Nominations & Governance
Board Risk
Board Remuneration
Board Audit
Board of Directors
John McFarlane
MA, MBA
Age: 76
CHAIRMAN AND INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since February
2020 and Chairman since April 2020.
Board Committees: Chairman of the
Board Nominations & Governance
Committee.
Experience: John is a senior figure in
global banking and financial services and
has 49 years of experience in the sector.
He was formerly Chairman of Barclays
plc, Aviva plc and FirstGroup plc, and
Chairman of The City UK. He was also
a Non-executive Director of Westfield
Group/Westfield Corporation, The Royal
Bank of Scotland Group, Capital Radio
plc and was a council member of The
London Stock Exchange.
John served as Chief Executive Officer
of Australia and New Zealand Banking
Group Limited from 1997 to 2007, and
as Group Executive Director at Standard
Chartered. He also held senior positions
at Citicorp including as Managing
Director of Citicorp Investment Bank Ltd
and Head of Citicorp and Citibank in the
UK and Ireland. He began his career at
Ford Motor Co.
Directorships of listed entities over
the past three years: Unibail Rodamco-
Westfield SE (June 2018 to May 2023).
Other principal directorships and
interests: Director of Old Oak Holdings
Ltd
Board Committees:
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 52
Peter King
BEc, FCA
Age: 53
MANAGING DIRECTOR AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Appointed: Director since December
2019.
Board Committees: Nil.
Experience: Peter was appointed
Westpac Group Chief Executive Officer
in April 2020. Peter previously held
this role on an acting basis between
December 2019 and March 2020.
Since joining the Westpac Group in
1994, Peter also held senior finance
roles including Chief Financial Officer
with responsibility for Westpac’s
Finance, Tax, Treasury and Investor
Relations functions. He has worked in
senior finance roles across the Group
including in Group Finance, Business
and Consumer Banking, Business and
Technology Services, Treasury and
Financial Markets.
Peter commenced his career at Deloitte
Touche Tohmatsu. He has a Bachelor of
Economics from Sydney University and
completed the Advanced Management
Programme at INSEAD. He is currently
Chairman of the Australian Banking
Association (ABA) and also a Fellow of
the Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Directorships of listed entities over the
past three years: Nil.
Other principal directorships and
interests: Chairman and Director of
the Australian Banking Association
Incorporated, Director of the Institute
of International Finance, Director of
Financial Markets Foundation for
Children and Director of Jawun.
Board Committees:
Nil.
Tim Burroughs
MA (Hons), B Psy (Hons), FCA, FAICD
Age: 69
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since March 2023.
Board Committees: Member of the
Board Risk Committee.
Experience: Tim has over 40 years’
experience in finance, international
banking and mergers and acquisitions.
Tim was formerly Chairman of
Investment Banking at Goldman Sachs
Australia, where he worked for 11 years.
Prior to this, Tim held senior positions
at Merrill Lynch including Chairman
of Mergers and Acquisitions. From
1993 to 1997, Tim was Principal at
Centaurus Corporate Finance, a leading
independent advisory firm.
Over the course of his career, Tim
has specialised in providing strategic
financial advice to major corporations
and their boards. He has advised on
capital restructures, capital raisings
and more than 100 public company
acquisitions.
Tim has an engineering degree from
Cambridge University and is a Fellow of
the Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Tim has also studied and taught
Psychology at Macquarie University.
Directorships of listed entities over the
past three years: Nil.
Other principal directorships and
interests: Panel member of Adara
Partners (Australia) Pty Ltd.
Board Committees:
Nerida Caesar
BCom, MBA, GAICD
Age: 59
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since September
2017.
Board Committees: Member of the
Board Audit Committee.
Experience: Nerida has over 35 years of
broad ranging commercial and business
management experience, with particular
depth in technology-led businesses.
Nerida was Group Managing Director
and Chief Executive Officer, Australia
and New Zealand, of Equifax (formerly
the ASX-listed Veda Group Limited) and
was also a former director of Genome.
One Pty Ltd and Stone and Chalk
Limited. Before joining Equifax, Nerida
held several senior management roles
at Telstra, including Group Managing
Director, Enterprise and Government and
Group Managing Director, Wholesale.
Nerida also held several Executive and
senior management positions with IBM
within Australia and internationally,
including as Vice President of IBM’s
Intel Server Division for the Asia Pacific
region.
Directorships of listed entities over the
past three years: Nil.
Other principal directorships and
interests: Chairman of Workplace
Giving Australia Limited, Co-Chairman
of G2GWGA Pty Ltd, Director of NBN
Co Ltd and Director of CreditorWatch.
Advisor to startups in the technology
sector.
Board Committees:
53
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Audette Exel AO
BA, LLB (Hons)
Age: 60
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since September
2021.
Board Committees: Chair of the Board
Risk Committee, Member of the Board
Audit Committee.
Experience: Audette has more than
35 years’ experience in the global
financial services markets as a senior
executive, a non-executive director
and as a social entrepreneur. Audette
was formerly the Managing Director of
BSX-listed Bermuda Commercial Bank
(1993 to 1996), Chair of the Bermuda
Stock Exchange (1995 to 1996) and a
Director and Chair of the Investment
Committee of the Bermuda Monetary
Authority (1999 to 2005). She was a
Director and Chair of the Investment
Committee of Steamship Mutual (1999
to 2017). She began her career as a
lawyer specialising in international
finance. Audette is the founder and
Chair of the Adara Group, a pioneering
social enterprise which exists to support
people living in extreme poverty and
is the Chief Executive Officer of its
corporate advice businesses. She is the
recipient of numerous awards, including
an honorary Order of Australia for
service to humanity.
Directorships of listed entities over the
past three years: Nil.
Other principal directorships and
interests: Founder and Chair of
Adara Development Australia, Adara
Development USA, Adara Development
Bermuda, Adara Development UK and
Adara Development Uganda. CEO and
Director of Adara Advisors Pty Limited
and Adara Partners (Australia) Pty
Limited.
Board Committees:
Chris Lynch
BCom, MBA, FCPA
Age: 70
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since September
2020.
Board Committees: Member of the
Board Audit and Board Remuneration
Committees.
Experience: Chris has significant
experience in mineral resources and
infrastructure, having spent over
30 years, working in these fields globally.
Chris was formerly the Global Chief
Financial Officer of Rio Tinto Group,
based in London, and an Executive
Director.
Prior to this, he was a Non-executive
Director of Rio Tinto Group. Chris
was the Chief Executive Officer of
Transurban Group, an international
toll road developer and manager with
interests in Australia and North America
from 2008 to 2012. His executive career
also included seven years at BHP Billiton
where he was Chief Financial Officer
and then Executive Director and Group
President – Carbon Steel Materials.
Chris spent 20 years with Alcoa Inc.
where he held a number of executive
positions, including Vice-President
and Chief Information Officer based
in Pittsburgh, USA and Chief Financial
Officer of Alcoa Europe in Switzerland.
He was also managing director of
KAAL Australia Limited, a joint venture
company formed by Alcoa and
Kobe Steel.
Chris was formerly a Commissioner
of the Australian Football League from
2008 until 2014.
Directorships of listed entities over the
past three years: Nil.
Other principal directorships and
interests: Director of Business for
Millennium Development Ltd
Board Committees:
Peter Nash
BCom, FCA, F Fin
Age: 61
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since March 2018.
Board Committees: Chairman of the
Board Audit Committee. Member of the
Board Risk and Board Nominations &
Governance Committees.
Experience: Peter was formerly a
Senior Partner with KPMG, having been
admitted to the Australian partnership
in 1993. He served as the National
Chairman of KPMG Australia and served
on KPMG’s Global and Regional Boards.
His previous positions with KPMG
included Regional Head of Audit for Asia
Pacific, National Managing Partner for
Audit in Australia and head of KPMG
Financial Services. Peter has worked
in geographically diverse and complex
operating environments providing
advice on a range of topics including
business strategy, risk management,
internal controls, business processes and
regulatory change. He has also provided
financial and commercial advice to
many State and Federal Government
businesses.
Peter is a former member of the
Business Council of Australia and its
Economic and Regulatory Committee.
Directorships of listed entities over
the past three years: Johns Lyng Group
Limited (Chairman since October 2017),
Mirvac Group (since November 2018)
and ASX Limited (since June 2019).
Other principal directorships and
interests: Director of the General
Sir John Monash Foundation. Board
member of the Koorie Heritage Trust.
Board Committees:
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 54
Nora Scheinkestel
LLB (Hons), PhD, FAICD
Age: 63
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since March 2021.
Board Committees: Chair of the Board
Remuneration Committee. Member of
the Board Risk Committee.
Experience: Nora is an experienced
company director with a background
as a senior banking executive in
international and project financing.
Nora has served as Chairman and
Director in a range of companies
across various industry sectors and
in the public, private and government
arena. Previously, Nora was a director
of a number of other major ASX-listed
companies, was formerly a member
of the Takeovers Panel and was an
Associate Professor in the Melbourne
Business School at Melbourne University.
In 2003, Nora was awarded a centenary
medal for services to Australian society
in business leadership.
Directorships of listed entities over
the past three years: Brambles Limited
(since June 2020), Origin Energy Limited
(since March 2022), Telstra Corporation
Limited (August 2010 to October 2022),
AusNet Services Ltd (November 2016
to February 2022), Atlas Arteria Limited
(August 2014 to November 2020) and
Atlas Arteria International Limited (April
2015 to November 2020).
Other principal directorships and
interests: Nil.
Board Committees:
Margaret (Margie) Seale
BA, FAICD
Age: 63
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since March 2019.
Board Committees: Member of the
Board Remuneration and Board
Nominations & Governance Committees.
Experience: Margie has more than
25 years’ experience in senior executive
roles in Australia and overseas, including
in consumer goods, global publishing,
sales and marketing, and the successful
transition of traditional business
models to digital environments. Prior
to her non-executive career, Margie
was the Managing Director of Random
House Australia and New Zealand
and President, Asia Development
for Random House Inc. Margie was a
Director and then Chair of Penguin
Random House Australia Pty Limited,
and a Director of Ramsay Health
Care Limited, Bank of Queensland
Limited and the Australian Publishers’
Association. She also served on the
Boards of Chief Executive Women
(chairing its Scholarship Committee),
the Powerhouse Museum, and the
Sydney Writers Festival.
Directorships of listed entities over
the past three years: Scentre Group
Limited (since February 2016) and
Telstra Corporation Limited (May 2012
to October 2021).
Other principal directorships and
interests: Director of Westpac Scholars
Limited, Seaborn Broughton & Walford
Pty Limited, Pinchgut Opera Limited and
Jana Investment Advisers Pty Ltd.
Board Committees:
Michael Ullmer AO
BSc, FAICD, FCA, SF Fin
Age: 72
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
Appointed: Director since April 2023.
Board Committees: Member of
the Board Audit and Board Risk
Committees.
Experience: Michael has more than
40 years’ experience in international
banking, finance and professional
services. Michael was formerly the
Deputy Group Chief Executive Officer of
the National Australia Bank (NAB) from
2007 until he retired from the Bank in
August 2011. He joined NAB in 2004 as
Finance Director and held a number of
key positions including Chairman of the
subsidiaries Great Western Bank (US)
and JB Were. Prior to NAB, Michael was
at Commonwealth Bank of Australia,
initially as Group Chief Financial
Officer and then Group Executive
with responsibility for Institutional and
Business Banking. Before that, he was a
Partner at accounting firms KPMG
(1982 to 1992) and Coopers & Lybrand
(1992 to 1997).
From a philanthropic perspective,
throughout his career Michael has been
heavily involved in supporting the Arts
and Education sectors.
Directorships of listed entities over the
past three years: Lendlease Corporation
Limited (since December 2011) and
Woolworths Limited (January 2012 to
October 2021).
Other principal directorships and
interests: Member of the National
Gallery of Victoria Foundation Board.
Board Committees:
55
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Executive Team
Nell Hutton
BCom (Hons), MPhil, GAICD
Age: 47
CHIEF EXECUTIVE, WESTPAC
INSTITUTIONAL BANK
1
Nell was appointed Chief
Executive, Westpac
Institutional Bank in October
2023. The Institutional Bank
provides a range of banking
services to Commercial,
Corporate, Institutional and
Public Sector customers with
connections to Australia,
New Zealand, Asia, Europe
and US markets.
Nell first joined Westpac in
February 2021 as Managing
Director, Financial Markets,
after 21 years at Goldman
Sachs in London and
Australia, most recently as
Head of the Global Markets
division in Australia and
New Zealand.
She holds a Master of
Philosophy in Finance and
Economics from Cambridge
University and a Bachelor
of Commerce (First Class
Honours) from the University
of Sydney.
Nell is Deputy Chair of the
Australian Financial Markets
Association, and a member of
the AICD and Chief Executive
Women.
1 Commenced as Chief Executive,
Westpac Institutional Bank on
1 October 2023.
Peter King
BEc, FCA.
Age: 53
MANAGING DIRECTOR AND
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
WESTPAC GROUP
Peter was appointed
Westpac Group Chief
Executive Officer in April
2020, after holding the role
on an acting basis between
December 2019 and March
2020.
Since joining Westpac in
1994, Peter has held senior
finance roles including
Chief Financial Officer with
responsibility for Westpac’s
Finance, Group Audit,
Tax, Treasury and Investor
Relations functions. He has
worked in senior finance roles
across the Group including in
Group Finance, Business and
Consumer Banking, Business
and Technology Services,
Treasury and Financial
Markets.
Peter commenced his
career at Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu. He has a Bachelor
of Economics from Sydney
University and completed
the Advanced Management
Programme at INSEAD.
Peter is currently the
Chairman of the Australian
Banking Association (ABA)
and he is also a Fellow of
the Institute of Chartered
Accountants.
Scott Collary
BA, Humanities
Age: 59
GROUP CHIEF INFORMATION
OFFICER, TECHNOLOGY
Scott Collary was appointed
as the Group’s Chief
Information Officer in
August 2023. Prior to this,
he held the role of Group
Executive, Customer Services
& Technology after joining
Westpac as Chief Operating
Officer in November 2020.
Scott has over 35 years’
global banking experience,
with a breadth of expertise
across technology,
operations, risk mitigation
and commercial functions.
Before joining Westpac,
Scott was Chief Information
& Operations Officer for
North America Consumer
Businesses at Bank of
Montreal, Canada. Prior
to that, Scott held senior
executive positions at a
number of multinational
financial institutions including
ANZ, Citibank, Fifth Third
Bank and Bank of America.
Scott holds a Bachelor’s
Degree from the University of
Maryland in the United States.
Shannon Finch
BA (Hons), LLB (Hons), FGIA
Age: 53
GROUP GENERAL COUNSEL
Shannon joined Westpac in
November 2021 and leads
Westpac’s legal function
globally.
Shannon has nearly 30 years'
legal experience including
with the Commonwealth
Attorney General’s
Department Corporations
Law Simplification Unit,
Mallesons Stephen Jaques
(now King & Wood Mallesons)
in Canberra, London and
Sydney, including as head
of the Sydney office, and as
a senior partner of global
corporate law firm Jones Day.
Shannon is a member of the
Business Law Executive of
the Law Council of Australia,
the Advisory Committee to
the Australian Law Reform
Commission’s Review of the
Legislative Framework for
Corporations and Financial
Services Regulation and the
AICD Law Committee.
Shannon has experience as
a Non-executive Director, is
a member of the AICD and
Chief Executive Women, and
is a Fellow of the Governance
Institute of Australia. Shannon
has a Bachelor of Arts (Hons)
and Bachelor of Laws (Hons)
from the Australian National
University.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 56
Anthony Miller
LLB (Hons), BA
Age: 53
CHIEF EXECUTIVE, BUSINESS
& WEALTH
Anthony Miller first joined
Westpac Group in 2020
and was appointed Chief
Executive, Business and
Wealth in August 2023.
He has responsibility for
providing a range of banking
and wealth services for small
to medium and commercial
sized businesses, merchants,
private wealth, sustainability,
Westpac’s Pacific banking
business and BT.
Previously he was the Chief
Executive of Westpac’s
Institutional Bank.
Before joining Westpac
Group, Anthony was CEO of
Australia & New Zealand and
Co-Head of Investment Bank,
Asia Pacific at Deutsche Bank
from 2017.
Prior to Deutsche Bank,
Anthony was a partner
at Goldman Sachs based
in Hong Kong within the
investment banking division
and previously held several
roles at Goldman Sachs
in Australia and New
Zealand having joined the
organisation in 2001. Before
joining Goldman Sachs,
Anthony worked at Credit
Suisse.
Anthony holds a Bachelor
of Law (Honours) from
Queensland University of
Technology, and Bachelor of
Arts (Japanese Language,
Modern Asian Studies) from
Griffith University.
Yianna Papanikolaou
BSc (Hons), MBA
Age: 46
CHIEF TRANSFORMATION
OFFICER
Yianna Papanikolaou
joined Westpac Group as
General Manager, Group
Transformation in February
2022 and became Chief
Transformation Officer in
May 2022. She is responsible
for the Customer Outcomes
and Risk Excellence (CORE)
Program, and the Business,
Controls and Monitoring
Chapter.
Yianna has over 20 years of
experience in the financial
services industry, and has
held executive roles and led
large-scale transformations
for major organisations
across the globe. Before
joining Westpac, she spent
seven years at Deutsche
Bank in the United Kingdom
where she held several
leadership positions,
including Managing Director,
Chief Transformation Office.
Prior to this, she was at Royal
Bank of Scotland, as Head of
Strategy and Transformation
for the Corporate Bank. She
began her career in strategy
and technology consulting.
Yianna holds a bachelor’s
degree in Computer Science
and Mathematics from Clark
University and an MBA from
The University of Manchester.
Carolyn McCann
BBus (Com), BA,
GradDipAppFin, GAICD
Age: 51
GROUP EXECUTIVE,
CUSTOMER & CORPORATE
SERVICES
Carolyn has been part of the
Westpac Group Executive
team since 2018 and is
currently Group Executive,
Customer & Corporate
Services, responsible for
operations and customer
support services. The division
brings together customer
solutions, financial crime and
fraud prevention, customer
operations, property,
procurement and protective
services, corporate affairs
and community, HR and
Finance Services.
Carolyn joined Westpac in
2013, as General Manager,
Corporate Affairs and
Sustainability. Prior to joining
Westpac, Carolyn spent
13 years at Insurance Australia
Group in various positions,
including Group General
Manager, Corporate Affairs
and Investor Relations. She
began her career in consulting
in financial services.
Carolyn has a Bachelor of
Arts from The University of
Queensland, a Bachelor of
Business from Queensland
University of Technology,
and a Graduate Diploma
of Applied Finance and
Investment from the
Securities Institute of
Australia. She is a member
of the Australian Institute of
Company Directors (AICD).
Catherine McGrath
LLB/BCom
Age: 52
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
WESTPAC NEW ZEALAND
Catherine was appointed
Chief Executive Officer of
Westpac New Zealand in
November 2021.
She has more than 25 years’
experience working in
financial services, spanning
business, operational and
people leadership roles
to which she has driven
significant people, structural,
technology and strategic
change.
Prior to joining Westpac,
Catherine led large-scale
transformations at some
of the world’s best known
banks including Barclays
Group and Lloyds TSB in the
UK. This included various
positions such as Head of
Channels, Managing Director
of Transaction Products and
Payments, and Transaction
Banking Director. Earlier in
her career she worked at
BNZ, ASB and the Prudential
Group.
Catherine was raised in
New Zealand. She graduated
from Canterbury University
with a Bachelor of Law and a
Bachelor of Commerce.
57
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Ryan Zanin
CFA, FICB
Age: 61
CHIEF RISK OFFICER
Ryan was appointed Chief
Risk Officer in April 2022.
Ryan is responsible for risk
management across the
Group, which includes credit
risk, operational risk, financial
crime, compliance and
conduct.
Ryan has over 30 years’
experience in financial
services specialising in risk
management. Prior to joining
Westpac Group, Ryan was
at Fannie Mae as Executive
Vice President and Chief
Risk Officer overseeing the
company’s governance
and strategy for global risk
management.
Prior to Fannie Mae Ryan held
senior positions at GE Capital,
Wells Fargo & Company
and Deutsche Bank. Ryan
has also been on the Board
of Fannie Mae and General
Electric Capital Corporation.
A Canadian, Ryan began
his career at the Bank of
Montreal in Credit Services
before taking on various roles
across Citibank Canada and
Bankers Trust Company.
Ryan is a Chartered Financial
Analyst.
Christine Parker
BGDipBus (HRM)
Age: 63
GROUP EXECUTIVE, HUMAN
RESOURCES
Christine was appointed to
Westpac Group’s Executive
Team in October 2011.
Christine holds leadership
responsibility for the Human
Resources function across
the Westpac Group. She is
responsible for the Westpac
Group’s human resources
strategy and management,
including reward and
recognition, safety, learning
and development, careers
and talent, employee
relations and employment
policy.
Christine is also responsible
for the office of the Banking
Executive Accountability
Regime (BEAR) and supports
the CEO and Board on
culture and conduct. Since
joining Westpac in 2007,
Christine has held a variety
of senior leadership roles
including Group General
Manager, Human Resources
and General Manager, Human
Resources for Westpac New
Zealand Limited.
Before joining Westpac,
Christine held senior HR
roles in a number of high
profile organisations and
across a range of industries,
including Carter Holt Harvey
and Restaurant Brands New
Zealand. Christine is currently
Chair of the St.George
Foundation, Director of the
Financial Alliance for Women,
a member of Chief Executive
Women and was previously
a Director of Orygen Youth
Mental Health Foundation,
Women’s Community
Shelters and member of
the Veterans’ Employment
Industry Advisory
Committee.
Michael Rowland
B.Comm, FCA
Age: 62
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Michael joined Westpac
Group as Chief Financial
Officer in September
2020. He is responsible for
Westpac’s Finance, Group
Audit, Investor Relations,
Tax, Treasury and Corporate
and Business Development
functions.
Before joining Westpac,
Michael was a Partner in
Management Consulting at
KPMG. Before that he held a
number of senior executive
positions at ANZ from 1999
to 2013. This included CFO
Institutional Banking, CFO
Wealth, CFO New Zealand,
CFO Personal Financial
Services, and business
leadership roles as CEO
Pacific, Managing Director
Mortgages and General
Manager, Transformation.
Michael commenced his
career at KPMG, where he
was promoted to become a
Tax Partner in 1993.
Michael holds a Bachelor
of Commerce, University of
Melbourne and a Graduate
Diploma of Taxation Law,
Monash University. He is a
Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in
Australia and New Zealand.
Jason Yetton
B.Comm (Finance & Mktg),
GradDipAppFin
Age: 52
CHIEF EXECUTIVE,
CONSUMER
Jason was appointed Chief
Executive, Consumer in
August 2023.
The Consumer segment
provides a range of banking
products and services
including mortgages, credit
cards, personal loans and
deposits to customers in
Australia.
Previously he led the Group’s
Specialist Businesses Division
overseeing a number of
business divestments to
create a simpler, stronger
bank. He has also held a
number of Group Executive
roles with Westpac at
different times for more than
20 years including Group
Strategy, Westpac Retail and
Business Banking, and senior
positions in BT Financial
Group.
Outside of Westpac, Jason
has been Chief Executive
Officer NewCo, CBA, where
he was appointed to lead
the demerger of its wealth
management and mortgage
broking businesses. Prior to
that, he was Chief Executive
Officer and Managing
Director, SocietyOne, an early
financial services disrupter
and consumer finance
marketplace lender.
Jason holds a Bachelor of
Commerce (Marketing and
Finance) from the University
of New South Wales and a
Graduate Diploma in Applied
Finance and Investment from
the Securities Institute of
Australia.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT 58
Ryan Zanin
CFA, FICB
Age: 61
CHIEF RISK OFFICER
Ryan was appointed Chief
Risk Officer in April 2022.
Ryan is responsible for risk
management across the
Group, which includes credit
risk, operational risk, financial
crime, compliance and
conduct.
Ryan has over 30 years’
experience in financial
services specialising in risk
management. Prior to joining
Westpac Group, Ryan was
at Fannie Mae as Executive
Vice President and Chief
Risk Officer overseeing the
company’s governance
and strategy for global risk
management.
Prior to Fannie Mae Ryan held
senior positions at GE Capital,
Wells Fargo & Company
and Deutsche Bank. Ryan
has also been on the Board
of Fannie Mae and General
Electric Capital Corporation.
A Canadian, Ryan began
his career at the Bank of
Montreal in Credit Services
before taking on various roles
across Citibank Canada and
Bankers Trust Company.
Ryan is a Chartered Financial
Analyst.
Christine Parker
BGDipBus (HRM)
Age: 63
GROUP EXECUTIVE, HUMAN
RESOURCES
Christine was appointed to
Westpac Group’s Executive
Team in October 2011.
Christine holds leadership
responsibility for the Human
Resources function across
the Westpac Group. She is
responsible for the Westpac
Group’s human resources
strategy and management,
including reward and
recognition, safety, learning
and development, careers
and talent, employee
relations and employment
policy.
Christine is also responsible
for the office of the Banking
Executive Accountability
Regime (BEAR) and supports
the CEO and Board on
culture and conduct. Since
joining Westpac in 2007,
Christine has held a variety
of senior leadership roles
including Group General
Manager, Human Resources
and General Manager, Human
Resources for Westpac New
Zealand Limited.
Before joining Westpac,
Christine held senior HR
roles in a number of high
profile organisations and
across a range of industries,
including Carter Holt Harvey
and Restaurant Brands New
Zealand. Christine is currently
Chair of the St.George
Foundation, Director of the
Financial Alliance for Women,
a member of Chief Executive
Women and was previously
a Director of Orygen Youth
Mental Health Foundation,
Women’s Community
Shelters and member of
the Veterans’ Employment
Industry Advisory
Committee.
Michael Rowland
B.Comm, FCA
Age: 62
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Michael joined Westpac
Group as Chief Financial
Officer in September
2020. He is responsible for
Westpac’s Finance, Group
Audit, Investor Relations,
Tax, Treasury and Corporate
and Business Development
functions.
Before joining Westpac,
Michael was a Partner in
Management Consulting at
KPMG. Before that he held a
number of senior executive
positions at ANZ from 1999
to 2013. This included CFO
Institutional Banking, CFO
Wealth, CFO New Zealand,
CFO Personal Financial
Services, and business
leadership roles as CEO
Pacific, Managing Director
Mortgages and General
Manager, Transformation.
Michael commenced his
career at KPMG, where he
was promoted to become a
Tax Partner in 1993.
Michael holds a Bachelor
of Commerce, University of
Melbourne and a Graduate
Diploma of Taxation Law,
Monash University. He is a
Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in
Australia and New Zealand.
Jason Yetton
B.Comm (Finance & Mktg),
GradDipAppFin
Age: 52
CHIEF EXECUTIVE,
CONSUMER
Jason was appointed Chief
Executive, Consumer in
August 2023.
The Consumer segment
provides a range of banking
products and services
including mortgages, credit
cards, personal loans and
deposits to customers in
Australia.
Previously he led the Group’s
Specialist Businesses Division
overseeing a number of
business divestments to
create a simpler, stronger
bank. He has also held a
number of Group Executive
roles with Westpac at
different times for more than
20 years including Group
Strategy, Westpac Retail and
Business Banking, and senior
positions in BT Financial
Group.
Outside of Westpac, Jason
has been Chief Executive
Officer NewCo, CBA, where
he was appointed to lead
the demerger of its wealth
management and mortgage
broking businesses. Prior to
that, he was Chief Executive
Officer and Managing
Director, SocietyOne, an early
financial services disrupter
and consumer finance
marketplace lender.
Jason holds a Bachelor of
Commerce (Marketing and
Finance) from the University
of New South Wales and a
Graduate Diploma in Applied
Finance and Investment from
the Securities Institute of
Australia.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
58
Executive Team
NAMEPOSITION
YEAR
JOINED
GROUP
YEAR
APPOINTED
TO
POSITION
Peter KingManaging Director &
Chief Executive Officer
19942020
Scott CollaryGroup Chief Information Officer,
Technology
20202023
Shannon FinchGroup General Counsel20212021
Nell HuttonChief Executive, Westpac Institutional
Bank
20212023
Carolyn McCannGroup Executive, Customer &
Corporate Services
20132023
Catherine McGrathChief Executive Officer,
Westpac New Zealand
20212021
Anthony MillerChief Executive, Business & Wealth 20202023
Yianna
Papanikolaou
Chief Transformation Officer20222022
Christine ParkerGroup Executive, Human Resources20072011
Michael RowlandChief Financial Officer20202020
Jason YettonChief Executive, Consumer20202023
Ryan ZaninChief Risk Officer20222022
There are no family relationships between or among any of our Directors or Executive Team.
Tim Hartin
LLB (Hons.)
Age: 48
COMPANY SECRETARY
Tim was appointed Company
Secretary in November 2011.
Before that appointment,
Tim was Head of Legal – Risk
Management & Workouts,
Counsel & Secretariat and
prior to that, he was Counsel,
Corporate Core.
Before joining Westpac in
2006, Tim was a Consultant
with Gilbert + Tobin, where
he provided corporate
advisory services to ASX-
listed companies. Tim was
previously a lawyer at
Henderson Boyd Jackson
W.S. in Scotland and in
London in Herbert Smith’s
corporate and corporate
finance division.
59
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
60
Directors’ report
Directors’ report
3. Operating and financial review
a) Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the financial
year ended 30 September 2023 were the provision
of financial services including lending, deposit taking,
payments services, investment platforms, superannuation
and funds management, leasing finance, general finance,
interest rate risk management and foreign exchange
services.
During the period, Westpac merged its BT personal and
corporate superannuation funds with Mercer Super Trust
and sold Advance Asset Management Limited to Mercer
(Australia). Other than these changes, there have been no
significant changes in the nature of the principal activities
of the Group during 2023.
b) Operations and financial performance
Net profit for 2023 was $7,195 million, an increase of 26%
compared to 2022, and resulting in an increase of 28% in
our basic earnings per share.
The growth in net profit reflects higher income, tempered
by an increase in provisions for loan losses.
The following is a summary of the movements in major line
items in net profit for 2023 compared to 2022.
Net interest income increased by $1,156 million or 7%
driven by a 2 basis point increase in net interest margin
and growth in average interest earning assets of 6%.
Key movements in net interest margin included:
• Wider deposit spreads and higher earnings on hedged
deposits;
• Benefits from the investment of capital in a rising rate
environment;
• Lower spreads on loans reflecting intense competition;
and
• An unrealised loss of $113 million on fair value
movements of non-hedge accounted economic hedges
in 2023, compared to an unrealised gain of $633 million
in 2022.
Non-interest income was $883 million or 36% higher. The
key movements included:
• A gain on sale of businesses in 2023 of $268 million
compared to a net loss of $823 million in 2022. The loss
in 2022 was largely from the sale of our Australian life
insurance business of $1,112 million; and
• Lower contribution from our wealth management
business following sales in 2022 and 2023.
Operating expenses were $110 million or 1% lower. The key
movements included:
• A reduction in asset impairments of $192 million;
• Lower costs related to businesses sold;
• Reduced use of third-party services;
• Lower impairment of goodwill as 2022 included a
$122 million impairment related to the Superannuation
business;
• Higher staff expenses from wage inflation, higher
restructuring and leave entitlement costs; and
• Higher technology services, and software maintenance
and licensing costs from inflationary pressure and
higher software amortisation as projects were
completed in the period.
Credit impairment charges of $648 million represented
9 basis points of average gross loans compared to
5 basis points of average gross loans in 2022. The increase
reflected some deterioration in credit quality metrics with
stressed exposures up 19 basis points.
The effective tax rate was 30.12% in 2023, broadly in line
with the Australian corporate tax rate of 30%. The effective
tax rate was higher in 2022 due to non-deductible items
including goodwill write-downs not repeated in 2023.
A review of the operations of the Group and its segments
and their results for the financial year ended
30 September 2023 is set out in Section 2 of the Annual
Report under the sections ‘Group Performance’, and
‘Segment Reporting’, (see pages 102 to 144), which form
part of this report. Further information about our financial
position and financial results is included in the financial
statements in Section 3 of this Annual Report (see pages
167 to 293), which form part of this report.
c) Dividends
Westpac has announced a final ordinary dividend of 72
cents per Westpac ordinary share, totalling approximately
$2,527 million for the year ended 30 September 2023. The
dividend will be fully franked and will be paid on
19 December 2023.
In 2023, an interim ordinary dividend of 70 cents per
Westpac ordinary share totalling $2,456 million was paid
as a fully franked dividend on 27 June 2023
(2022: 61 cents totalling to $2,136 million was paid as
interim ordinary dividend in 2022).
For the year ended 30 September 2022, a fully franked final
dividend of 64 cents per ordinary share totalling
$2,240 million was paid on 20 December 2022.
61
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
d) Significant changes in state of affairs and events
during and since the end of the 2023 financial year
Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group
during the financial year ended 30 September 2023, or
that have occurred since that date, were:
• Implementing changes to the Group’s structure and
executive team to support the Group’s next strategic
phase and position the company for growth.
• Ongoing implementation of the CORE Program, which
is delivering the Integrated Plan required by the 2020
enforceable undertaking with APRA in relation to
our risk governance remediation, and supporting the
strengthening of our risk governance, accountability,
and culture. Following the completion of the Integrated
Plan, expected by 31 December 2023, we will continue
to focus on sustainability and effectiveness of the uplift
delivered by the Integrated Plan through a transition
period, expected to be calendar year 2024 with
assurance by Promontory Australia.
• The announcement by John McFarlane, Chairman
of the Board, of his intention to retire in December
2023 at the conclusion of the 2023 AGM, and the
announcement on 16 October 2023 of the appointment
of Steven Gregg as Non-executive Director and
Chaiman-elect effective 7 November 2023. Mr Gregg,
if elected at the AGM, will succeed Mr McFarlane as
Chairman of the Board at the conclusion of the AGM
on 14 December 2023.
For a discussion of these changes and other significant
developments, please refer to ‘Significant developments’
in Section 1 of the Annual Report, which forms part of this
report (see pages 94 to 96).
The Directors are not aware of any other matter or
circumstance that has occurred since
30 September 2023 that has significantly affected or may
significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results
of these operations or the state of affairs of the Group in
subsequent financial years.
e) Business strategies, developments and expected
results
Our business strategies, prospects and likely major
developments in the Group’s operations in future financial
years and the expected results of those operations are
discussed in the Strategic Review (see pages 1 to 51) and
in ‘Significant developments’ in Section 1 of the Annual
Report (see pages 94 to 96), which forms part of this
report.
Further information on our business strategies and
prospects for the future financial years and likely
developments in our operations and the expected results
of operations have not been included in this report
because the Directors believe it would be likely to result in
unreasonable prejudice to us.
f) Risks to our financial performance, position and our
operations
Our financial position, our future financial results, our
operations and the success of our strategy are subject to
a range of risks. These risks are set out and discussed in
Section 2 of this Annual Report under the section ‘Risk
factors’, which forms part of this report (see pages 145
to 156).
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
62
Directors’ report
4. Directors’ interests
a) Directors’ interests in securities
The following particulars for each Director are set out in the Remuneration Report in Section 10 of the Directors’ report
for the year ended 30 September 2023 and in the table below:
• Their relevant interests in our shares or the shares of any of our related bodies corporate;
• Their relevant interests in debentures of, or interests in, a registered scheme made available by us or any of our
related bodies corporate;
• Their rights or options over shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered scheme made available by us or
any of our related bodies corporate; and
• Any contracts:
– To which the Director is a party or under which they are entitled to a benefit; and
– That confer a right to call for or deliver shares in, debentures of, or interests in, a registered scheme made
available by us or any of our related bodies corporate.
Directors’ interests in Westpac and related bodies corporate as at 5 November 2023
Number of
Relevant Interests in
Westpac Ordinary Shares
Number of
Westpac Share Rights
Westpac Banking Corporation
Current Directors
John McFarlane45,000-
Peter King213,527
1
481,687
2
Tim Burroughs67,302-
Nerida Caesar13,583-
Audette Exel11,562-
Chris Lynch
3
13,090-
Peter Nash15,260-
Nora Scheinkestel14,874
Margaret Seale
4
10,438-
Michael Ullmer
5
12,570-
Former Directors
Michael Hawker
6
32,432
Peter Marriot
7
22,110-
1. Peter King’s interest in Westpac ordinary shares includes 20,744 restricted shares held under the Restricted Share Plan.
2. Share rights issued under the Long Term Variable Reward Plan.
3. Chris Lynch and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 1,137 Westpac Capital Notes 5 (ASX: WBCPH).
4. Margaret Seale and her related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 100 Westpac Capital Notes 7 (ASX: WBCPJ).
5. Michael Ullmer and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 800 Westpac Capital Notes 5 (ASX:WBCPH), 1,000 Westpac
Capital Notes 6 (WBCPI), 300 Westpac Capital Notes 9 (WBCPL) and 1,000 Westpac Subordinated Notes (WBCHA).
6. Figure displayed is as at Michael Hawker’s retirement date of 15 July 2023.
7. Figure displayed is as at Peter Marriot’s retirement date of 14 December 2022.
Note: Certain subsidiaries of Westpac offer a range of registered schemes. The Directors may from time to time invest in these schemes and are
required to provide a statement to the ASX when any of their interests in these schemes change. ASIC has exempted each Director from the
obligation to notify the ASX of a relevant interest in a security that is an interest in BT Cash Management Trust (ARSN 087 531 539), BT Premium
Cash Fund (ARSN 089 299 730), Westpac Cash Management Trust (ARSN 088 187 928) or Advance Cash Multi-Blend Fund (ARSN 094 113 050).
63
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
b) Indemnities and insurance
Under the Westpac Constitution, unless it is forbidden
or would be made void by statute, we indemnify any
person who is or has been a Director or Company
Secretary of Westpac and of each of our related bodies
corporate (except related bodies corporate listed on a
recognised stock exchange), any person who is or has
been an employee of Westpac or our subsidiaries (except
subsidiaries listed on a recognised stock exchange), and
any person who is or has been acting as a responsible
manager under the terms of an Australian Financial
Services Licence of any of Westpac’s wholly-owned
subsidiaries against every liability (other than a liability for
legal costs) incurred by each such person in their capacity
as director, company secretary, employee or responsible
manager, as the case may be; and all legal costs incurred
in defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection
with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an
administrative or investigatory nature, in which the person
becomes involved because of that capacity.
Each of the Directors named in this Directors’ report and
the Company Secretary of Westpac has the benefit of this
indemnity.
Consistent with shareholder approval at the 2000 Annual
General Meeting, Westpac has entered into a Deed
of Access and Indemnity with each of the Directors,
which includes indemnification in identical terms to that
provided in the Westpac Constitution.
Westpac also executed a deed poll in September 2009
providing indemnification equivalent to that provided
under the Westpac Constitution to individuals who are or
have been acting as:
• statutory officers (other than as a director) of Westpac;
• directors and other statutory officers of wholly- owned
subsidiaries of Westpac; and
• directors and statutory officers of other nominated
companies as approved by Westpac in accordance
with the terms of the deed poll and Westpac’s
Contractual Indemnity Policy.
Some employees of Westpac’s related bodies corporate
and responsible managers of Westpac and its related
bodies corporate are also currently covered by a deed poll
that was executed in November 2004, which is on similar
terms to the September 2009 deed poll.
The Westpac Constitution also permits us, to the extent
permitted by law, to pay or agree to pay premiums
for contracts insuring any person who is or has been a
Director or Company Secretary of Westpac or any of its
related bodies corporate against liability incurred by that
person in that capacity, including a liability for legal costs,
unless:
• we are forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay the
premium; or
• the contract would, if we paid the premium, be made
void by statute.
Under the September 2009 deed poll, Westpac also
agrees to provide directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
to Directors of Westpac and Directors of Westpac’s
wholly-owned subsidiaries (except wholly- owned
subsidiaries listed on a recognised stock exchange).
For the year ended 30 September 2023, the Group has
insurance cover which, in certain circumstances, will
provide reimbursement for amounts which we have to pay
under the indemnities set out above. That cover is subject
to the terms and conditions of the relevant insurance,
including but not limited to the limit of indemnity provided
by the insurance. The insurance policies prohibit disclosure
of the premium payable and the nature of the liabilities
covered.
c) Share rights outstanding
As at the date of this report there are 4,063,962 share
rights outstanding in relation to Westpac ordinary shares,
held by 103 holders. The latest dates for exercise of
the share rights range between 17 December 2024 and
1 October 2037.
Holders of outstanding share rights in relation to Westpac
ordinary shares do not have any rights under the share
rights to participate in any share issue or interest of
Westpac or any other body corporate.
d) Proceedings on behalf of Westpac
No application has been made and no proceedings have
been brought or intervened in, on behalf of Westpac under
section 237 of the Corporations Act.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
64
Directors’ report
5. Environmental disclosure
The Westpac Group’s environmental disclosure is
summarised in this Annual Report and detailed in our
2023 Climate Report.
Our disclosure in these reports is aligned to Taskforce on
Climate-Related Disclosures (TCFD) covering governance,
strategy, risk management, and metrics. The Climate
Report includes our Climate Change Position Statement
and Action Plan, outlining our strategy and actions.
Additional disclosure on environmental matters includes:
• Natural Capital Position Statement, which looks at
how we are considering the risks and opportunities
associated with nature; and
• Sustainable Finance Framework, outlining how we
categorise green, transition, social and sustainability
finance.
We also reference climate in a range of other policies and
principles including:
• Positions on lending to certain sensitive sectors.
• Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct.
• Reconciliation Action Plan.
We participate in a number of voluntary sustainability
initiatives including the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI),
the Equator Principles, the Principles for Responsible
Banking, the Net-Zero Banking Alliance, the United Nations
Global Compact, the RE100, the Sustainability Accounting
Standards Board (SASB), the Taskforce on Nature-
related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) and the Australian
Government Climate Active Carbon Neutral Standard for
Organisations.
In Australia we publicly report our scope 1 and 2
greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and
production under the National Greenhouse and Energy
Reporting (NGER) scheme for the period 1 July through
30 June each year.
Our operations are not materially affected by any other
significant environmental regulation under any law of the
Commonwealth of Australia or of any State or Territory
of Australia. We may, however, become subject to
environmental regulation as a result of our activities in the
ordinary course of business and we have policies in place
to ensure that this potential risk is addressed as part of our
normal processes.
We are not aware of the Group incurring any material
liability (including for rectification costs) under any
environmental legislation. Westpac’s environment
disclosures are available in sections 1 (see pages 36 to 39)
and 2 (see pages 157 to 164) of this Annual Report, and in
our Climate Report.
Additional information about our environmental
performance, is on our website at https://www.westpac.
com.au/about-westpac/sustainability/.
6. Human rights disclosure
Westpac’s overall approach to human rights is set out in
our Human Rights Position Statement and 2026 Action
Plan. This lays out the principles and actions that guide our
approach and commitment to respecting and advancing
human rights in our role as a financial services provider,
lender, purchaser of goods and services, employer, and
supporter of communities.
For example, our Responsible Sourcing Program, including
the Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct and risk
assessment methodology is the primary framework for
identifying and addressing human rights risk in our supply
chain.
Under the Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth) and Modern
Slavery Act 2015 (UK), Westpac is required to prepare an
annual statement describing the risks of modern slavery in
our operations and supply chain, and the actions taken to
address the risks. Westpac published a joint statement for
FY22 on behalf of itself and certain reporting entities that
addressed the requirements of both Acts.
The Westpac Group’s 2022 Modern Slavery Statement
was published in March 2023 and can be located at www.
westpac.com.au/content/dam/public/wbc/ documents/
pdf/aw/sustainability/wbc-2022-modernslavery-statement.
pdf.
We will release the Group’s FY23 Modern Slavery Statement
in March 2024.
7. Rounding of amounts
Westpac is an entity to which ASIC Corporations
Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016, relating to the
rounding of amounts in directors’ reports and financial
reports, applies. Pursuant to this Instrument, amounts
in this Directors’ report and the accompanying financial
report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars,
unless indicated to the contrary.
8. Political engagement
In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were
made to political parties during the financial year ended
30 September 2023.
Westpac does participate in political engagement
activities assessed as directly relevant to the bank and
or the banking industry. Such activities include business
observer programs attached to annual party conferences,
policy dialogue forums and other political engagement
activities, such as speeches and events with industry
participants. Westpac attends these events to put forward
its position on policy matters of importance to our
customers, suppliers, shareholders and our employees.
Political expenditure on these events in Australia for the
financial year ended 30 September 2023 was $183,800. In
New Zealand, political expenditure for the financial year
ended 30 September 2023 was NZD $6,573.
This year, Westpac also donated $1.75m to the Yes23 and
Uluru Dialogues Voice to Parliament campaigns, linked to
the Voice referendum. We also provided in-kind support,
such as seconding 14 employees. The donations and
in-kind support are considered ‘referendum expenditure’
provided to ‘referendum entities’ and are due to be
disclosed to the Australian Electoral Commission.
65
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
9. Directors’ meetings
The Westpac Banking Corporation Board met 15 times during the financial year ended 30 September 2023. In addition,
Directors attended Board strategy sessions and special purpose committee meetings during the financial year.
The following table includes:
• Names of the Directors that held office at any time during, or since the end of, the financial year.
• The number of Board and Board Committee meetings held during the financial year that each Director, as a member
of the Board or Board Committee, was eligible to attend, and the number of meetings attended by each Director.
The table excludes the attendance of those Directors who attended meetings of Board Committees of which they are
not a member.
Scheduled meetings
Unscheduled
meetings
3
RiskAuditRemuneration
Nominations &
Governance
Held
1
Attended
2
Held
1
Attended
2
Held
1
Attended
2
Held
1
Attended
2
Held
1
Attended
2
Held
1
Attended
2
Director
John McFarlane
4
8877n/an/an/an/an/an/a44
Peter King8877n/an/an/an/an/an/an/an/a
Tim Burroughs
5
553354n/an/an/an/an/an/a
Nerida Caesar
6
8877n/an/a44n/an/an/an/a
Audette Exel
7
88777744n/an/an/an/a
Chris Lynch
8
8876n/an/a661010n/an/a
Peter Nash
9
88757766n/an/a44
Nora Scheinkestel
10
887777n/an/a109n/an/a
Margaret Seale
11
887765n/an/a101044
Michael Ullmer
12
44331133n/an/an/an/a
Former Director
Michael Hawker
13
664444n/an/an/an/an/an/a
Peter Marriott
14
22442222n/an/an/an/a
1. The number of meetings held during the time the Director was a member of the Board or Board Committee.
2. The number of Board Committee meetings that the Director attended as a member.
3. Out of cycle meetings normally called for a special purpose that do not form part of the Board’s forward agenda.
4. Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Board Nominations & Governance Committee.
5. Appointed as a Director and a member of the Board Risk Committee on 10 March 2023.
6. Appointed as a member of the Board Audit Committee following the completion of the 2022 Annual General Meeting.
7. Member of the Board Risk Committee. Appointed as Chair of the Board Risk Committee and member of the Board Audit Committee following
the completion of the 2022 Annual General Meeting.
8. Member of the Board Audit Committee and Board Remuneration Committee.
9. Chairman of the Board Audit Committee and member of the Board Risk Committee and Board Nominations & Governance Committee.
10. Chair of the Board Remuneration Committee and member of the Board Risk Committee.
11. Member of the Board Nominations & Governance Committee and Board Remuneration Committee. Retired as a member of the Board Risk
Committee on 10 August 2023.
12. Appointed as a Director and member of the Board Audit Committee on 3 April 2023. Appointed as a member of the Board Risk Committee on
10 August 2023.
13. Retired as a Director on 15 July 2023.
14. Retired as a Director following the completion of the 2022 Annual General Meeting.
Dear shareholders,
2023 has been a year of continuing improvement against a
backdrop of a highly competitive banking market.
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items) (NPAT)
increased 12% on prior year and return on tangible equity
(excluding Notable Items) (ROTE), improved from 10.6% to
11.7%, assisted by the share buyback last year.
We grew the balance sheet, managed margins and
maintained strong credit quality. Impairments were up but
lower than expected.
Against an economic environment where our customers
had to withstand 12 increases in official interest rates since
May 2022, we maintained balance sheet strength with key
metrics such as common equity tier 1 capital ratio (CET1),
net stable funding ratio (NSFR) and liquidity coverage
ratio (LCR) all above target.
We have substantially completed the Integrated Plan
phase of our Customer Outcomes and Risk Excellence
(CORE) program with all key milestones on track to be
delivered by calendar year end.
We aim to move into a transition phase in 2024 to ensure
that improvements in risk management and culture as well
as processes and systems implemented through CORE are
now truly embedded and sustained.
As our risk maturity has increased, we’ve made efforts
to ensure good risk behaviour is recognised as well as
ensuring appropriate consequences for risk management
failures.
Not everything went to plan. We still have too high a cost
base compared to our peers and we have yet to make the
step change in customer service we desire.
Our Net Promoter Score (NPS) measures, key indicators of
customer satisfaction, improved. The increase in Consumer
NPS was better than major bank average and therefore
achieved target. However we still have much to do and
Business NPS remains below peers and did not meet our
target ambitions.
Executive performance and remuneration outcomes
It was a year of material improvement in financial results,
strategic execution and risk management but with
disappointing progress on serving customers and cost
efficiency.
The Board therefore assessed performance under the
Group Short Term Variable Reward (STVR) Scorecard as
below target but towards the upper end of the threshold
band at 90% of target. This represents 60% of maximum
and is an improvement on last year’s result of 78% of
target or 52% of maximum.
The 2023 Group STVR Scorecard reflected our refreshed
strategy and was structured focusing on five key priority
areas: financial performance, risk management, serving
customers, strategic execution and people. Details of the
assessment are detailed in Section 4.3.
The Group STVR Scorecard result is also reflected in the
Board’s assessment of the 2023 STVR for the CEO.
Peter King’s total remuneration outcomes for 2023 are as
follows:
• Fixed remuneration increased due to the
superannuation guarantee increase on 1 July 2023.
• STVR was 90% of his target opportunity and 60% of
maximum opportunity. Of this, 50% will be paid in cash
and 50% will be deferred up to two years.
• 2020 Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR) did not
vest as it did not meet the relative total shareholder
return (TSR) hurdle. This is the 8th consecutive
year that the LTVR has failed to vest, reflecting the
poor TSR performance which shareholders have
experienced.
For Group Executives, STVR outcomes ranged from 60%
to 104% of target or 40% to 69% of maximum, reflecting
the differentiation of performance outcomes for their
respective divisions and individual performance.
We have applied a positive modifier to STVR Scorecard
outcomes for two Group Executives for significantly above
expectations performance for risk and compliance.
There was also one downward remuneration adjustment
for a Group Executive for a risk and compliance matter.
Refer to Sections 1 and 4 for further details of
performance and remuneration outcomes.
LETTER FROM
THE CHAIR
of the Board Remuneration
Committee
Directors’ report
10. Remuneration Report
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
66
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
Organisational changes
In July 2023, Westpac announced a restructure to support the
Group's next strategic phase. The changes followed a period
of simplification and position the Company for growth.
The new executive leadership team features separate
dedicated divisions for Consumer banking (led by Jason
Yetton) and for Business banking and Wealth (led by
Anthony Miller).
An expanded Shared Services division incorporating Customer
Operations is now led by Carolyn McCann and a separate
dedicated division for Technology is led by Scott Collary.
Nell Hutton was appointed to lead Westpac Institutional
Bank from 1 October 2023.
The Specialist Businesses division was disbanded, having
largely completed its work.
Further details on executive changes are set out in Section 3.
New executive remuneration framework for 2024
With the introduction of APRA’s new Prudential Standard
CPS 511 Remuneration (CPS 511) and the refresh of our
strategy, the Board has made changes to our executive
remuneration framework in line with market developments.
The new framework is effective from 1 October 2023.
The key changes are:
• Reduction of the maximum remuneration opportunity
for the CEO and Group Executives.
• Increased LTVR deferral periods.
• Splitting the LTVR into two components: one
remains tied to relative TSR performance whilst the
new restricted rights component is subject to an
assessment of risk culture at grant and at vesting.
• Rebalancing the remuneration mix to focus on the
long term.
Our CEO and Group Executives have been on different
remuneration mixes. Our objective over time is to move
everyone to the same remuneration mix. For the year
ahead, we have aligned the pay mix of the CEO and
business roles.
We benchmarked remuneration for all roles against
market comparators and made some adjustments to fixed
remuneration as part of the move to the new executive
remuneration framework, as well as recognising role
changes as outlined above.
For the CEO, the move to the new framework has resulted in:
• Maximum remuneration opportunity reduced by 12%.
• Fixed remuneration reduced to $2.5m.
• The remuneration mix being re-weighted to the long term.
• Total target remuneration aligned to the CEOs of other
major banks which have a comparable framework.
Throughout the year, we met with a number of key
stakeholders to explain the rationale of the new framework
and seek feedback, and thank those who gave us their
time and input in that process.
We have also simplified the 2024 Group STVR Scorecard
with focus on financial and non-financial measures
targeted to the areas of greatest impact and importance
for our strategy. This includes measures to support the
implementation of our climate transition plan and the
technology transformation of the bank.
Refer to Section 2 for the Executive remuneration
framework for 2024 for further detail.
Recognising risk performance of our people
Strengthening risk culture is an ongoing priority. One of
the ways we reinforce expectations is through recognising
employees every day for living our values, using our recognition
platform Great Employee Moments (GEM). The platform
allows our employees to publicly celebrate their colleagues.
Since May 2023, our people have recognised almost
34,000 instances of positive risk management behaviour.
Managers can also recognise great customer outcomes and
risk excellence by recommending increased variable reward.
In early 2023 (based on 2022 performance), 313 employees
received increased variable reward for delivering
exceptional risk outcomes and we applied 299 downward
remuneration adjustments where our people fell short of
risk, compliance or conduct expectations.
Our people are vital to everything we do and shape the
experience of customers. We are investing to build their
capabilities and to strengthen our workplace and culture.
Refer to the 'Creating value for our people' section of the
Annual Report for further detail.
On behalf of the Board, I encourage you to read the report
in full and we welcome your feedback.
Nora Scheinkestel
CHAIR
BOARD REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION67
Remuneration Report
CONTENTs
1. Snapshot of remuneration for 2023685. Remuneration governance 80
2. Executive remuneration framework for 202470
6. Further detail on executive
remuneration arrangements
81
3. Key Management Personnel747. Non-executive Director remuneration84
4. 2023 remuneration outcomes and
alignment to performance
758. Statutory remuneration details85
Facilitating share ownership by the CEO and Group Executives is important for alignment with shareholders. In addition
to the variable remuneration equity components, the minimum shareholding requirement for the CEO is equivalent to
two times fixed remuneration and for the Group Executives is one times fixed remuneration. LTVR is not included in the
calculation until the performance condition is met. Refer to Section 6 for further detail on remuneration arrangements
for 2023.
Target remuneration mix for 2023
The remuneration mix is designed with a significant proportion of variable remuneration which is at risk and based on
performance.
The graphic below sets out the approximate remuneration mix. Variations for individuals may apply from time to time
and the aggregate variable remuneration opportunity for 2023 ranged from 67% to 74%. Business roles typically lead the
revenue generating businesses. Functional roles enable the organisation.
Business roles
Chief Executive Ocer
Group Executives
Functional roles
32%
26%
30%
24%
26%
30%
44%
48%
40%
Fixed remunerationSTVR targetLTVR performance rights
Our remuneration strategy is to attract and retain talented employees. We reward them for
achieving high performance and delivering superior long term results for our customers
and shareholders.
Promote our purpose,
values and behaviours
Align with our strategy
and create sustainable
shareholder value
Offer market competitive
and equitable pay
Reward financial
and non-financial
performance, including
customer outcomes and
risk excellence
Reinforce our risk and
conduct expectations
OUR REMUNERATION sTRATEGY AND pRINCIpLEs
OUR EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK FOR 2023
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
68
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
1. Snapshot of remuneration for 2023
ComponentPurposeYear 1Year 2Year 3Year 4
FIXED REMUNERATION
100% cash (including
superannuation)
Provide market
competitive remuneration
reflecting role scope and
accountabilities.
Salary and
superannuation
SHORT TERM VARIABLE
REWARD
50% cash
50% restricted shares
Reward executives for
delivering financial and
non-financial annual
objectives.
Performance
assessed
against a
balanced
scorecard
50% restricted shares vesting
at Year 2
50% restricted shares vesting
at Year 3
LONG TERM VARIABLE
REWARD
100% performance rights
Reward executives for
creating shareholder value
over the long term.
Performance assessed against relative total shareholder return
(TSR) at Year 4
Vesting point
Grant
Performance
assessment
Performance assessment and grant
Financial performance
• Pre-provision profit (excluding Notable Items) grew year on year but failed to meet target.
NPAT (excluding Notable Items) was just below target. Growth in core businesses while
maintaining balance sheet strength with all liquidity and capital ratios above target.
• Impairments higher than prior year but lower than expected. Expenses remained high driven
by persistent inflation, wage growth and higher operational costs.
Risk management
• CORE program is tracking to plan. 51% reduction in high-rated issues, good progress in
resolving outstanding regulatory matters.
• We aim to move into a transition phase to ensure culture, practices and processes implemented
through CORE are embedded sustainably.
Serving customers
• Consumer NPS improved. Business NPS improved, but did not meet the target and still
performing below peers. Digital capabilities improving with the Westpac mobile app rated as
the #1 Australian mobile app for 2023 by Forrester, digitally active customers increasing and
service speeds improving.
Strategic execution
• Return to growth in core markets with mortgages above target and business lending at target.
Material progress on payments transformation in Westpac Institutional Bank.
• Continued progress on climate transition planning with new and updated targets covering
approximately 48% of financed emissions.
People
• Supporting strategy refresh and greater external orientation, executive team reorganised
around four key customer segments with dedicated Group Executives for each.
• Organisational health index was 75 which was flat year on year, however was achieved in
context of significant organisational change and is one point below the global top quartile.
Further detail on performance against all measures of the Group STVR Scorecard is set out in Section 4.3.
$7,368M
N pAT
11.7%
ROTE
94% CORE
activities complete
Up 12% on 2022.
Excludes Notable Items.
10.6% in 2022.
Excludes Notable Items.
in the Integrated Plan.
90%
CEO's 2023 sTVR
outcome
60% TO 104%
Group Executive
sTVR outcomes
0% LTVR vesting
outcome
as a % of target, or 60% as a %
of maximum.
Range of STVR outcomes as a % of target,
or 40% to 69% as % of maximum.
2020 LTVR vesting outcome. 8th
consecutive year that LTVR has not vested.
pERFORMANCE sNApsHOT
REMUNERATION OUTCOMEs
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION69
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items) ($m)
CEO STVR outcome (% of maximum)
CEO STVR outcome (% of target)
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
CEO STVR outcome
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
Net profit after tax (excluding
Notable Items) ($m)
20202019202120222023
TSR over 4 years (percentile rank)
LTVR award (% vested)
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
LTVR award (% vested)
0%
40%
20%
60%
80%
100%
TSR over 4 years
20202019202120222023
Net profit after tax
(excluding Notable
Items)
CEO STVR
outcome
(% of maximum)
CEO STVR
outcome
(% of target)
TSR over 4 years
(percentile rank)
LTVR award
(% vested)
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items) and
CEO STVR outcome
TSR and LTVR vesting outcome
(percentile rank over the prior four year period)
STVR outcomes are aligned with our annual performance
which has varied year on year, as shown below.
LTVR outcomes are aligned with shareholder experience
over the long term, as shown below.
ThresholdStretchTarget
1. Dividend equivalent payments are payable to the extent that LTVR vests. For LTVR restricted rights, these are accrued for the performance
period and the further deferral period after the performance period, and paid at the end of the deferral period. For LTVR performance rights,
these are only accrued for the further deferral period after the performance period and paid at the end of the deferral period.
2. Executives have two years after the vesting date to exercise their rights and convert them to shares.
OBJECTIVEs OF THE NEW FRAMEWORK
KEY CHANGEs AT A GLANCE
OVERVIEW OF THE NEW FRAMEWORK FOR 2024
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
70
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
ComponentPurposeYear 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5Year 6
FIXED
REMUNERATION
100% cash (including
superannuation)
Provide market
competitive
remuneration
reflecting role scope
and accountabilities.
Salary and
superannuation
SHORT TERM
VARIABLE REWARD
50% cash
50% restricted
shares
Reward executives
for delivering
financial and non-
financial annual
objectives.
Performance
assessed
against a
balanced
scorecard
50% restricted shares
vesting at Year 2
50% restricted shares
vesting at Year 3
LONG TERM
VARIABLE REWARD
50% restricted
rights
1
Reward executives
for sustainable risk
culture and for
creating shareholder
value over the long
term.
Performance assessed against risk culture at grant and at Year 4
CEO: 50%
vesting² at
Year 4 and
50% at Year 5
Group
Executives:
100% vesting²
at Year 4
LONG TERM
VARIABLE REWARD
50% performance
rights
1
Reward executives
for creating
shareholder value
over the long term.
Performance assessed against relative total shareholder return
(TSR) at Year 4
CEO: 100% vesting² at Year 6
Group Executives: 100%
vesting² at Year 5
2. Executive remuneration framework for 2024
Minimum shareholding requirement for the CEO is equivalent to two times fixed remuneration and for the Group Executives is one
times fixed remuneration. LTVR is not included in the calculation until the performance conditions are met.
Create
sustainable
shareholder value
Attract
and retain
talented executives
Reinforce our
risk and
conduct expectations
Grant
Performance assessment
Pre-grant assessment
Pre-vest assessment
What:
Reduced maximum
remuneration opportunity
Introduced a new LTVR
restricted rights component
Increased LTVR
deferral periods
Reduced maximum
STVR opportunity
Why:
To offset the greater
certainty of the new
LTVR restricted rights
component
To focus on risk culture and
provide a material weight
to non-financial measures,
meeting CPS 511 requirements
To support a greater
focus on the long
term
To rebalance the
remuneration mix to
focus on the long term
Performance assessment and grant
Vesting point
New LTVR restricted rights component
Extended deferral for LTVR performance rights
A revised executive remuneration framework is effective from 1 October 2023. It is designed to align with our strategy,
market developments, investor expectations and compliance with CPS 511.
Performance periodFurther deferral period
1. The range of reductions for 2024 does not include Carolyn McCann whose remuneration mix was changed upon appointment to an expanded
role.
2. Scott Collary received a 4% increase to fixed remuneration as part of the new framework effective 1 October 2023.
3. Carolyn McCann received a 4% increase to fixed remuneration upon appointment to her new role from 1 August 2023 which did not flow
through to 2023 variable remuneration targets. Target STVR and LTVR opportunity was increased for 2024 to recognise her new role. Prior to
this, her fixed remuneration was $1,019,182. Refer to Section 3 for further detail.
4. Catherine McGrath received a 4% increase to fixed remuneration as part of the new framework and a further 4.8% increase to fixed
remuneration to align to market effective 1 October 2023.
5. Anthony Miller (formerly Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank) and Jason Yetton received a 7% increase to fixed remuneration upon
appointment to their new roles from 1 August 2023 which did not flow through to 2023 variable remuneration targets. Prior to this, both
received fixed remuneration of $1,191,095. Refer to Section 3 for further detail. Nell Hutton was appointed as Chief Executive, Westpac
Institutional Bank and commenced in the role on 1 October 2023.
6. Christine Parker received a 2.5% increase to fixed remuneration increase when moving to the new framework having regard to her prior
remuneration mix and market benchmarks.
MAXIMUM REMUNERATION OppORTUNITY REDUCED BETWEEN 12% AND 19%
1
STVR
• Maximum STVR opportunity reduced
from 150% to 125% of target, or 94%
of fixed remuneration, for all roles.
• Target STVR opportunity reduced
from approx 100% to 75% of fixed
remuneration for business roles, and
maintained at 75% for functional roles.
• STVR for the CEO reduced and
LTVR increased to re-weight the
remuneration mix to the long term.
LTVR
• LTVR opportunity reduced given the
increased likelihood of vesting of the
new restricted rights component.
• LTVR opportunity reduced from
approx 180% to 140% of fixed
remuneration for Group Executives
leading business units, and from
approx 135% to 110% for functional
roles, split into two equally weighted
components.
• CEO LTVR increased to 140% of fixed
remuneration to align with Group
Executives leading business units.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION71
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
8,344
9,523
Peter King
Managing Director &
Chief Executive Officer
2,5002,3441,7501,750
2,5233,7503,250
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
4,310
5,329
Scott Collary
2
Chief Information Officer
1,2911,211904904
1,2421,8382,250
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
3,538
3,590
Carolyn McCann
3
Group Executive,
Customer & Corporate Services
9947427421,060
1,0601,1401,390
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
3,454
4,125
Catherine McGrath
4
Chief Executive Officer,
Westpac New Zealand (NZD)
1,035970725725
9501,4251,750
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
4,255
5,188
Anthony Miller
5
Chief Executive,
Business & Wealth
1,2751,195893893
1,2751,7632,150
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
3,156
3,776
Christine Parker
6
Group Executive,
Human Resources
1,039974572572
1,0141,2001,562
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
3,862
4,436
Michael Rowland
Chief Financial Officer
1,2711,192699699
1,4251,7401,271
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
4,255
5,188
Jason Yetton
5
Chief Executive, Consumer
1,2751,195893893
1,2751,7632,150
2024 maximum
2023 maximum
5,149
5,895
Ryan Zanin
Chief Risk Officer
1,6951,589932932
1,8902,3101,695
Fixed remunerationSTVR maximumLTVR restricted rightsLTVR performance rights
($000)
Fixed remuneration
• Fixed remuneration for
the CEO is reduced.
• Fixed remuneration for
the Group Executives
benchmarked and
adjustments made
where there has been
a role change or to
align to market as
footnoted below.
We reviewed the framework and determined changes to fixed remuneration, STVR and LTVR including benchmarking
against market comparators. We intend to transition to the same remuneration mix for all Group Executives over time
and our STVR Scorecard measures will continue to be differentiated for individual roles.
CEO and business role remuneration mix
Functional role remuneration mix
Pre-grant and pre-vest assessment
We are introducing the new restricted rights component to reinforce our focus on maintaining or improving Group risk
culture. We believe a great Group risk culture is a necessary foundation for a successful bank and the creation of long
term value for all of our stakeholders.
A pre-grant assessment will determine the number of restricted rights granted and a pre-vest assessment will determine
the number of rights that vest. For transparency, provided below is an overview of the approach which applies to both
assessments. The assessment will be primarily based on the collective Group risk culture assessed as part of the Board's
annual attestation to APRA required under Prudential Standard CPS 220 Risk Management, which is a multi factorial,
evidence based process. A prudential soundness gate applies. The Board will also consider if there have been any
significant risk outcomes or any serious misconduct that have not been sufficiently addressed through performance
management or STVR outcomes.
LONG TERM VARIABLE REWARD REsTRICTED RIGHTs
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
72
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
Prudential
soundness
gate
Collective assessment
Group risk
culture
Collective assessment
Significant
risk outcomes
Collective or
individual assessment
Serious
misconduct
Collective or
individual assessment
ProcessOutputs
Review process leveraging the
risk culture component of the risk
management declaration, which we
provide to APRA under Prudential
Standard CPS 220 Risk Management.
The process involves:
• Data reviews, workshops and
interviews with a range of
stakeholders
• Independent review by second
line Risk function
• Board workshop
• External audit triennially
Board assessment of Group risk
culture on the scale below:
Ratings assigned:
REDSystemic weakness
AMBERWeaknesses
GREENNo weaknesses
Attestation to APRA including
the Board’s view of Group risk
culture
Has Westpac remained safe and secure, taking into account capital position
and liquidity?
Prudential soundness is measured through the common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio, liquidity coverage
ratio (LCR) and the net stable funding ratio (NSFR).
Has Group risk culture maturity been maintained or improved, considering
both executive actions or inactions?
Have risk outcomes arisen that have a significant and material impact on
the Group, not sufficiently addressed elsewhere?
Has Westpac suffered from a serious misconduct issue, not sufficiently
addressed elsewhere?
1
2
3
4
Group risk culture assessment overview
Step 1: Assessment
Step 2: Consider Board discretion
Following the assessment outlined in Step 1, the Board will consider applying discretion. Considerations to guide the
application of discretion and the overall assessment include:
• The materiality of the adverse impact on Westpac’s financial position, or reputation, or customers, or shareholders, or
employees or regulatory standing.
• Whether the outcome was specific to Westpac, the banking industry or the broader market.
• The extent to which performance and reward outcomes are already impacted (e.g. through remuneration
adjustments), at a collective or individual level.
• Whether any adjustment should be made on a collective or individual basis.
Given the focus on maintaining or improving Group risk culture over the performance period, adjustments are unlikely at
the pre-grant assessment and any potential adjustment is more likely at the pre-vest assessment.
Inputs
Risk culture reporting and
surveys
Root cause analysis
Prudential attestations
Audit and assurance
findings
Regulatory reviews and
notifications
Risk management
framework maturity
assessment
Pre-grant assessment for 2024
The first pre-grant assessment for the 2024 LTVR restricted rights was undertaken in October 2023.
The Board determined that no adjustment was required and the 2024 LTVR restricted rights will be granted in full.
The prudential soundness gate was satisfied by reviewing the key capital and liquidity ratios, including CET1, LCR and
NSFR. The ratios are all above minimum prudential requirements.
Group risk culture maturity was assessed as 'Maintained' having regard to a number of inputs:
• Risk culture behaviour ratings in line with or above target state of 'Proactive', increasing from 46% in 2022 to 59% in
2023;
• There were no findings which indicated a deterioration in Group-wide risk culture arising from root cause analyses
completed for material incidents, audit and assurance findings or regulatory reviews; and
• Material compliance for 100% of Prudential Standard attestations as assessed by the Risk function.
There were no significant risk outcomes or serious misconduct issues that arose that were not sufficiently addressed
elsewhere. We have had risk, compliance and conduct matters which have arisen in parts of our business. We addressed
these through other remuneration adjustments in line with our regular review processes.
The restricted rights remain subject to the pre-vest assessment after the four year performance period ending 1 October
2027. The restricted rights also remain subject to remuneration adjustments during and after this period.
Pre-grant assessmentOutcome
Step 1: Assessment
Prudential soundness gate: Has Westpac remained safe and secure, taking into account capital position
and liquidity?
Met
Group risk culture: Has Group risk culture maturity been maintained or improved, considering both
executive actions or inactions?
Maintained
Significant risk outcomes: Have risk outcomes arisen that have a significant and material impact on the
Group, not sufficiently addressed elsewhere?
No adjustment
Serious misconduct: Has Westpac suffered from a serious misconduct issue, not sufficiently addressed
elsewhere?
No adjustment
Step 2: Consider Board discretion No adjustment
Overall pre-grant assessment Grant in full
LONG TERM VARIABLE REWARD REsTRICTED RIGHTs
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION73
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
74
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
3. Key Management Personnel
The remuneration of KMP is disclosed in this Report. Disclosures related to former KMP that ceased prior to 1 October
2022 are included in the 2022 Remuneration Report.
KMP is defined as those persons that have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of an entity, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity.
NamePositionTerm as KMP
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter KingManaging Director & Chief Executive OfficerFull Year
Group Executives
1
Scott Collary
2
Chief Information OfficerFull Year
Carolyn McCann
3
Group Executive, Customer & Corporate ServicesFull Year
Catherine McGrathChief Executive Officer, Westpac New ZealandFull Year
Anthony Miller
4
Chief Executive, Business & WealthFull Year
Christine ParkerGroup Executive, Human ResourcesFull Year
Michael RowlandChief Financial OfficerFull Year
Jason Yetton
5
Chief Executive, ConsumerFull Year
Ryan ZaninChief Risk OfficerFull Year
Former Group Executives
Chris de BruinChief Executive, Consumer & Business BankingCeased on 31 July 2023
Current Non-executive Directors
John McFarlaneChairmanFull Year
Tim BurroughsDirectorCommenced on 10 March 2023
Nerida CaesarDirectorFull Year
Audette Exel AODirectorFull Year
Chris LynchDirectorFull Year
Peter NashDirectorFull Year
Nora ScheinkestelDirectorFull Year
Margaret SealeDirectorFull Year
Michael Ullmer AODirectorCommenced on 3 April 2023
Former Non-executive Directors
Michael Hawker AMDirectorRetired on 15 July 2023
Peter MarriottDirector
Retired on 14 December 2022 following completion of
the 2022 Annual General Meeting
1. References to Group Executives in this Report refer to Group Executives who are in KMP roles.
2. Scott Collary's role was changed from Group Executive, Customer Services & Technology to Chief Information Officer on 1 August 2023.
Scott's total target remuneration was not changed.
3. Carolyn McCann's role was changed from Group Executive, Corporate Services to Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Services on 1
August 2023. Carolyn's fixed remuneration was increased by 4% to reflect the expanded scope of role and responsibilities.
4. Anthony Miller's role was changed from Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank to Chief Executive, Business & Wealth on 1 August 2023.
Anthony's fixed remuneration was increased by 7% to reflect the new responsibilities and change in role. Nell Hutton was appointed as Chief
Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank and commenced in the role on 1 October 2023. Nell was not a KMP for 2023.
5. Jason Yetton's role was changed from Chief Executive, Specialist Businesses to Chief Executive, Consumer on 1 August 2023. Jason's fixed
remuneration was increased by 7% to reflect the new responsibilities and change in role.
6. Refer to Section 6.6 for an overview of employment agreements including termination provisions. Refer to Section 8.2 for payments on
termination of employment.
Former Group ExecutivesExit arrangements
6
Chris de Bruin
Chief Executive, Consumer
& Business Banking
• Received contractual requirements in line with retrenchment.
• Unvested equity was retained.
• Eligible for 2023 STVR.
1. Refer to the 'Additional information for non-AAS financial measures' section of the Annual Report for a reconciliation of this measure.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION75
4. 2023 remuneration outcomes and alignment to performance
4.1. Group performance
The table below summarises variable reward outcomes and Group performance over the last five years.
Years ended 30 September
20232022202120202019
CEO STVR outcome (% of maximum)60%52%47%0%0%
CEO STVR outcome (% of target)90%78%70%0%0%
Average Group Executive STVR outcome (% of maximum)60%53%48%0%37%
Average Group Executive STVR outcome (% of target)89%79%73%0%56%
LTVR outcome (% vested)0%0%0%0%0%
Net profit after tax attributable to owners of WBC ($m)7,1 9 55,6945,4582,2906,784
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items)¹ ($m)7,3686,5686,9535,2277,896
Return on tangible equity (ROTE) (statutory basis)11.40%9.17%8.82%3.92%12.54%
Return on tangible equity (ROTE) (excluding Notable Items)¹11.67%10.58%11.23%8.95%14.59%
TSR – four years(9.27%)(11.15%)(1.95%)(27.28%)14.44%
TSR – five years(4.05%)(13.82%)10.34%(27.87%)14.58%
Dividends per Westpac share (cents)14212511831174
Share price – high$24.50$26.44$27.12$29.81$30.05
Share price – low$20.03$18.80$16.51$13.47$23.30
Share price – close$21.15$20.64$26.00$16.84$29.64
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items) ($m)
CEO STVR outcome (% of maximum)
CEO STVR outcome (% of target)
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
CEO STVR outcome
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
Net profit after tax (excluding
Notable Items) ($m)
20202019202120222023
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
CEO STVR outcome
0
4%
2%
6%
10%
8%
14%
12%
ROTE (excluding
Notable Items)
20202019202120222023
ROTE (excluding Notable Items)
CEO STVR outcome (% of maximum)
CEO STVR outcome (% of target)
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items) and
CEO STVR outcome
ROTE (excluding Notable Items) and
CEO STVR outcome
-60%
-20%
0%
20%
40%
80%
60%
TSR
Oct 19Oct 20Oct 21Oct 22
Oct 23
Peer 1
Peer 2
Peer 3
Westpac
-40%
TSR
4.2 2020 LTVR vesting outcome
We tested the 2020 LTVR on 1 October 2023. It did not meet the performance hurdle and did not vest.
Performance
hurdle
Performance
start date Test date
Performance range
Outcome% Vested% LapsedThresholdMaximum
TSR
(100% of
award)
1 October
2019
1 October
2023
Equal to composite
TSR index
Exceeds composite
TSR index by 21.55
(i.e. 5% CAGR)
Westpac: -9.26%
Index: 15.05%
0%100%
TSR over 4 years (percentile rank)
LTVR award (% vested)
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
LTVR award (% vested)
0%
40%
20%
60%
80%
100%
TSR over 4 years
20202019202120222023
TSR and LTVR vesting outcome
(percentile rank over the prior four year period)
1. Refer to the 'Additional information for non-AAS financial measures' section of the Annual Report for a reconciliation of this measure.
2. Net profit after tax excluding Notable Items (long-term average credit loss basis) is a non-AAS measure. It is defined as net profit excluding
Notable Items whereby impairment charges for the year are adjusted to reflect long-term average loss rates.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
76
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
Key priorityMeasureOutcomeCommentary
Financial
performance
(4 0 %)
Deliver financial performance relative
to plan and peers:
• Pre provision profit (excluding
Notable Items)
1
$11,616m-5%+5%
$11,310m result was below target. Planned for 19%
increase, delivered 16% increase.
• Net profit after tax (excluding
Notable Items)
1
$7,385m-5%+5%
$7,368m result was just below target.
• Net profit after tax excluding
Notable Items (long-term average
credit loss basis)
1,2
$7,350m-5%+5%
$7,085m result was below target. Planned for 21%
increase, delivered 16% increase.
• Return on tangible equity
(excluding Notable Items)
1
11.8%-5%+5%
11.7% result was below target. Planned for 12%
increase, delivered 11% increase.
Maintain a strong balance sheet
Capital and liquidity ratios
Appropriately managed the balance sheet above
plan. CET1: 12.4%, NSFR: 115%, LCR: 134%
Risk
management
(30%)
Deliver our Customer Outcomes and
Risk Excellence (CORE) program
outcomes and critical risk priorities
TargetThresholdStretch
94% of activities completed by Westpac. Good
progress on critical risk priorities.
However, risk incidents have arisen in parts of our
business which are reflected in the outcome.
Serving
customers
(10%)
Lift customer advocacy (measured in
points relative to major bank average)
1-3
0-1
3-4
Increase in Consumer NPS at target as better than
major bank average. However, target in Business NPS
not met as increase was less than major bank average.
Improve service speed of key
products (measured in days)
7-108-12<6-8
Mortgages 1st party time to right, Mortgages 3rd
party time to right and Business lending time to
decision all improved reflecting improved service
speed.
Transform using digital and data
10%/5.35m
5%/5.2m
15%/5.5m
20% increase in year on year growth for digital
quality sales. 5.3m 30-day digitally active customers.
Strategic
execution
(10%)
Progress on target of being a zero
emission bank by 2025 and by 2030
for customers
4/35%-/25%
5/45%
7 additional 2030 sector targets set for the most
emission-intensive sectors, reaching approximately
48% of estimated financed emissions.
Profitably grow mortgages at major
bank system
0.8x0.7x0.9x
Growth was at stretch at 0.9x of major bank system
growth, however mortgage margin below target with
strong competition. Therefore, outcome at target.
Profitably grow target business
segments
1.0x0.9x1.1x
Growth was at target at 1.0x of Australian business
lending ADI system growth.
Progress on our payments strategy
including progress on the digital
platform build
Target
Threshold
Stretch
Material progress on PayTo and Corporate Cash
Management Platform releases.
People
(10%)
Build a high performance culture
above global high performing norms
76%75%77%
Organisational health index (OHI) for core banking
businesses was at threshold at 75%.
Enhance executive bench strength
and succession through targeted
development
TargetThresholdStretch
Group Executive and General Manager roles mapped
with emergency, short and long term successors.
4.3. 2023 Group STVR Scorecard
The Group’s priorities are set out in the Group STVR Scorecard, which forms part of the CEO’s Scorecard. Common
elements appear in Group Executive Scorecards together with individual objectives reflecting Divisional measures.
A summary of the performance assessment is provided below and is designed to be read over two pages. Individual
measures have been assessed against a 'Threshold', 'Target' and 'Stretch' rating scale as outlined in the key. Each priority
has also been assessed in totality using the same key.
Key:
Threshold
50-99%
Stretch
101-125%
Target
100%
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION77
Key priorityMeasureOutcomeCommentary
Financial
performance
(4 0 %)
Deliver financial performance relative
to plan and peers:
• Pre provision profit (excluding
Notable Items)
1
$11,616m-5%+5%
$11,310m result was below target. Planned for 19%
increase, delivered 16% increase.
• Net profit after tax (excluding
Notable Items)
1
$7,385m-5%+5%
$7,368m result was just below target.
• Net profit after tax excluding
Notable Items (long-term average
credit loss basis)
1,2
$7,350m-5%+5%
$7,085m result was below target. Planned for 21%
increase, delivered 16% increase.
• Return on tangible equity
(excluding Notable Items)
1
11.8%-5%+5%
11.7% result was below target. Planned for 12%
increase, delivered 11% increase.
Maintain a strong balance sheet
Capital and liquidity ratios
Appropriately managed the balance sheet above
plan. CET1: 12.4%, NSFR: 115%, LCR: 134%
Risk
management
(30%)
Deliver our Customer Outcomes and
Risk Excellence (CORE) program
outcomes and critical risk priorities
TargetThresholdStretch
94% of activities completed by Westpac. Good
progress on critical risk priorities.
However, risk incidents have arisen in parts of our
business which are reflected in the outcome.
Serving
customers
(10%)
Lift customer advocacy (measured in
points relative to major bank average)
1-3
0-1
3-4
Increase in Consumer NPS at target as better than
major bank average. However, target in Business NPS
not met as increase was less than major bank average.
Improve service speed of key
products (measured in days)
7-108-12<6-8
Mortgages 1st party time to right, Mortgages 3rd
party time to right and Business lending time to
decision all improved reflecting improved service
speed.
Transform using digital and data
10%/5.35m
5%/5.2m
15%/5.5m
20% increase in year on year growth for digital
quality sales. 5.3m 30-day digitally active customers.
Strategic
execution
(10%)
Progress on target of being a zero
emission bank by 2025 and by 2030
for customers
4/35%-/25%
5/45%
7 additional 2030 sector targets set for the most
emission-intensive sectors, reaching approximately
48% of estimated financed emissions.
Profitably grow mortgages at major
bank system
0.8x0.7x0.9x
Growth was at stretch at 0.9x of major bank system
growth, however mortgage margin below target with
strong competition. Therefore, outcome at target.
Profitably grow target business
segments
1.0x0.9x1.1x
Growth was at target at 1.0x of Australian business
lending ADI system growth.
Progress on our payments strategy
including progress on the digital
platform build
Target
Threshold
Stretch
Material progress on PayTo and Corporate Cash
Management Platform releases.
People
(10%)
Build a high performance culture
above global high performing norms
76%75%77%
Organisational health index (OHI) for core banking
businesses was at threshold at 75%.
Enhance executive bench strength
and succession through targeted
development
TargetThresholdStretch
Group Executive and General Manager roles mapped
with emergency, short and long term successors.
Performance assessment
Pre-provision profit (excluding Notable Items) improved from $9,724m to $11,310m. Under our revised reporting this reflects what used to be core
earnings excluding Notable Items. The improvement was supported by loan growth at 5% and an increase in core net interest margin from 1.75%
to 1.87% in a very competitive market, supported by good markets performance.
Expenses did not meet target due to higher and more persistent inflation and wage growth, and higher operational costs across the Group.
Actions have been implemented to reduce the number of people across the Group with benefits expected to flow into 2024. There was a 4%
reduction in full time equivalent employees.
Net profit after tax (excluding Notable Items) improved from $6,568m to $7,368m which was just below target, noting that the target was set 12%
higher than 2022. Impairments were higher than the prior year. However, reflective of the quality of credit metrics, they were $352m better than
target reflecting resilience in the customer base despite cost of living pressures and interest rate increases.
Consistent with prior years, we exclude notable items to arrive at underlying performance for remuneration purposes. The Board considers the
nature and extent of the notables and whether any adjustment should be applied to the outcome.
Return on tangible equity (excluding Notable Items) has improved from 10.6% in 2022 to 11.7% in 2023. While an improvement, returns remain at
the lower end of major bank peers.
The balance sheet strength was a priority over the year and CET1, NSFR and LCR were all above target operating ranges.
We assessed Financial performance in the threshold band.
Overall the CORE Integrated Plan is tracking to plan with 94% of total activities completed by Westpac (100% design, 100% implement, 77%
embed). End to end risk management practices have improved. This is evidenced through, for example, a 51% reduction in high-rated issues.
Employee survey results show good scores for risk-related questions; for example, 94% of our people are clear in how they are expected to
manage risks in their roles (up from 93% in 2022). However, we have had risk, compliance and conduct matters which have arisen in parts of our
business. We aim to move into a transition phase in 2024 to ensure culture, practices and processes are embedded sustainably. We will continue
to work closely with Promontory and APRA as they assess the effectiveness and sustainability of the changes we have made.
We assessed Risk management in the threshold band.
Our Consumer NPS increased over the year. We improved our ranking to 3rd against the other major banks and we met our target of increasing
just above the average increase of major banks. In Business NPS, we improved our absolute score, however we fell in our relative ranking as
competitors improved their NPS faster than us. Mobile banking NPS performed above the major bank average.
The investment in the mortgage One Bank Platform and process improvements reduced time to right for 1st party mortgages. However 3rd party
time to right varied throughout the year as we worked through customer responses to interest rate increases and the migration to the One Bank
Platform.
We continue to progress on digital and data with digital quality sales up more than 20% over the year. Our digitally active customer base
continues to grow and we delivered several new digital capabilities for customers including facial biometrics verification, our digital originations
journey and digitised service requests for Business banking.
We assessed Serving customers in the threshold band.
We progressed our commitments in line with the Net Zero Banking Alliance, operationalising existing targets across five sectors by improving
data capture and analysis, engaging with customers and building the capability to manage the targets. We also set targets and developed
pathways for seven additional sectors (noting that two sector targets were split into four industry targets and so it aligns with our stretch
objective of five targets). The new targets reach approximately 48% of financed emissions. Refer to the Climate Report for further information.
We grew Australian mortgages at 0.9x of major bank system growth which was better than target. However our mortgage margin was below
target reflecting a very competitive market. This performance is in the context of intense competition in the mortgage market. Business lending
grew at target at 1.0x of Australian business lending ADI system growth.
Key milestones delivered on our payment strategy include launching PayTo for Payers for Consumer customers which makes it easy and safe
to manage recurring and one-off payments. Materially progressed PayTo for Payers-Business and PayTo for Billers (government and large
corporates). We also delivered a release of the Corporate Cash Management Platform which will transform the offering for Westpac Institutional
Bank customers.
We assessed Strategic execution slightly above target.
We continued to build the Group's culture to support our purpose of building better futures together. The OHI result was 75% which was flat year
on year, however was achieved in the context of significant organisational change and one point below global top quartile results.
We rolled out key development programs to invest in our people, such as the digital and data capability uplift program (with 5,000 people
enrolled) and an executive leadership program (with 38 General Managers completing the program).
We assessed People at the top end of the threshold band.
Overall Group Scorecard performance assessment90% of target
60% of maximum
The STVR Scorecard has a modifier that allows the Board to take into account risk and reputation and people management considerations. The
Board determined that no further adjustment was required for the Group or the CEO. However, the Board has exercised discretion for certain
Group Executives, refer to Section 4.5 for further detail.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
78
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
4.4. Total realised remuneration¹ – Chief Executive Officer and Group Executives
The table below details the actual remuneration paid and equity that vested
2
in 2023 and 2022. It does not include
termination payments and buy out awards. This table is not prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards which differs from the disclosure in Section 8.
Fixed
remuneration
Cash STVR
payments
Vesting of prior
year deferred
STVR awards
Vesting of prior
year LTVR awards
Total realised
remuneration
Prior year LTVR
lapsed
Name$$$$$$
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
20232,507,497 1,125,000 861,964 - 4,494,461 1,878,389
20222,505,037 975,000 419,839 - 3,899,876 1,925,747
Group Executives
Scott Collary, Chief Information Officer
3
20231,234,741 508,500 458,147 - 2,201,388 -
20221,233,073 520,500 222,174 - 1,975,747 -
Carolyn McCann, Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Services
20231,019,918 380,000 289,602 - 1,689,520 743,801
2022975,916 324,500 142,456 - 1,442,872 1,043,742
Catherine McGrath, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand
2023890,307 350,356 152,519 - 1,393,182 -
2022799,221 318,974 - - 1,118,195 -
Anthony Miller, Chief Executive, Business & Wealth
4
20231,198,066 611,000 384,960 - 2,194,026 -
20221,182,743 416,500 195,929 - 1,795,172 -
Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources
20231,007,812 392,000 321,423 - 1,721,235 1,104,203
20221,006,590 356,000 159,939 - 1,522,529 1,534,558
Michael Rowland, Chief Financial Officer
20231,263,779 446,500 381,624 - 2,091,903 -
20221,262,539 394,500 202,433 - 1,859,472 -
Jason Yetton, Chief Executive, Consumer
20231,198,066 611,000 548,354 - 2,357,420 -
20221,182,743 527,500 308,396 - 2,018,639 -
Ryan Zanin, Chief Risk Officer
5
20231,691,361 503,500 102,432 - 2,297,293 -
2022767,034 228,000 - - 995,034 -
Former Group Executives
Chris de Bruin, Chief Executive, Consumer & Business Banking
6,7
20231,087,438 326,904 481,227 - 1,895,569 -
20221,308,568 546,000 233,676 - 2,088,244 -
1. Excluding contractual requirements relating to termination as well as cash and equity relating to buy out awards.
2. Equity that vested in October 2023 is included in the 2023 figures. Equity that vested in October 2022 is included in the 2022 figures. The
value of deferred STVR and LTVR is based on the number of restricted shares or share rights multiplied by the five day volume weighted
average price (VWAP) up to and including the scheduled date of vesting, forfeiture or lapse (as relevant). The value of equity differs from the
disclosure in Section 8.
3. In addition, Scott Collary had 29,209 restricted shares vest in December 2022 in relation to a buy out award.
4. In addition, Anthony Miller received deferred cash payments of $372,380 in March 2023 and had 22,149 restricted shares vest in March 2023 in
relation to a buy out award.
5. In addition, Ryan Zanin received deferred cash payments of $196,839 in March 2023, $196,839 in June 2023 and $196,839 in September 2023
in relation to a buy out award.
6. In addition, Chris de Bruin had 6,632 restricted shares vest in April 2023 in relation to a buy out award.
7. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
Explanation of total realised remuneration
Component Explanation
Fixed remunerationRepresents salary and superannuation paid during the financial year.
Cash STVR payments
Represents the cash portion of the STVR outcome for the financial year. This represents 50% of the
overall STVR outcome as the remaining 50% is deferred and vests in equal portions over two years.
Vesting of prior year deferred
STVR awards
Represents the portions of STVR that were deferred in prior years and vested during the financial year
and on 1 October 2023.
Vesting of prior year LTVR
awards
Represents the LTVR award that was deferred in prior years and vested during the financial year and
on 1 October 2023, if the performance conditions were met.
Total realised remunerationSum of the above components.
Prior year LTVR lapsed
Represents the LTVR awards from prior years that lapsed during the financial year, including on 1
October 2023.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION79
4.5. Variable reward awarded for 2023
The table below shows the variable reward awarded to the CEO and Group Executives for 2023, including:
• STVR outcomes for 2023 (including the cash and deferred equity components); and
• equity granted as 2023 LTVR in December 2022. The 2023 LTVR grants shown at face value in the table below will be
tested on 1 October 2026.
The final value of equity received will depend on the share price at the time of vesting and the number of restricted
shares or share rights that vest subject to performance hurdles (where applicable), service conditions and remuneration
adjustments.
The value of equity differs from the disclosure in Section 8 which provides the annualised accounting value for unvested
equity awards prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.
2023 STVR award2023 LTVR award
Name
Target
STVR
opportunity
(pro rata)
($)
Maximum
STVR
opportunity
(pro rata)
($)
STVR
outcome
(% of
target)
STVR
outcome
(% of
maximum)
STVR
outcome
1
($)
Maximum
STVR
foregone
($)
Face value
2
(pro rata)
($)
Managing Director & Chief Executive
Officer
Peter King 2,500,000 3,750,000 90%60% 2,250,000 1,500,000 3,250,000
Group Executives
Scott Collary
Chief Information Officer 1,225,000 1,837,500 83%55% 1,017,000 820,500 2,250,000
Carolyn McCann
Group Executive, Customer &
Corporate Services 760,000 1,140,000 100%67% 760,000 380,000 1,390,000
Catherine McGrath
Chief Executive Officer, Westpac
New Zealand 875,891 1,313,836 80%53% 700,712 613,123 1,613,483
Anthony Miller
Chief Executive, Business & Wealth 1,175,000 1,762,500 104%69% 1,222,000 540,500 2,150,000
Christine Parker
Group Executive, Human Resources 800,000 1,200,000 98%65% 784,000 416,000 1,562,000
Michael Rowland
Chief Financial Officer 950,000 1,425,000 94%63% 893,000 532,000 1,740,000
Jason Yetton
Chief Executive, Consumer 1,175,000 1,762,500 104%69% 1,222,000 540,500 2,150,000
Ryan Zanin
Chief Risk Officer 1,260,000 1,890,000 80%53% 1,007,000 883,000 2,310,000
Former Group Executives
Chris de Bruin
3
Chief Executive, Consumer &
Business Banking 1,082,740 1,624,110 60%40% 653,808 970,301 2,400,000
Average Group Executive STVR outcome89%60%
1. This includes positive modifier adjustments applied to STVR Scorecard outcomes for two Group Executives for significantly above
expectations performance for risk and compliance. There was also one downward remuneration adjustment for a Group Executive for a risk
and compliance matter.
2. Calculated by multiplying the number of rights by the five day VWAP up to the commencement of the performance period. The five day
VWAP was $21.00 for awards made in December 2022.
3. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
5. Remuneration governance
5.1. Group remuneration policy
The Group remuneration policy sets out the design and management of remuneration arrangements across Westpac.
The policy is supported by an established governance structure, plans and frameworks. The policy supports our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.
Remuneration strategy
Our remuneration strategy is to attract and retain talented employees. We reward them for achieving high performance and
delivering superior long term results for our customers and shareholders.
Remuneration principles
• Promote our purpose, values and behaviours;
• Align with our strategy and create sustainable shareholder value;
• Offer market competitive and equitable pay;
• Reward financial and non-financial performance, including customer outcomes and risk excellence; and
• Reinforce our risk and conduct expectations.
5.2. Group remuneration governance
Board
The Board has overall accountability for the remuneration framework and its application. As set out in the Board Charter, without
limiting its role the Board approves (following recommendation from the Board Remuneration Committee):
• the Group remuneration policy;
• the size of the annual Group variable reward pool;
• performance measures and remuneration outcomes for the CEO;
• remuneration arrangements and outcomes for accountable persons, specified roles and any other person the Board determines;
and
• equity-based plans.
The Board has the discretion to defer, adjust or withdraw aggregate and individual variable reward.
Further detail is contained in the Board and Committee Charters which are available on Westpac’s website:
https://www.westpac.com.au/about-westpac/westpac-group/corporate-governance/constitution-board/
Board Remuneration Committee
The Board Remuneration Committee assists the Board to discharge its responsibility by overseeing the design, operation and
monitoring of the remuneration framework. Members of the Board Remuneration Committee are independent Non-executive Directors.
The Board and the Board Remuneration Committee have free and unfettered access to internal and external personnel in carrying out
their respective duties.
Further detail is contained in the Board Remuneration Committee Charter which is available on Westpac’s website:
https://www.westpac.com.au/about-westpac/westpac-group/corporate-governance/constitution-board/
Other Board CommitteesManagement remuneration oversight
The Board Remuneration Committee seeks feedback from
and considers matters raised by other Board Committees
(as appropriate) with respect to remuneration outcomes,
adjustments to remuneration in light of relevant matters
and alignment of remuneration with the risk management
framework.
Cross membership of the Board Remuneration Committee and
the Board Risk Committee also supports alignment between
risk management and remuneration.
Independent input is received from the Chief Risk Officer on
risk, compliance and conduct matters that may need to be
considered in remuneration outcomes.
The Board and the Board Remuneration Committee receive
support from internal groups and committees including, but
not limited to, the Group Remuneration Oversight Committee
and business specific remuneration oversight committees.
Remuneration consultants
The Board or the Board Remuneration Committee may engage
an independent remuneration consultant to directly provide
specialist information on remuneration for key management
personnel. The Chair of the Board Remuneration Committee
oversees the engagement and associated costs.
Use of remuneration consultants: In 2023, the Board engaged an advisor to provide specialist information on executive remuneration.
Work undertaken by the advisor included the provision of information relating to the review of the executive remuneration framework,
benchmarking of CEO and Group Executive remuneration and benchmarking of superannuation practices for Non-executive Directors.
No remuneration recommendations as prescribed under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act) were made by Board
advisors in 2023.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
80
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION81
6. Further detail on executive remuneration arrangements
6.1. Fixed remuneration
The table below sets out the key design features of fixed remuneration.
Fixed remuneration
PurposeProvide market competitive remuneration reflecting role scope and accountabilities.
Opportunity and
benchmarking
Set with reference to market benchmarks in the financial services industry and large corporates in Australia as
appropriate. We also consider the size, responsibilities and complexity of the role, and the skills and experience of
the executive.
6.2. Short term variable reward
The table below sets out the key design features of the 2023 STVR.
Short term variable reward
PurposeReward executives for delivering financial and non-financial annual objectives.
Structure and delivery50% of STVR is awarded in cash and 50% is deferred into equity in the form of restricted shares (or unhurdled share
rights for the Group Executive based outside of Australia).
One restricted share provides the holder with one ordinary share at no cost subject to trading restrictions until the
time of vesting. One unhurdled share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share at the time of vesting with no
exercise cost. Dividends are paid on restricted shares from the grant date.
Target and maximum
opportunity
The target opportunity for the CEO and Group Executives is expressed as a percentage of fixed remuneration
(including superannuation). This ranges from 99% of fixed remuneration¹ for the CEO and between 72% and 100% of
fixed remuneration¹ for Group Executives.
The target opportunity is set considering a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of the
role.
Target STVR: awarded for the delivery of agreed targets for financial and non-financial measures. A reduced
outcome can be determined for threshold performance.
Maximum STVR: up to 150% of target STVR, awarded in circumstances where outcomes are achieved over and
above target.
Performance measuresSTVR awards are determined based on meeting minimum behaviour and risk management gate openers, and
performance against a scorecard designed to align with shareholder interests. The STVR Scorecard comprises three
components:
• Values and behaviours assessment: Demonstration of behaviours in line with Westpac's values of 'Helpful,
Ethical, Leading change, Performing and Simple';
• Focus areas: Performance is assessed against a balance of financial and non-financial measures that support the
effective execution of Westpac’s strategy; and
• Modifier: The modifier allows adjustment upwards or downwards (including to zero), for risk and reputation and
people management considerations and any other matters as determined by the Board.
Further information on the 2023 Group STVR Scorecard is provided in Section 4.3.
Deferral period50% of STVR is deferred into equity for a period of up to two years, which aligns executive remuneration with
shareholder interests and acts as a retention mechanism. Deferred STVR vests in equal portions after one and two
years, subject to service conditions and adjustment.
Delayed vestingThe Board has discretion (subject to law) to delay vesting of equity-based awards if the individual is under
investigation for adverse risk or conduct events, is the subject of or implicated in legal or regulatory proceedings, if
the Board considers it reasonable to delay vesting or if delayed vesting is otherwise required by law.
Treatment of awards on
cessation of employment
Unvested STVR lapses where the CEO or a Group Executive resigns or otherwise leaves the Group (except for the
reasons listed below) before vesting occurs unless the Board determines that some of the unvested STVR should
remain on foot.
If the CEO or a Group Executive ceases employment because of death or total and permanent disability, all
unvested STVR immediately vests unless prevented by law.
If the CEO or a Group Executive ceases employment because they retire, are retrenched or cease employment by
agreed separation, unvested STVR stays on foot subject to any reduction determined by the Board.
Remuneration adjustments
for prior period matters
The Board has discretion to adjust current year STVR. The Board may also adjust unvested deferred STVR
downwards, including to zero, in specified circumstances including serious misconduct, if serious circumstances or
new information come to light which mean that in the Board’s view all or part of the award was not appropriate, or
where required by law or prudential standards. The Board will typically apply the adjustment to unvested deferred
STVR where an adjustment to current year STVR is considered insufficient or unavailable. Clawback may also apply
to vested STVR, to the extent legally permissible and practicable.
Changes for 2024Refer to Section 2 for the 'Executive framework for 2024' for an outline of the changes to STVR.
1. Includes the increase to the superannuation guarantee rate from 10.5% to 11% effective 1 July 2023.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
82
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
6.3. Long term variable reward
The table below sets out the key design features of the 2023 LTVR awarded in December 2022.
Long term variable reward
PurposeReward executives for creating shareholder value over the long term.
Structure and deliveryLTVR is awarded in performance share rights which vest after four years subject to the achievement of performance
hurdles, service conditions and adjustment. One performance share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share
at the time of vesting with no exercise cost. Executives are not eligible to receive dividends on performance share
rights.
Award opportunityThe value of LTVR awarded to the CEO and Group Executives is expressed as a percentage of fixed remuneration.
The value of LTVR is set considering a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of the role.
The face value of the LTVR opportunity for the CEO for 2023 is 129% of fixed remuneration
1
, and the face value of
LTVR opportunities for the Group Executives ranges between 131% and 184% of fixed remuneration
1
.
Allocation methodologyThe number of performance share rights each executive receives will be determined by dividing the dollar value
of the LTVR award by the face value of performance share rights. The face value is the five day VWAP up to the
commencement of the performance period (which is 1 October 2022 for the 2023 LTVR grant).
Performance hurdleLTVR is subject to a relative TSR performance hurdle that aims to achieve long term growth in shareholder value and
support alignment between executive reward and shareholder interests. Relative TSR is a measure of the total return
delivered to shareholders over the performance period assuming dividends are reinvested, relative to that of peers.
The performance hurdle measures Westpac’s TSR performance against eight Australian financial services companies
using a percentile ranking vesting schedule as outlined below.
Westpac’s TSR performance Indicative vesting percentage
At the 75th percentile or higher100%
Between the median and the 75th percentilePro-rata vesting between 50% and 100%
At the median50%
Below the median0%
The comparator group of companies comprise: AMP Limited, Australia & New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Bank
of Queensland Limited, Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Macquarie Group
Limited, National Australia Bank Limited and Suncorp Group Limited. The Board retains discretion to amend the
comparator group and determine the overall vesting outcome as appropriate.
Assessment of
performance outcomes
The relative TSR result is calculated independently to ensure external objectivity before being provided to the Board
to determine the vesting outcome. The Board may exercise discretion in determining the final vesting outcome.
Performance share rights subject to relative TSR performance will be tested against the performance hurdle on
1 October 2026.
No re-testingThere is no re-testing. Awards that have not vested after the measurement period lapse immediately.
Early vestingUnvested awards may vest (subject to law) before a test date if the executive is no longer employed by the Group
due to death or disability or a change in control. Other than a change in control, vesting is generally not subject to
the performance hurdles being met.
Delayed vestingThe Board has discretion to delay vesting of equity-based awards if the individual is under investigation for
misconduct, or the subject of or implicated in legal or regulatory proceedings, if the Board is considering an
adjustment or if otherwise required by law.
Treatment of awards on
cessation of employment
Unvested performance share rights lapse where the CEO or a Group Executive resigns or otherwise leaves the
Group (except for the reasons listed below) before vesting occurs unless the Board determines that some of the
unvested performance share rights should remain on foot.
If the CEO or a Group Executive ceases employment because of death or total and permanent disability, all
unvested performance share rights immediately vest unless prevented by law.
If the CEO or a Group Executive ceases employment because they retire, are retrenched or cease employment by
agreed separation, unvested performance share rights stay on foot subject to any reduction determined by the
Board.
Remuneration adjustments
for prior period matters
The Board has discretion to adjust the number of performance share rights downwards, including to zero, in
specified circumstances including serious misconduct, if serious circumstances or new information come to light
which mean that in the Board’s view all or part of the award was not appropriate, or where required by law or
prudential standards. The Board will typically apply the adjustment to unvested LTVR where an adjustment to
current and deferred STVR is considered insufficient or unavailable. Clawback may also apply to vested LTVR, to the
extent legally permissible and practicable.
Changes for 2024Refer to Section 2 for the 'Executive framework for 2024' for an outline of the changes to LTVR.
Other LTVR awards
currently on footTest datePerformance hurdlesFurther detail
2021 LTVR award1 October 2024Relative TSR performance using a percentile ranking vesting schedule
against eight comparator companies (100%)
Refer to the 2021
Annual Report
2022 LTVR award1 October 2025Relative TSR performance using a percentile ranking vesting schedule
against eight comparator companies (100%)
Refer to the 2022
Annual Report
1. Includes the increase to the superannuation guarantee rate from 10.5% to 11% effective 1 July 2023.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION83
1. Payment in lieu of notice may in certain circumstances be approved by the Board for some or all of the notice period.
2. The maximum aggregate liability for termination benefits in respect of notice periods for the CEO and Group Executives at 30 September
2023 was $11.0 million (2022: $12.0 million).
6.4. Executive minimum shareholding requirements and current compliance
The CEO and Group Executives are required to build and maintain a significant Westpac shareholding to strengthen
alignment with shareholder interests.
As disclosed in the 2022 Remuneration Report, the minimum shareholding requirements were reviewed last year to
ensure that shareholder alignment is supported. The requirements effective in 2023 are outlined below.
At 30 September 2023, the CEO and Group Executives comply with or are on track to meet the requirements.
Aspect of the
requirementsDescription
Requirement levelCEO: Two times fixed remuneration including superannuation.
Group Executives: One times fixed remuneration including superannuation.
Sale restrictionsExecutives are restricted from selling vested equity, other than for the purpose of meeting tax obligations, as follows:
• For LTVR awards from 2022 onwards, until the required shareholding level is met; and
• For STVR awards, where the required shareholding level is not met at the end of the accumulation period.
Accumulation periodWithin five years of 1 October 2022 (i.e. by 1 October 2027), or appointment to their role, whichever is later. The Board
Remuneration Committee retains discretion to make adjustments in exceptional circumstances.
Calculation of
shareholdings
Unvested performance share rights (including LTVR) are not included in the calculation of shareholdings. Other
shareholdings are recognised. This includes:
• Shares held in an employee share plan (including deferred STVR);
• Shares held outright in the individual’s name either solely or jointly with another person; and
• Shares held in a family trust or a self-managed superannuation fund.
6.5. Hedging policy
Participants in Westpac’s equity plans are prohibited from entering, either directly or indirectly, into hedging
arrangements for unvested awards. No financial products may be used to mitigate the risk associated with these awards.
Any attempt to hedge awards will result in forfeiture and the Board may consider other disciplinary action. These
restrictions satisfy the requirements of the Corporations Act which prohibits hedging of unvested awards.
6.6. Employment agreements
The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and Group Executives are formalised in their employment
agreements. Each agreement provides for the payment of fixed remuneration (including superannuation contributions),
variable reward and other benefits such as death and disablement insurance cover.
The table below details the key terms including termination provisions of the employment agreements for the CEO and
Group Executives.
TermConditions
Duration of agreement• Ongoing until notice given by either party
Notice (by the executive or the
Group) to terminate employment
• Twelve months
1
Termination payments on
termination without cause
2
• Deferred STVR (which may be awarded on a pro rata basis for the part year served) and unvested
LTVR will be treated in accordance with the applicable equity plan rules, and will remain subject to
remuneration adjustments if the award is retained.
Termination for cause• Deferred STVR and LTVR is forfeited, noting the Board has discretion to determine otherwise
• Occurs immediately for misconduct
• Three months notice for poor performance
Post-employment restraints• Twelve month non-compete and non-solicitation restraints
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
84
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
7. Non-executive Director remuneration
7.1. Structure and policy
Non-executive Director fees are not related to Westpac’s results. Fees are paid in cash and no discretionary payments
are made for performance. Non-executive Directors are required to build and maintain a minimum shareholding from
their own funds to align their interests with those of shareholders (refer to Section 7.3 for further details).
The table below sets out the components of Non-executive Director remuneration.
Non-executive Director remuneration
Base feesRelate to service on the Westpac Banking Corporation Board. The base fee for the Chairman covers all
responsibilities, including for Board Committees.
Committee feesAdditional fees are paid to Non-executive Directors (other than the Board Chairman) for chairing or
participating in Board Committees other than the Board Nominations & Governance Committee.
Employer superannuation
contributions
Reflects statutory superannuation contributions which are capped at the superannuation maximum
contributions base as prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.
7.2. Non-executive Director remuneration in 2023
The table below sets out the annual Board and standing Committee fees (inclusive of superannuation). Changes in
Board and Committee composition during the year are set out in the overview of Directors' meetings in Section 9 of the
Directors' report.
For 2023, $3.3 million (73%) of the fee pool was used. The fee pool of $4.5 million per annum was approved by
shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting and includes employer superannuation contributions.
The members of the Nominations & Governance Committee do not receive any additional fees for their roles on that
Committee.
Base and Committee feesAnnual fee ($) (inclusive of superannuation)
Chairman850,000
Other Non-executive Directors240,000
Committee Chair fees
Board Audit Committee70,000
Board Risk Committee70,000
Board Remuneration Committee60,000
Committee membership fees
Board Audit Committee32,000
Board Risk Committee32,000
Board Remuneration Committee29,000
7.3. Non-executive Director minimum shareholding requirement
Non-executive Directors are required to build and maintain a holding in Westpac ordinary shares with a value not less
than the Board base fee, within five years of appointment to the Board.
In 2022, the Chairman's minimum shareholding requirement was increased from one times the Non-executive Director
fee to one times the Chairman's fee.
At 30 September 2023, all Non-executive Directors comply with or are on track to meet the requirement.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION85
1. Includes base fees and Committee fees.
2. Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group including associated fringe benefits tax (FBT) where applicable
and includes bank funded car parking.
3. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
4. Total fees for 2022 shown as reported in the 2022 Annual Report. The total fees for 2022 include individuals that are not KMP in 2023 and
therefore their individual remuneration is not included in the above table.
8. Statutory remuneration details
8.1. Details of Non-executive Director remuneration
The table below details Non-executive Director remuneration.
Short-term benefits
Post-employment
benefits
Westpac Banking
Corporation Board
fees
1
Additional,
Subsidiary and
Advisory Board
fees
Non-
monetary
benefits
2
SuperannuationTotal
Name$$$$$
Current Non-executive Directors
John McFarlane, Chairman
2023824,177 - 8,33525,909858,421
2022884,530 - 8,29824,286917,114
Tim Burroughs
3
2023138,123 - - 14,163152,286
2022---------------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2022 ----------------------------------------------
Nerida Caesar
2023240,392 - - 24,901265,293
2022268,054 - - 23,637291,691
Audette Exel AO
2023302,177 - - 26,020328,197
2022273,871 - - 24,064297,935
Chris Lynch
2023275,177 - - 25,846301,023
2022286,171 - - 24,111310,282
Peter Nash
2023316,177 - - 25,851342,028
2022332,140 12,000 - 24,079368,219
Nora Scheinkestel
2023306,951 - - 25,076332,027
2022312,989 - - 24,192337,181
Margaret Seale
2023270,731 - - 25,452296,183
2022344,088 - - 23,987368,075
Michael Ullmer AO
3
2023134,764 - - 6,323141,087
2022---------------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2022 ----------------------------------------------
Former Non-executive Directors
Michael Hawker AM
3
2023209,475 - - 5,725215,200
2022286,694 - - 24,039310,733
Peter Marriott
3
202364,560 - - 5,55670,116
2022387,409 - - 24,003411,412
Total fees
20233,082,704 - 8,335210,8223,301,861
2022
4
3,463,097 12,000 8,298223,8613,707,256
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
86
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
8.2. Remuneration details – Chief Executive Officer and Group Executives
The table below details remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives prepared and audited in accordance with
Australian Accounting Standards.
Short term benefits
Post-
employment
benefits
Other
long term
benefitsShare-based payments
Fixed
remuneration
1
Cash
STVR
award
2
Non-
monetary
benefits
3
Other
short term
benefits
4
Superannuation
benefits
5
Long
service
leave
Restricted
shares
6
Share
rights
7
Total
8
$$$$$$$$$
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
20232,437,773 1,125,000 30,873 - 45,67637,773982,2671,084,0595,743,421
20222,402,724975,00031,649 - 42,92775,688755,346734,9345,018,268
Group Executives
Scott Collary, Chief Information Officer
20231,187,292 508,500 19,658 - 33,16118,593806,081631,6473,204,932
20221,204,267520,50070,86368,38433,37818,669937,653318,4773,172,191
Carolyn McCann, Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Services
20231,014,216 380,000 5,631 - 29,92721,684329,981449,3752,230,814
20221,049,737324,5004,765 - 29,04828,997253,793308,0401,998,880
Catherine McGrath, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand
2023816,255 350,356 11,050 - 114,168 - - 589,9721,881,801
2022708,147318,9749,159 - 101,654 - - 195,2781,333,212
Anthony Miller, Chief Executive, Business & Wealth
20231,195,992 611,000 4,489404,71335,43221,539851,380610,1243,734,669
20221,162,351416,5003,994815,36934,89117,9081,061,788310,8733,823,674
Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources
2023995,877 392,000 3,306 - 30,30515,183353,590534,1362,324,397
2022957,683356,0002,806 - 29,764(12,784)281,419398,9912,013,879
Michael Rowland, Chief Financial Officer
20231,207,072 446,500 4,888 - 31,27819,038404,955494,8882,608,619
20221,230,296394,5003,994 - 31,48919,957332,668252,7022,265,606
Jason Yetton, Chief Executive, Consumer
20231,175,407 611,000 4,489 - 35,49522,119559,508702,3923,110,410
20221,195,337527,5002,806 - 34,70917,869476,229403,1412,657,591
Ryan Zanin, Chief Risk Officer
20231,737,772 503,500 81,424594,2779,48225,453319,974429,2193,701,101
2022
814,140228,000147,076328,9252,51011,37856,39448,6841,637,107
Former Group Executives
Chris de Bruin, Chief Executive, Consumer & Business Banking
9,10,11
20231,108,467 326,904 43,4671,187,21525,936(34,292)777,0102,584,1176,018,824
20221,313,505
546,00061,374
169,09030,38319,802883,662361,3543,385,170
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION87
1. Fixed remuneration is the total cost of cash salary, salary sacrificed benefits and an accrual for annual leave. Superannuation in excess of the
maximum contribution base that is paid as cash is also included.
2. The cash STVR award is typically paid in December following the end of the financial year.
3. Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group (including associated FBT, where applicable) and include annual
health checks, provision of taxation advice, bank funded car parking, executive life insurance as well as relocation costs and allowances. Cash
relocation allowances are recognised as an expense from the commencement date as a KMP to the end of a clawback period.
4. Includes payments on termination of employment for former KMP (which for Chris de Bruin was 12 months notice in line with contractual
requirements) or other contracted amounts for current KMP. The cash portion of buy out arrangements is recognised as an expense from
commencement date as a KMP to the end of the vesting period. For Anthony Miller, the cash buy out arrangement was agreed on 25 March
2021, 11% of the cash portion of the buy out was paid in 2023 and the remaining cash portions of the award are due to be paid through to
March 2025. For Ryan Zanin, the cash buy out arrangement was agreed on 30 August 2022, 56% of this award was paid in 2023 and the
remaining portions of the award are due to be paid through to December 2024.
5. Includes Group life and salary continuance insurance cover provided at no cost to the individual. Superannuation benefits have been calculated
consistent with AASB 119 Employee Benefits.
6. The amortisation approach for restricted shares commences from the service period when the award was earned through to the end of the
vesting period. A portion of the restricted shares held by Scott Collary, Chris de Bruin and Anthony Miller represent an allocation made to
compensate them for remuneration foregone from their previous employer on resignation to join Westpac. The restricted shares replicate the
vesting periods of the equity foregone.
7. Equity-settled remuneration is based on the amortisation over the performance and vesting period (between two and four years). It is
calculated using the fair value at the grant date of hurdled and unhurdled share rights granted during the period up to 30 September 2023.
Fair value is calculated using an external valuation based on the invitation opt out date. The 2023 value for Catherine McGrath includes 48%
attributed to deferred STVR awards.
8. The table includes remuneration details of individuals that are KMP for 2023, whereas the totals presented in Note 34 to the financial
statements includes former KMP who ceased as KMP in 2022. The 2022 totals for Catherine McGrath and Ryan Zanin reflect their time as a
KMP for part of the year in 2022, from November 2021 and April 2022 respectively. The percentage of total remuneration which is performance
related (i.e. cash STVR awards plus share-based payments) was: Peter King 56%, Scott Collary 61%, Carolyn McCann 52%, Catherine McGrath
50%, Anthony Miller 55%, Christine Parker 55%, Michael Rowland 52%, Jason Yetton 60%, Ryan Zanin 34% and Chris de Bruin 61%. The
percentage of total remuneration delivered in the form of options or share rights was: Peter King 19%, Scott Collary 20%, Carolyn McCann 20%,
Catherine McGrath 31%, Anthony Miller 16%, Christine Parker 23%, Michael Rowland 19%, Jason Yetton 23%, Ryan Zanin 12% and Chris de Bruin
43%.
9. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
10. From 1 August 2023 to 30 September 2023, Chris de Bruin acted as an advisor to the Group and received fixed remuneration of $223,014
(including superannuation). In addition, Chris was awarded his STVR outcome for the full year which included the two months that he acted as
an advisor. The pro-rated STVR outcome for the two months was $131,192. These amounts have been excluded from the table above, Section
4.4 and Section 4.5 on the basis that they do not relate to his KMP role.
11. The share-based payment values for Chris de Bruin reflect the accruals for unvested equity up to the end of each performance period. While
the full value is being accrued in 2023 for all unvested equity, the awards may or may not vest subject to the relevant performance hurdles.
Refer to Section 3 for details of Chris de Bruin's exit arrangement.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
88
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
8.3. Movement in equity-settled instruments during the year
The table below shows the movements in the number and value of equity instruments for the CEO and Group Executives
during 2023.
NameType of equity-based instrument
Number
granted
1
Number
vested
2
Number
exercised
3
Value
granted
4
$
Value
exercised
5
$
Value
forfeited or
lapsed
5
$
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter KingRestricted shares41,489 20,076 - 974,992 - -
Performance share rights154,761 - - 1,841,656 - 2,201,776
Group Executives
Scott CollaryRestricted shares22,148 39,833 - 520,478 - -
Performance share rights107,142 - - 1,274,990 - -
Carolyn McCannRestricted shares13,808 6,812 - 324,488 - -
Performance share rights66,190 - - 787,661 - 1,193,348
Catherine McGrathUnhurdled share rights14,874 - - 326,011 - -
Performance share rights77,217 - - 918,882 - -
Anthony MillerRestricted shares17,723 31,518 - 416,491 - -
Performance share rights102,380 - - 1,218,322 - -
Christine ParkerRestricted shares15,148 7,648 - 355,978 - -
Performance share rights74,380 - - 885,122 - 1,754,516
Michael RowlandRestricted shares16,787 9,680 - 394,495 - -
Performance share rights82,857 - - 985,998 - -
Jason YettonRestricted shares22,446 14,747 - 527,481 - -
Performance share rights102,380 - - 1,218,322 - -
Ryan ZaninRestricted shares9,702 - - 227,997 - -
Performance share rights110,000 - - 1,309,000 - -
Former Group Executives
Chris de Bruin
6
Restricted shares23,234 17,806 - 545,999 - -
Performance share rights114,285 - - 1,359,992 - -
1. Performance share rights granted to the CEO are approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting each year under ASX Listing Rule
10.14. We do not grant performance options. We award deferred STVR in the form of restricted shares (or unhurdled share rights for KMP in
New Zealand) in December each year. 2022 deferred STVR was awarded on 15 December 2022 for the CEO and Group Executives, the vesting
period commenced on 1 October 2022, 50% of the award vested on 1 October 2023 and 50% will vest on 1 October 2024 (subject to service
conditions and adjustment).
2. No hurdled share rights granted in 2018 vested in October 2022 when assessed against the relative TSR and cash ROE performance hurdles.
100% of the deferred STVR due to vest in 2023 vested at the end of the deferral period. For Scott Collary, 29,209 of the 39,833 restricted
shares that vested were in relation to a buy out award which represents 39% of the total number of shares allocated for that award and the
remaining portions of the award are due to vest through to December 2023. For Chris de Bruin, 6,632 of the 17,806 restricted shares that
vested were in relation to a buy out award which represents 11% of the total number of shares allocated for that award and the remaining
portions of the award are due to vest through to December 2023. For Anthony Miller, 22,149 of the 31,518 restricted shares that vested were
in relation to a buy out award which represents 18% of the total number of shares allocated for that award and the remaining portions of the
award are due to vest through to March 2025.
3. Vested share rights may be exercised up to a maximum of 15 years from the commencement date of their performance period. The exercise
price for share rights is zero.
4. For performance share rights, the value granted represents the number of securities granted multiplied by the fair value per instrument as
set out in the table in the sub-section titled ‘Fair value of LTVR awards made during the year’ below. For restricted shares, the value granted
represents the number of ordinary shares granted multiplied by the closing price of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the shares were
granted ($23.50). These values, which represent the full value of the equity-based awards made to the CEO and Group Executives in 2023,
do not reconcile with the amount shown in the table in Section 8.2 which shows the amount amortised in the current year. The minimum total
value of the grants for future financial years is zero and an estimate of the maximum possible total value in future financial years is the fair
value, as shown above.
5. The value of each share right exercised, forfeited or lapsed is calculated based on the closing price of a Westpac ordinary share on the date of
exercise (or forfeiture or lapse). The overall values reflect forfeitures or lapses as a result of a failure to meet performance conditions.
6. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION89
Fair value of LTVR per instrument
In accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, the table below provides a summary of the fair value of LTVR per
instrument granted to the CEO and Group Executives in December 2022
1
. LTVR awards will only vest if performance
hurdles are achieved and service conditions are met in future years.
Award nameGranted to
Performance
hurdleGrant date
Commencement
datePerformance test dateExpiry
Fair value
per instrument
2
LTVR
CEO and Group
Executives
Relative
TSR
15 December 20221 October 20221 October 20261 October 2037$11.90
The value granted to executives for remuneration purposes differs from the fair value used for accounting purposes. At
grant, the allocation is determined by dividing the dollar value of the LTVR award by the face value of performance share
rights. The face value is the five day VWAP up to the commencement of the performance period. Refer to Section 6.3 for
further detail.
8.4. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out details of relevant interests in Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors
(including their related parties) during the year ended 30 September 2023
3
.
Number held at
start of the year
Changes
during the year
Number held at
end of the year
Current Non-executive Directors
John McFarlane50,000 - 50,000
Tim Burroughs
4
n/a - 67,302
Nerida Caesar13,583 - 13,583
Audette Exel AO10,898 664 11,562
Chris Lynch
5
13,090 - 13,090
Peter Nash15,360 - 15,360
Nora Scheinkestel9,709 5,165 14,874
Margaret Seale
6
26,158 - 26,158
Michael Ullmer AO
4,7
n/a - 12,570
Former Non-executive Directors
Michael Hawker AM
4
34,034 - n/a
Peter Marriott
4,8
40,311 - n/a
1. These grants have a commencement date of 1 October 2022, a performance test date of 1 October 2026 and an expiry date of 1 October 2037.
2. The fair values of performance share rights granted during the year have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates based
on the requirements of AASB 2 Share-based Payment by PFS Consulting. The fair value of performance share rights with hurdles based on
TSR performance relative to a group of comparator companies takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte Carlo
simulation pricing model.
3. Other than as disclosed below, no share interests include non-beneficially held shares.
4. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
5. In addition to holding ordinary shares, Chris Lynch and his related parties held interests in 1,137 Westpac Capital Notes 5 at year end.
6. In addition to holding ordinary shares, Margaret Seale and her related parties held interests in 100 Westpac Capital Notes 7 at year end.
7. In addition to holding ordinary shares, Michael Ullmer AO and his related parties held interests in 800 Westpac Capital Notes 5, 1,000 Westpac
Capital Notes 6, 300 Westpac Capital Notes 9, and 1,000 Westpac Subordinated Notes at year end.
8. In addition to holding ordinary shares, Peter Marriott and his related parties held interests in 563 Westpac Capital Notes 2.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
90
DIRECTORs’ REpORT
8.5. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Executive Key Management Personnel
The table below details Westpac equity held and movement in that equity by the CEO and Group Executives (including
their related parties) for the year ended 30 September 2023
1
.
Name
Type of equity-based
instrument
Number
held at
start of
the year
Number
granted during
the year as
remuneration
Received
on exercise
and/or
exercised
during the
year
Number
forfeited
or lapsed
during the
year
2
Other
changes
during the
year
Number held
at end of the
year
Number
vested and
exercisable
at end of the
year
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King Ordinary shares172,038 41,489 - - - 213,527 -
Performance share rights507,969 154,761 - (92,086)- 570,644 -
Group Executives
Scott CollaryOrdinary shares96,335 22,148 - - (39,833)78,650 -
Performance share rights208,814 107,142 - - - 315,956 -
Carolyn McCannOrdinary shares80,798 13,808 - - - 94,606 -
Performance share rights213,994 66,190 - (49,910)- 230,274 -
Catherine McGrathOrdinary shares- - - - - - -
Unhurdled share rights- 14,874 - - - 14,874 -
Performance share rights56,266 77,217 - - - 133,483 -
Anthony MillerOrdinary shares142,033 17,723 - - - 159,756 -
Performance share rights204,772 102,380 - - - 307,152 -
Christine ParkerOrdinary shares40,253 15,148 - - (2,000)53,401 -
Performance share rights278,248 74,380 - (73,380)- 279,248 -
Michael RowlandOrdinary shares19,359 16,787 - - (9,680)26,466 -
Performance share rights167,623 82,857 - - - 250,480 -
Jason YettonOrdinary shares29,493 22,446 - - - 51,939 -
Performance share rights264,481 102,380 - - - 366,861 -
Ryan ZaninOrdinary shares- 9,702 - - - 9,702 -
Performance share rights
40,934
110,000
- - - 150,934 -
Former Group Executives
Chris de Bruin
3
Ordinary shares83,393 23,234 - - - n/an/a
Performance share rights194,756 114,285 - - - n/an/a
1. The highest number of shares held by an individual in the table is 0.0061% of total Westpac ordinary shares outstanding as at 30 September
2023.
2. Forfeitures or lapses during the year are as a result of a failure to meet performance conditions.
3. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 3 for further details.
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION91
8.6. Loans to Non-executive Directors and Executive Key Management Personnel
Financial instrument transactions are provided in the ordinary course of business. These transactions are at arm's-length
on terms and conditions as they apply to all employees.
The table below details loans to Non-executive Directors, the CEO and Group Executives (including their related parties)
of the Group.
Balance at start of
the year¹
$
Interest paid and
payable for the year
$
Interest not charged
during the year
$
Balance at end of
the year
$
Number in Group at
end of the year
Non-executive Directors7,136,750 241,136 - 4,507,501 4
CEO and Group Executives14,001,551500,678-15,925,7896
Total21,138,301741,814-20,433,29010
The table below details KMP (including their related parties) with loans above $100,000 during 2023.
Balance at start of
the year¹
$
Interest paid and
payable for the year
$
Interest not charged
during the year
$
Balance at end of
the year
$
Highest indebtedness
during the year
$
Non-executive Directors
John McFarlane3,283,970 70,148 - - 3,355,291
Chris Lynch 2,832,121 68,679 - 1,522,238 2,832,516
Peter Nash 400,217 77,252 - 2,364,821 2,582,443
Margaret Seale620,442 25,057 - 620,442 622,776
CEO and Group Executives
Peter King1,158,00025,959- 1,158,0001,162,000
Scott Collary2,393,11055,757- 2,294,9582,393,110
Carolyn McCann580,14681,729- 3,390,5033,449,407
Anthony Miller2,468,2365,052- 2,273,0832,468,236
Christine Parker5,458,059239,419- 5,434,2455,506,803
Jason Yetton 1,944,00092,762- 1,375,0001,944,000
1. Balances at the start of the year have been revised for an updated balance to a loan amount during the reporting period.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
92
Directors’ report
Directors’ report
11. Auditor
a) Auditor’s independence declaration
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act is below:
PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Auditor’s Independence Declaration
As lead auditor for the audit of Westpac Banking Corporation for the year ended 30 September
2023, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:
(a) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in
relation to the audit; and
(b) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.
This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during
the period.
CJ Heath Sydney
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers
5 November 2023
93
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
b) Non-audit services
We may decide to engage PwC on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where their expertise or
experience with Westpac or a controlled entity is important.
Details of the non-audit service amounts paid or payable to PwC for non-audit services provided during the 2023 and
2022 financial years are set out in Note 33 to the financial statements.
PwC also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities, non-consolidated trusts of which a
Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or pension
funds. The fees in respect of these services were approximately $8.7 million in total (2022: $9.3 million). PwC may also
provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest and which are not
consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid to PwC by those entities.
Westpac has a policy on engaging PwC, details of which are set out in its Corporate Governance Statement in the
section ‘Engagement of the external auditor’.
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Board Audit Committee,
is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services during 2023 by PwC is compatible with the general standard
of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The Directors are satisfied, in accordance with advice
received from the Board Audit Committee, that the provision of non-audit services by PwC, as set out above, did not
compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act for the following reasons:
• all non-audit services provided by PwC for the year have been reviewed by the Board Audit Committee, which is of
the view that they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of PwC; and
• based on Board quarterly independence declarations made by PwC to the Board Audit Committee during the
year, none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence including reviewing
or auditing PwC’s own work, acting in a management or a decision-making capacity for the company, acting as
advocate for the company or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards.
12. Responsibility statement
The Directors of Westpac Banking Corporation confirm that to the best of their knowledge:
• the consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended 30 September 2023, which have been prepared
in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, being in
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial
position and profit of the Group; and
• the Annual Report from the section entitled ‘About Westpac’ to and including the section entitled ‘Other Westpac
business information’ includes a fair review of the information required by the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency
Rules 4.1.8R to 4.1.11R of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, together with a description of the principal
risks and uncertainties faced by the Group.
The Directors’ Report is signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.
John McFarlane Peter King
Chairman Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
5 November 2023 5 November 2023
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
94
InformatIon on Westpac
Significant developments
Westpac significant developments - Australia
Changes to Board of Directors
On 14 December 2022, John McFarlane, Chairman of the
Board, announced his intention to retire in December 2023
at the conclusion of the 2023 AGM. On 16 October 2023,
Westpac announced the appointment of Steven Gregg
as Non-executive Director and Chaiman-elect effective
7 November 2023. Mr Gregg will succeed Mr McFarlane as
Chairman of the Board at the conclusion of the AGM on
14 December 2023.
On 15 July 2023, independent Non-executive Director
Michael Hawker AM retired from the Board. On
24 October 2023, Westpac announced that independent
Non-executive Director Chris Lynch will retire from the
Board at the conclusion of the AGM on 14 December 2023.
Changes to structure and executive team
In July 2023, we announced changes to the Group’s
operating structure and executive team to support the
Group’s next strategic phase and position the company for
growth. The restructure involved separating Consumer &
Business Banking, integrating remaining core businesses
of the Specialist Business division into a new Business
and Wealth division, establishing a stand-alone function
to accelerate Technology simplification and moving
Operations to Corporate Services thereby creating an
expanded shared services platform.
Accordingly, the following Executive Team portfolio
changes were confirmed: Jason Yetton as Chief Executive,
Consumer; Anthony Miller as Chief Executive, Business
and Wealth; Scott Collary as Chief Information Officer
and Carolyn McCann as Group Executive, Customer &
Corporate Services; and the appointment of Nell Hutton
as Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank (from 1
October 2023).
The organisational changes took effect on 1 August 2023
(unless otherwise stated) and will be reflected in the 2024
financial results.
Since the formation of the Specialist Business division in
May 2020, Westpac has completed 10 divestments with
the final transaction, being the transition of the Private
Portfolio Management business to Mercer (Australia) Ltd,
completing on 1 October 2023. During the year, the Group
announced that it would retain its Platforms business.
Westpac has also decided to retain its businesses in PNG
and Fiji. As we continue embedding the new operating
structure we are exploring strategic options for our
RAMS business.
On-market buy-back
On 6 November 2023, Westpac announced its intention
to undertake an on-market share buy-back of up to $1.5bn
of Westpac shares. Westpac reserves the right to vary,
suspend or terminate the buy-back at any time.
Regulatory and risk developments
Enforceable undertaking on risk governance
remediation, Integrated Plan and CORE program
Our CORE program is delivering the Integrated Plan
required by the enforceable undertaking (EU) entered
into with APRA in December 2020 in relation to our risk
governance remediation and supporting the strengthening
of our risk governance, accountability and culture.
Execution of the CORE program is ongoing and, as at 30
September 2023, the Independent Reviewer has assessed
88% of the activities in the Integrated Plan as complete
and effective. Following the completion of the Integrated
Plan by Westpac, expected by 31st December 2023 (to
be subsequently assessed by the Independent Reviewer),
Westpac will continue to focus on sustainability and
effectiveness of the uplift delivered by the Integrated Plan
through a 12 month transition phase with assurance by
Promontory Australia.
Promontory Australia, as the appointed Independent
Reviewer, provides quarterly reports to APRA on our
compliance with the EU and Integrated Plan. Promontory
Australia has provided eleven reports to APRA so far.
These reports are published on our website every six
months at https://www.westpac.com.au/about-westpac/
media/core/ with the latest reports released on 6
November 2023.
Risk management
We are continuing to invest in strengthening our end-
to-end management of risk, and our focus is to ensure
changes are sustainable and enduring. A range of
shortcomings and areas for improvement in our risk
governance have been highlighted in reviews concluded
in prior years. These include embedding our risk
management framework, policies, systems, data quality
and management, product governance, prudential
compliance management, reporting to regulators and
our risk capabilities. Further information about our risk
management is set out in the ‘Risk Management’ section in
this Annual Report
APRA releases final Prudential Standard CPS190
Recovery and Exit Planning
On 1 December 2022, APRA released the final version
of the Prudential Standard CPS 190 Recovery and
Exit Planning (CPS 190) which will come into effect
from 1 January 2024 for banks and insurers, and from
1 January 2025 for Registrable Superannuation Entity
licensees. CPS 190 will require these entities to develop
and maintain a recovery and exit plan, and capabilities to
anticipate, manage and respond to periods of stress.
APRA releases final Prudential Standard CPS230
Operational Risk Management
On 17 July 2023, APRA released the final version of
the Prudential Standard CPS 230 Operational Risk
Management which will come into effect from 1 July
2025. CPS 230 brings new and enhanced requirements
for our operational risk management, service provider
management and business continuity planning.
Information on Westpac
95
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Financial crime
We continue to make progress on improving our financial
crime risk management, as we implement a significant
multi-year program of work (including AML/CTF,
Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption, the US Foreign
Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) and Common
Reporting Standard (CRS)).
Through this work, we continue to undertake activities
to remediate and improve our financial crime controls in
multiple areas including: initial, enhanced and ongoing
customer due diligence and associated record keeping;
upgrading customer and payment screening and
transaction monitoring solutions; improving Electronic
Funds Transfer Instruction processes; establishing data
reconciliations and checks to ensure the completeness
of data feeding into our financial crime systems; and
improving regulatory reporting, including in relation
to International Funds Transfer Instructions, Threshold
Transaction Reports, Suspicious Matter Reports (including
‘tipping off’ controls), and FATCA and CRS reporting and
equivalent reports in jurisdictions outside Australia.
With increased focus on financial crime, further areas
of potential non-compliance have been, and may be
identified, and we continue to liaise with AUSTRAC and
the ATO and local regulators in jurisdictions outside
Australia, as appropriate including to remediate adverse
findings and adopt recommendations from regulators.
We continue to prioritise strengthening our AML/CTF
program, including our transaction monitoring program.
Details about the consequences of failing to comply with
financial crime obligations are set out in the ‘Risk factors’
section in this Annual Report.
Scams
The National Anti-Scam Centre launched on 1 July 2023 to
coordinate scam disruption and prevention activity across
industry sectors and government.
On 3 August 2023, the ACCC granted an interim
authorisation for Australian Banking Association Ltd and
its members to discuss and develop an industry standard
to prevent, detect and disrupt scams affecting individual
and small business customers.
APRA capital requirements
Operational risk capital overlays
The following additional capital overlays are currently
applied by APRA to our operational risk capital
requirement:
• $500 million in response to Westpac’s Culture,
Governance and Accountability self-assessment (this
overlay has applied since 30 September 2019); and
• $500 million in response to the magnitude and nature
of issues that were the subject of the AUSTRAC
proceedings (this overlay has applied since
31 December 2019).
These overlays have been applied through an increase
in risk weighted assets (RWA). The impact on our
Level 2 common equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio at
30 September 2023 was a reduction of 35 basis points.
Additional loss absorbing capacity
On 2 December 2021, APRA announced a requirement
for domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs),
including Westpac, to increase total capital requirements
by 4.5 percentage points of RWA to meet additional loss
absorbing capacity. This includes an interim total capital
requirement of 16.75% from 1 January 2024 and a final
total capital requirement from 1 January 2026 of 18.25%.
The increase in total capital is expected to be met through
additional Tier 2 capital.
APRA Consultation: Enhancing Bank Resilience-
Additional Tier 1 Capital in Australia
On 21 September 2023, APRA released a discussion paper
seeking feedback on potential policy options aimed at
improving the effectiveness of Additional Tier 1 (AT1)
capital instruments and ensuring that such instruments are
operating as intended. APRA has identified potential areas of
concern or challenges with how AT1 capital instruments have
performed or could perform in times of stress, reflecting
on significant challenges internationally in using AT1 capital
instruments to absorb losses. APRA is seeking feedback on
the range of potential policy options outlined ahead of a
formal consultation in 2024 on any proposed amendments
to prudential standards.
APRA Consultation: Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
In November 2022, APRA released a consultation paper
on changes to the calculation of interest rate risk in
the banking book (IRRBB). The consultation closed
in March 2023, and we are awaiting APRA’s response.
The changes to the calculation of IRRBB are currently
expected to come into effect in 2025.
Westpac significant developments - New Zealand
Reviews required under section 95 of the Banking
(Prudential Supervision) Act 1989
On 23 March 2021, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand
(RBNZ) issued two notices to Westpac New Zealand
Limited (WNZL) under section 95 of the Banking
(Prudential Supervision) Act 1989 (NZ) requiring WNZL
to supply two external reviews to the RBNZ. One review
related to risk governance, and the other related to
liquidity risk management and culture. These reviews only
applied to WNZL and not to Westpac in Australia nor its
New Zealand branch.
Both reviews were completed during 2021 and 2022, and
work arising from the reviews has been delivered to the
satisfaction of the WNZL Board.
From 31 March 2021, the RBNZ amended WNZL’s
conditions of registration, requiring WNZL to discount
the value of its liquid assets by approximately 14%. The
RBNZ subsequently reduced the overlay quantum to
approximately 7% from 15 August 2022; and removed the
remaining overlay from 15 September 2023.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
96
InformatIon on Westpac
RBNZ review of overseas bank branches
On 20 October 2021, the RBNZ announced it is reviewing
its policy for branches of overseas banks (including
Westpac Banking Corporation’s New Zealand branch),
with a view to creating a simple, coherent and transparent
policy framework for branches of overseas banks. On
24 August 2022, the RBNZ released a second and final
consultation paper (consultation closed 16 November
2022), outlining its preferred approach to the regulation of
overseas bank branches, including:
• restricting overseas bank branches to engaging in
wholesale business only (meaning they could not take
retail deposits or offer products or services to retail
customers), and limiting the maximum size of a branch
to NZ$15 billion in total assets; and
• requiring dual-registered branches (such as Westpac’s
New Zealand branch) to only conduct business with
customers with a consolidated turnover greater
than NZ$50 million. In addition, the branch must be
sufficiently separate from the relevant subsidiary
with any risks mitigated by specific conditions of
registration.
Westpac’s New Zealand branch currently provides
financial markets, trade finance and international payment
products and services to customers referred by WNZL.
Final policy decisions are expected to be announced by
the RBNZ in the last quarter of 2023.
Deposit Takers Act
The Deposit Takers Act 2023 (NZ) received Royal Assent
on 6 July 2023. The Act creates a single regulatory regime
for banks and non-bank deposit takers in New Zealand
and will introduce a depositor compensation scheme
to protect up to NZ$100,000 per eligible depositor, per
institution, if a payout event is triggered. The scheme
is expected to be fully funded by levies and with a
Crown backstop. Initial implementation of the depositor
compensation scheme is expected in late 2024, with the
remainder of the Act to be implemented following the
development of secondary legislation.
General regulatory changes affecting our businesses
Cyber security
Regulators have continued their focus on cyber security,
given the increasing number of high profile cyber-related
incidents. APRA is seeking to ensure that regulated
entities improve their cyber security practices and
has been focusing on the effective implementation of
Prudential Standard CPS 234 Information Security. ASIC
has similarly indicated a focus on improving cybersecurity
at the companies it regulates. We will continue to engage
with regulators and the government more broadly as it
relates to cyber-related regulation, legislation and policy
(including the 2023-2030 Australian Cyber Security
Strategy). We continue to work on enhancing our systems
and processes to mitigate cyber security risks, including
in relation to third parties, and to respond to changes in
regulation.
Reforms to the Privacy Act
On 28 September 2023, the Australian Government
released its response to the Privacy Act Review Report
(Report). The Government ‘agrees’ or ‘agrees-in-principle’
with most of the proposed reforms in the Report,
including:
• the creation of a direct right of action to permit
individuals to apply to the courts for remedies for
breaches of the Privacy Act, and introduction of a
statutory tort for serious invasions of privacy;
• the creation of new statutory rights for individuals with
respect to the handling of their personal information
by entities, including the right for individuals to request
meaningful information about how substantially
automated decisions with legal or similarly significant
effect are made; and
• new enforcement powers for the Australian Information
Commissioner and the introduction of new low-level
and mid-tier civil penalties for privacy breaches.
The Attorney-General’s Department will conduct an
impact analysis and work with stakeholders to inform the
development of legislation and guidance material in this
term of Parliament for the ‘agreed’ proposals.
Litigation and regulatory proceedings
Our entities are parties to legal proceedings from time to
time arising from the conduct of our business. Material
legal proceedings are described below and as required in
Note 25 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.
Regulatory proceedings
Information on ASIC’s civil proceedings against Westpac
relating to:
• interest rate hedging activity in connection with to the
2016 Ausgrid privatisation transaction; and
• system and operational failures concerning applications
for hardship assistance between 2015 and 2023,
are set out in Note 25 to the financial statements in this
Annual Report.
Class actions
Information relating to class actions (including settled
class actions and potential class actions) is set out in
Note 25 to the financial statements in this Annual Report.
97
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
READING THIS REPORT
GROUP PERFORMANCE
Performance summary
Key financial information
Impact of Notable Items
Review of earnings
Credit quality
Balance sheet and funding
Capital and dividends
SEGMENT REPORTING
RISK FACTORS
SUSTAINABILITY GOVERNANCE
Overview of sustainability governance and oversight structure
TCFD Index
OTHER WESTPAC BUSINESS INFORMATION
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
98
REAdINg thIs REPORt
Reading this report
Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E
of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of
places in this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to our
business and operations, macro and micro economic and market conditions, results of operations and financial condition,
capital adequacy and risk management, including, without limitation, future loan loss provisions and financial support to
certain borrowers, forecasted economic indicators and performance metric outcomes, indicative drivers, climate- and other
sustainability-related statements, commitments, targets, projections and metrics, and other estimated and proxy data.
Words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’, ‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’,
‘believe’, ‘probability’, ‘indicative’, ‘risk’, ‘aim’, ‘outlook’, ‘forecast’, ‘assumption’, ‘projection’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘guidance’,
‘ambition’ or other similar words, are used to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current
views on future events and are subject to change, certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions and
other factors which are, in many instances, beyond our control (and the control of our officers, employees, agents, and
advisors), and have been made based on management’s expectations or beliefs concerning future developments and
their potential effect upon Westpac.
Forward-looking statements may also be made, verbally or in writing, by members of Westpac’s management or Board
in connection with this Annual Report. Such statements are subject to the same limitations, uncertainties, assumptions
and disclaimers set out in this document.
There can be no assurance that future developments or performance will align with our expectations or that the effect of
future developments on us will be those anticipated. Actual results could differ materially from those we expect or which
are expressed or implied in forward-looking statements, depending on various factors including, but not limited to:
• information security breaches, including cyber attack events
• the effect of, and changes in, laws, regulations, regulatory policy, taxation or accounting standards or practices, and
government and central bank monetary policies, particularly changes to liquidity, leverage and capital requirements
• regulatory investigations, reviews (including industry reviews) and other actions, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties,
restrictions or other regulator-imposed conditions, including from our actual or alleged failure to comply with laws,
regulations or regulatory policy
• the effectiveness of our risk management practices, including our framework, policies, processes, systems and
employees
• the reliability and security of Westpac’s technology and risks associated with changes to technology systems
• changes to the external business environment, including geopolitical, social or environmental risks, events or other
changes in countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties operate
• climate-related risks (including physical and transition risks) that may arise from changing climate patterns, and
risks associated with the transition to a lower carbon economy (including Westpac’s ambition to become a net-zero,
climate resilient bank) or other sustainability factors such as human rights and natural capital
• the failure to comply with financial crime obligations (including anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism
financing laws, anti-bribery and corruption laws, sanctions laws and tax transparency laws), which has had, and could
further have, adverse effects on our business and reputation
• internal and external events which may adversely impact our reputation
• litigation and other legal proceedings and regulator investigations and enforcement actions (including the liability of
Westpac to pay significant monetary settlements and legal costs in order to resolve a dispute)
• market volatility and disruptions, including uncertain conditions in funding, equity and asset markets and any losses
or business impacts we or our customers or counterparties may experience
• the incidence of inadequate capital levels under stressed conditions
• changes in economic conditions, consumer or business spending, saving and borrowing habits in Australia, New
Zealand and other countries in which we or our customers or counterparties operate and our ability to maintain or to
increase market share, margins and fees, and control expenses
• adverse asset, credit or capital market conditions or an increase in defaults, impairments and provisioning because of
a deterioration in economic conditions
• sovereign risks, including the risk that governments will default on their debt obligations, fail to perform contractual
obligations, or be unable to refinance their debts
• changes to Westpac’s credit ratings or the methodology used by credit rating agencies
• the effects of market competition and competition regulatory policy impacting the areas in which we operate
• operational risks resulting from ineffective processes and controls
• levels of inflation, interest rates, exchange rates and market and monetary fluctuations and volatility
• poor data quality, data availability or data retention
• failure to recruit and retain key executives, employees and Directors
99
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
• strategic decisions including diversification, innovation, divestment, acquisitions, expansion activity and integration
• changes to our critical accounting estimates and judgements and changes to the value of our intangible assets; and
• various other factors beyond Westpac’s control.
The above list is not exhaustive. For certain other factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made by
Westpac, refer to ‘Risk factors’ in this Annual Report. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions
with respect to Westpac, investors and others relying on information in this Annual Report should carefully consider the
foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events.
Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements in this Annual
Report, whether from new information, future events, conditions, or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report.
Further important information regarding climate change and sustainability-related statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements and other representations relating to ESG topics, including
but not limited to climate change, net zero, climate resilience, natural capital, emissions intensity, human rights and
other sustainability-related statements, commitments, targets, projections, scenarios, risk and opportunity assessments,
pathways, forecasts, estimated projections and other proxy data.
These are subject to known and unknown risks, and there are significant uncertainties, limitations, risks and assumptions
in the metrics and modelling on which these statements rely.
In particular, the metrics, methodologies and data relating to climate and sustainability are rapidly evolving and
maturing, including variations in approaches and common standards in estimating and calculating emissions, and
uncertainty around future climate- and sustainability-related policy and legislation. There are inherent limits in the
current scientific understanding of climate change and its impacts. Some material contained in this Annual Report may
include information including, without limitation, methodologies, modelling, scenarios, reports, benchmarks, tools and
data, derived from publicly available or government or industry sources that have not been independently verified. No
representation or warranty is made as to the accuracy, completeness or reliability of such information. There is a risk
that the estimates, judgements, assumptions, views, models, scenarios or projections used by Westpac may turn out to
be incorrect. These risks may cause actual outcomes, including the ability to meet commitments and targets, to differ
materially from those expressed or implied in this Annual Report. The climate- and sustainability-related forward-looking
statements made in this Annual Report are not guarantees or predictions of future performance and Westpac gives no
representation, warranty or assurance (including as to the quality, accuracy or completeness of these statements), nor
guarantee that the occurrence of the events expressed or implied in any forward-looking statement will occur. There are
usually differences between forecast and actual results because events and actual circumstances frequently do not occur
as forecast and these differences may be material. Westpac will continue to review and develop its approach to ESG as
this subject area matures.
Currency of presentation, exchange rates and certain definitions
In this Annual Report, ‘financial statements’ means our audited consolidated balance sheets as at 30 September 2023
and 30 September 2022 and income statements, statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows
for each of the years ended 30 September 2023, 2022 and 2021 together with accompanying notes which are included
in this Annual Report.
Our financial year ends on 30 September. As used throughout this Annual Report, the financial year ended
30 September 2023 is referred to as 2023 and other financial years are referred to in a corresponding manner.
All dollar values in this report are in Australian dollars unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires,
references to ‘dollars’, ‘dollar amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian dollars.
Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this Annual Report are due
to rounding. Percentage (%) movements are shown as % unless otherwise stated to all the tables in this document and
represent the percentage change between 2023 and 2022.
Information on terms, acronyms and calculations used in this report are provided in the Glossary within
Section 4: Shareholder Information of the document.
Selected consolidated financial and operating data
We have derived the following selected financial information, as of, and for the financial years ended,
30 September 2023, 2022 and 2021 from our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying
notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
100
REAdINg thIs REPORt
Non-AAS financial measures
The Group’s statutory results are prepared in accordance with AAS and are also compliant with IFRS.
In assessing the Group’s performance and that of our operating segments we use a number of financial measures,
including amounts, measures and ratios that are presented on a non-AAS basis, as described below.
Non-AAS financial measures and ratios do not have standardised meanings under AAS. As such they are unlikely to be
directly comparable to similar measures presented by other companies and should not be viewed in isolation from, or as
a substitute for, the AAS results.
Our non-AAS measures fall within the following categories:
Measure/ratio
Description
Further
information
Performance measures
excluding the impact of
Notable Items, businesses
sold and/or held-for-sale
profit
The net interest income, non-interest income, operating expenses and
segment reporting sections of this report include performance measures
that exclude Notable Items, businesses sold and/or held-for-sale profit.
Notable Items are items that management believes are not reflective of
the Group’s ongoing business performance.
Businesses sold reflect the contribution to the Group’s results in the
period of businesses sold prior to their sale. It also includes any gains/
losses related to their sale but excludes items that have been identified as
Notable Items.
Held-for-sale profit reflects the contribution to the Group’s results in
the period of businesses that are held-for-sale. For the period ending
30 September 2023 there were no businesses held-for-sale and therefore
no held-for-sale profit.
Performance measures which are adjusted for one or more of these items
include:
• Net interest income
• Non-interest income (including net fee income, net wealth
management and insurance income, trading income and other income)
• Operating expenses (including staff expenses, occupancy expenses,
technology expenses and other expenses)
• Pre-provision profit
• Net profit
• Return on tangible ordinary equity
Management considers this information useful as these measures provide a
view that reflects the Group’s ongoing business performance.
Sections 1,
2.3, 2.4.1,
2.4.6, 2.4.7,
2.8, and 4.14
Pre-provision profitPre-provision profit is net profit/(loss) excluding credit impairment
(charges)/benefits and income tax (expense)/benefit.
This is calculated as net interest income plus non-interest income less
operating expenses. This includes (charges)/benefits relating to provisions
and impairment other than from expected credit losses.
Management considers this information useful as this measure provides
readers with a view of the impact of the operating performance of the Group.
Section 1,
2.8, and 4.14
Core net interest income
and Core NIM
Core net interest income is calculated as net interest income excluding
Notable Items, and Treasury and Markets net interest income.
Core NIM is calculated as Core net interest income (annualised where
applicable) divided by average interest earning assets.
Management considers this information useful as this measure provides a
view of the underlying performance of the Group’s net interest margin for
lending, deposit and funding.
Sections 1,
2.2. and 2.4.1
Dividend payout ratio
(excluding Notable Items)
Calculated as ordinary dividend paid/declared on issued shares (net of
Treasury shares) divided by the net profit attributable to owners of WBC
excluding Notable Items.
Management considers this information useful as this measure provides
a view of the dividend payout ratio based on the ongoing business
performance of the Group.
Section 1
and 4.14
101
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Measure/ratioDescription
Further
information
Expense to income ratio
(excluding Notable Items)
Calculated as operating expenses excluding Notable Items divided by net
operating income excluding Notable Items.
Management considers this information useful as this measure provides a
view of the efficiency of the ongoing business performance of the Group.
Sections 1,
2.2, 2.4.7,
and 4.14
Average tangible ordinary
equity and Return on
average tangible ordinary
equity (ROTE)
Average tangible ordinary equity is calculated as average ordinary equity
less average goodwill and other intangible assets (excluding capitalised
software).
Return on average tangible ordinary equity is calculated as net profit
attributable to owners of WBC (annualised where applicable) divided by
average tangible ordinary equity.
Management considers this information useful as these measures are
commonly used internally as well as by investors, analysts and others in
assessing the Group’s use of equity.
Sections 1,
2.2, and 4.14
In addition to the above non-AAS measures, the Remuneration Report (in Section 1) refers to a non-AAS measure used
in the 2023 Group STVR Scorecard. The non-AAS measure is Net profit after tax excluding Notable Items (long-term
average credit loss basis) which is defined as net profit excluding Notable Items whereby impairment charges for the
year are adjusted to reflect long-term average loss rates. A reconciliation of this measure is provided in Section 4.14.
Presentation changes
In 2022 and earlier reporting periods, the Group reported a non-AAS financial measure of profit referred to as “cash
earnings” as well as reporting “Notable Items” and a further non-AAS profit measure excluding these Notable Items in
both external and internal reporting.
In 2023, the Group ceased reporting cash earnings and cash earnings excluding Notable Items and will use net profit
attributable to owners of WBC (net profit) as the Group’s key measure of financial performance. Comparatives have
been revised accordingly.
To assist in explaining the Group’s financial performance, the Group reports Notable Items which represent certain items
that management believe are not reflective of the Group’s ongoing business performance.
Cash earnings adjustments to net profit in prior periods included:
• Fair value (gain)/loss on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) which may create
a material timing difference on reported results but do not affect the Group’s earnings over the life of the hedge; and
• The net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges arises from the fair value movement in these hedges which reverses over
time and therefore does not affect the Group’s profits over time.
These items are now reported as Notable Items and comparatives have been revised accordingly. Notable Items are
explained further in Section 2.3.
Cash earnings adjustments which reclassified amounts between individual line items but did not impact net cash
earnings ceased in 2023 and comparatives have been revised.
The Group will not report an adjusted measure of profit excluding Notable Items.
Only Section 3, Financial Statements is audited
PricewaterhouseCoopers has audited the financial statements and accompanying notes contained within
Section 3: Financial Statements of this Annual Report and has issued an unmodified audit report. All other sections of
the Annual Report have not been subject to audit by PricewaterhouseCoopers. The financial information contained in
this Annual Report includes information extracted from the audited financial statements together with information that
has not been audited.
References to websites
Information contained in or accessible through the websites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of this
Annual Report unless we specifically state that it is incorporated by reference and forms part of this Annual Report. All
references in this Annual Report to websites are inactive textual references and are for information only.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
102
Group performance
2.1 Performance summary
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 18,317 17,161 16,858 7
Non-interest income 3,328 2,445 4,364 36
Net operating income 21,645 19,606 21,222 10
Operating expenses(10,692)(10,802)(13,311)(1)
Pre-provision profit 10,953 8,804 7,911 24
Impairment (charges)/benefits(648)(335) 590 93
Profit before income tax expense 10,305 8,469 8,501 22
Income tax expense(3,104)(2,770)(3,038) 12
Profit after income tax expense 7,201 5,699 5,463 26
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)(6)(5)(5) 20
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 7,195 5,694 5,458 26
Notable Items (post tax)(173)(874)(1,495) (80)
Effective tax rate 30.12% 32.71% 35.74%(259 bps)
2.2 Key financial information
1
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Shareholder value
Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents) 205.3 159.9 149.4 28
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents) 195.2 152.4 137.8 28
Weighted average ordinary shares (millions) 3,502 3,559 3,653 (2)
Fully franked dividends per ordinary share (cents)142 125 118 14
Dividend payout ratio
2
69.20% 76.79% 79.25%large
Return on average ordinary equity 10.09% 8.10% 7.70% 199 bps
Return on average tangible ordinary equity 11.40% 9.17% 8.82% 223 bps
Average ordinary equity ($m) 71,229 70,268 70,849 1
Average tangible ordinary equity ($m) 63,117 62,078 61,900 2
Average total equity ($m) 71,274 70,323 70,899 1
Net tangible asset per ordinary share ($) 17.58 17.18 16.90 2
Business performance
Group NIM 1.95% 1.93% 2.06% 2 bps
Core NIM 1.87% 1.75% 1.91% 12 bps
Treasury & markets impact on NIM 0.09% 0.12% 0.12%(3 bps)
Notable Items impact on NIM(0.01%) 0.06% 0.03%large
Average interest-earning assets ($m) 941,376 886,971 819,456 6
Return on average assets (%) 0.70% 0.58% 0.60% 12 bps
Expense to income ratio (%) 49.40% 55.10% 62.72%large
Expense to income ratio (ex Notable Items) (%) 47.50% 51.15% 53.67%(365 bps)
Full time equivalent employees (FTE) 36,146 37,476 40,143 (4)
Revenue per FTE ($’000’s) 577 508 549 14
1. Further information on Non-AAS financial measures included in this table are provided in the "Reading this Report" and Section 4.14.
2. Excludes the dividend component of the off-market share buy-back in 2022.
Group performance
103
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.2 Key financial information (continued)
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Capital, funding and liquidity
Level 2 common equity Tier 1 capital ratio:
- Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) 12.38% 11.29% 12.32% 109 bps
- Internationally comparable 18.73% 17.57% 18.17% 116 bps
Credit RWA ($m) 339,758 362,098 357,295 (6)
Total risk weighted assets (RWA) ($m) 451,418 477,620 436,650 (5)
LCR
1
134% 132% 129% 201 bps
NSFR
1
115% 121% 125%large
Deposit to loan ratio 82.89% 82.85% 81.64% 4 bps
Credit quality and impairment charges
1
Gross impaired exposures to gross loans 0.17% 0.20% 0.30%(3 bps)
Gross impaired exposures provisions to gross impaired exposures 43.47% 47.95% 54.44%large
Collectively assessed provisions to credit RWA 135 bps 116 bps 117 bps 19 bps
Total provisions to credit RWA 145 bps 128 bps 140 bps 17 bps
Total committed exposure (TCE) ($bn) 1,218 1,186 1,125 3
Total stressed exposures as a % of TCE
2
1.26% 1.07% 1.36% 19 bps
Mortgages 90+ day delinquencies 0.81% 0.69% 0.99% 12 bps
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies 1.28% 1.56% 1.75%(28 bps)
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans 9 bps 5 bps(8 bps) 4 bps
Balance sheet ($m)
Loans 773,254 739,647 709,784 5
Total assets 1,029,774 1,014,198 935,877 2
Customer deposits 640,951 612,834 580,317 5
1. Includes balances presented as held for sale.
2. Westpac applied amendments to APS 220 Credit Risk Management in relation to the definition of non-performing loans. As a result, the
ratio at 30 September 2023 is not directly comparable to past periods. On adoption of the new definition, the impact to the ratio was a 4bps
increase, largely due to changes relating to an extension of the period over which exposures remain classified as non-performing before
potential reclassification to performing.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
104
Group performance
2.3 Impact of Notable Items
As noted in the Presentation changes section of this Annual Report, the Group has simplified its financial reporting in
2023 and is no longer reporting the non-AAS profit measures of cash earnings and cash earnings excluding Notable
Items. Net profit after tax has been adopted as the key performance measure for the Group and its segments for internal
reporting to key decision makers. Consistent with that change, cash earnings and cash earnings excluding Notable Items
will no longer be reported in the Group’s Financial Reports. To assist in explaining the Group’s financial performance, the
Group will continue to report Notable Items which represent certain items that are not considered to be reflective of the
Group’s ordinary operations.
Notable Items broadly fall into the following categories:
• Hedging items, which include:
–Unrealised fair value gains/losses on economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting
–Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges
• Large items that are not reflective of the Group’s ordinary operations. In individual reporting periods such items may
include:
–Provisions for remediation, litigation, fines and penalties
–The impact of asset sales and revaluations
–The write-down of assets (including goodwill and capitalised software)
–Restructuring costs
In determining dividends, the impact of Notable Items is typically excluded.
Notable Items reduced net profit after tax in 2023 by $173 million (2022: $874 million; 2021: $1,495 million).
Details of Notable Items (post tax) impacting on 2023 result are presented below:
Category
Net profit
impact 2023Detail (pre-tax)
The impact of asset sales and
revaluations
$256m
benefit
• Gain on the sale of Advance Asset Management Limited (AAML) of $243 million. This
also includes a tax refund related to transaction and separation costs.
Provision for remediation, litigation,
fines and penalties
$176m
reduction
• Net operating income - $103m
–Decrease in revenue due to additional repayments to institutional, business and
superannuation customers.
• Expenses - $132m
–An increase in provisions for costs associated with customer remediation
programs, regulatory investigations and litigation of $90m.
–Estimated costs for the one-off levy for the Commonwealth’s Compensation
Scheme of Last Resort of $42m.
Restructuring costs $140m
reduction
• Costs associated with accelerating organisation simplification and the discontinuance
of specialist businesses.
The write-down of assets $87m
reduction
• The write-down of property assets and costs related to the reduction in corporate
office space and accelerated consolidation of branches.
Hedging items$26m
reduction
• The unrealised fair value gains/losses on economic hedges of accrual accounted term
funding transactions for the period and the net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges.
There is no impact to the Group’s profit over time as the hedges reverse.
Total Notable Items$173m
reduction
For detailed explanations of comparatives for 2022 and 2021, refer to the Annual Reports and Full Year Financial Results
Announcements for 2022 and 2021 respectively.
105
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
$m
Economic
hedges
Hedge
ineffectiveness
Provisions for
remediation,
litigation,
fines and
penalties
Asset
sales and
revaluations
The write-
down of
assets
Restructuring
costsTotal
2023
Net interest income(113) 94 (78)- - - (97)
Non-interest income(18)- (25) 243 - - 200
Net operating income(131) 94 (103) 243 - - 103
Operating expenses- - (132)- (126)(202)(460)
Pre-provision profit(131) 94 (235) 243 (126)(202)(357)
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI 39 (28) 59 13 39 62 184
Net profit/(loss)(92) 66 (176) 256 (87)(140)(173)
2022
Net interest income 633 (77)(1)- - - 555
Non-interest income 39 - (52)(841)- - (854)
Net operating income 672 (77)(53)(841)- - (299)
Operating expenses- - (126)(144)(351)- (621)
Pre-provision profit 672 (77)(179)(985)(351)- (920)
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI(202) 25 46 109 68 - 46
Net profit/(loss) 470 (52)(133)(876)(283)- (874)
2021
Net interest income 190 (46) 131 (4)- - 271
Non-interest income 7 - (247) 764 - - 524
Net operating income 197 (46)(116) 760 - - 795
Operating expenses- - (471)(471)(1,405)- (2,347)
Pre-provision profit 197 (46)(587) 289 (1,405)- (1,552)
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI(59) 14 139 (278) 241 - 57
Net profit/(loss) 138 (32)(448) 11 (1,164)- (1,495)
2.3 Impact of Notable Items (continued)
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
106
Group performance
2.4 Review of earnings: 2023 vs 2022 performance
Sections 2.4 to section 2.7 provides a comparative discussion of the Group’s performance for the financial year ended
30 September 2023 compared to 2022, unless otherwise specified. Factors that relate primarily to a single business
segment are discussed in more detail in Section 2.8 Segment Reporting.
2.4.1 Net interest income
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest Income ($m)
Net interest income 18,317 17,161 16,858 7
Core net interest income 17,602 15,532 15,611 13
Notable Items(97) 555 271 large
Treasury
1
645 951 878 (32)
Markets 167 123 98 36
Average interest earning assets ($m)
2
Loans 704,759 677,235 653,366 4
Housing 485,054 470,158 455,149 3
Personal 13,055 15,043 17,367 (13)
Business 206,650 192,034 180,850 8
Liquid assets 210,960 191,749 143,846 10
Other interest-earning assets 25,657 17,987 22,244 43
Average interest earning assets 941,376 886,971 819,456 6
NIM (%)
Group NIM 1.95% 1.93% 2.06% 2 bps
Core NIM 1.87% 1.75% 1.91% 12 bps
Treasury & markets impact on NIM 0.09% 0.12% 0.12%(3 bps)
Notable Items impact on NIM(0.01%) 0.06% 0.03%large
Net interest income increased 7% to $18,317 million. Key drivers included:
• Higher core net interest income, up 13% to $17,602 million, due to both higher net interest margin and balance sheet
growth;
• Notable Items reduced income by $97 million compared to a benefit of $555 million in the prior year; and
• Treasury and markets income, down 24% to $812 million.
Group average interest-earning assets increased by 6% to $941.4 billion as a result of growth in average loans of 4%
attributable to mortgages and business lending. This more than offset the continued run-off in the auto finance book
included in Personal loans. Average liquid assets increased by 10% from increased holdings of High Quality Liquid
Assets (HQLA) to support the reduction of the CLF earlier in the year. Other interest-earning assets increased by 43%
primarily due to relative movements in AUD and USD interest rates, resulting in additional collateral paid to derivative
counterparties to offset the decline in valuation of derivatives.
1. Treasury net interest income excludes capital benefit.
2. Includes assets held for sale.
107
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.4.2 Net interest margin
Group net interest margin movement (%)
1.75
1.87
0.18
0.08
(24bps)
(3bps)
FY22
(4bps)
(7bps)
LoansNotable Items
3
35bps
WSF
1
DepositsLiquid Assets
(1bp)
FY23T&M
2
6bps
1.93
1.95
Capital & Other
Group NIM up 2bps
Notable Items, Treasury & Markets
Core NIM
Group net interest margin movement (%)
Full Year 2023 – Full Year 2022
Core NIM up 12bps
1. Wholesale Funding Cost.
2. Treasury & Markets contribution.
3. Notable items are described in Section 1.4.
• The Group NIM for Full Year 2023 was 1.95%. Group NIM comprised:
–Core NIM of 1.87%, up 12 basis points with key drivers described below;
–Treasury and Markets of 9 basis points, down 3 basis points driven by market volatility in Treasury and lower gains
on the sale of liquid assets; and
–Notable Items impact of minus 1 basis point, down 7 basis points mainly due to unrealised fair value losses related
to economic hedges of term funding compared to a large unrealised fair value gain in the prior period.
• The 12 basis points increase in Core NIM was driven by:
–Deposit interest spread: 35 basis point increase supported by wider deposit interest spreads in the First Half.
Spreads were down by 1 basis point in the Second Half. Earnings on hedged deposits were higher. A mix shift
towards lower spread savings and term deposit products, as customers responded to higher interest rates,
reduced margins slightly. Stabilising interest rates in the Second Half resulted in tighter deposit spreads;
–Capital & Other: 6 basis point increase primarily from higher earnings on capital balances as a result of rising
interest rates;
–Loan interest spread: 24 basis point decrease included the impacts of tighter spreads on mortgage lending in
Australia and New Zealand from competition for new and existing customers and stronger growth in lower spread
owner occupied lending. Spreads on consumer finance products were also slightly tighter;
–Liquid assets: 4 basis point decrease from holding of higher HQLA to support the reduction of the CLF; and
–Wholesale funding: 1 basis point decrease from higher wholesale funding costs as spreads on new term wholesale
funding were wider than the spreads on maturing facilities.
1. Wholesale Funding Cost.
2. Treasury & Markets contribution.
3. Notable items are described in Section 2.3
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
108
Group performance
2.4.3 Average Balance Sheet
202320222021
AverageAverageAverageAverageAverageAverage
balanceInterestratebalanceInterestratebalanceInterestrate
$m$m%$m$m%$m$m%
Assets
Interest earning assets
Loans 704,759 35,582 5.0 676,820 21,096 3.1 650,400 20,756 3.2
Housing 485,054 22,360 4.6 470,158 13,666 2.9 454,780 13,960 3.1
Personal 13,055 1,104 8.5 15,043 1,200 8.0 17,358 1,438 8.3
Business 206,650 12,118 5.9 191,619 6,230 3.3 178,262 5,358 3.0
Trading securities and financial assets
measured at FVIS 30,086 1,143 3.8 22,836 347 1.5 23,791 192 0.8
Investment securities 74,877 2,037 2.7 77,781 1,126 1.4 87,709 1,200 1.4
Other interest earning assets 131,654 4,990 3.8 109,109 676 0.6 53,413 2 -
Assets held for sale- - - 425 6 1.4 4,143 128 3.1
Total interest earning assets and
interest income 941,376 43,752 4.6 886,971 23,251 2.6 819,456 22,278 2.7
Non-interest earning assets
Derivative financial instruments 23,423 23,395 20,305
Life insurance assets- - 226
Assets held for sale- 2,444 4,590
All other assets 58,429 61,953 61,478
Total non-interest earning assets 81,852 87,792 86,599
Total assets 1,023,228 974,763 906,055
Liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 568,885 16,918 3.0 537,030 3,209 0.6 504,131 1,868 0.4
Certificates of deposit 47,887 1,921 4.0 47,308 395 0.8 39,277 63 0.2
Transactions 140,134 3,228 2.3 139,557 652 0.5 130,941 274 0.2
Savings 209,196 5,366 2.6 212,084 848 0.4 194,402 498 0.3
Term 171,668 6,403 3.7 138,081 1,314 1.0 139,511 1,033 0.7
Repurchase agreements 39,652 556 1.4 37,779 150 0.4 33,586 56 0.2
Loan capital 34,384 1,448 4.2 30,708 1,026 3.3 26,594 849 3.2
Other interest bearing liabilities 176,699 6,513 3.7 158,251 1,705 1.1 143,470 2,635 1.8
Liabilities held for sale- - - - - - 1,335 12 1.0
Total interest bearing liabilities and
interest expense 819,620 25,435 3.1 763,768 6,090 0.8 709,116 5,420 0.8
Non-interest bearing liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 106,199 108,171 89,245
Derivative financial instruments 26,353 24,750 20,612
Life insurance liabilities- - 253
Liabilities held for sale- 682 2,728
All other liabilities(218) 7,069 13,202
Total non-interest bearing liabilities 132,334 140,672 126,040
Total liabilities 951,954 904,440 835,156
Shareholders’ equity 71,229 70,268 70,849
Non-controlling interests 45 55 50
Total equity 71,274 70,323 70,899
Total liabilities and equity 1,023,228 974,763 906,055
Loans
Australia 607,154 30,164 5.0 582,456 17,694 3.0 558,435 17,896 3.2
New Zealand 91,057 5,028 5.5 88,002 3,203 3.6 85,525 2,735 3.2
Other overseas 6,548 390 6.0 6,362 199 3.1 6,440 125 1.9
Deposits and other borrowings
Australia 484,720 13,544 2.8 455,069 2,249 0.5 430,455 1,400 0.3
New Zealand 64,033 2,464 3.8 60,786 765 1.3 60,066 418 0.7
Other overseas 20,132 910 4.5 21,175 195 0.9 13,610 50 0.4
109
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.4.4 Loans
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Australia 674,422 647,122 614,770 4
Housing 485,474 467,382 455,604 4
Personal 11,289 12,832 14,737 (12)
Business 181,509 170,636 148,453 6
Provisions(3,850)(3,728)(4,024) 3
New Zealand (A$) 92,854 85,772 88,793 8
New Zealand (NZ$) 99,711 97,393 93,032 2
Housing 65,757 63,827 60,849 3
Personal 1,163 1,202 1,231 (3)
Business 33,298 32,764 31,421 2
Provisions(507)(400)(469) 27
Other overseas (A$) 5,978 6,753 6,221 (11)
Total loans 773,254 739,647 709,784 5
Loans held for sale- - 1,015 -
Total loans (including held for sale) 773,254 739,647 710,799 5
Loans increased by 5% to $773.3 billion. Lending movements included:
• Growth in Australian housing loans of 4%, or 0.8x ADI system to $485.5 billion, with growth mainly occurring in the
Second Half and predominantly in owner occupied mortgages. During the year, $70 billion of fixed rate mortgages
expired of which most were retained. Customers predominantly elected to revert to variable rates, which resulted in
fixed rate mortgages declining from 37% of the portfolio to 24%. Investor lending declined by 1%;
• Contraction in Australian personal lending of 12% to $11.3 billion. The main driver of the decline was the continued
run-off of the auto finance portfolio, down $1.5 billion this year, following the decision to exit this business in March
2022. Excluding this run-off, personal lending balances declined slightly as customers chose alternative personal
finance options;
• Growth in Australian business lending of 6% to $181.5 billion. Strong loan growth in WIB in the Second Half reflected
deepening relationships with existing customers in the property, health and energy sectors. Business segment loan
growth was primarily in the diversified, commercial property and agriculture sectors;
• Growth in New Zealand lending of 2% to $99.7 billion in NZ$ terms. Mortgages and business lending growth was
stronger in the First Half while personal lending balances reduced slightly during the year; and
• Contraction in other overseas loan balances by 11% to $6.0 billion. This reflected lower volumes in Asia from the
closure of offshore branches and lower trade finance utilisation.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
110
Group performance
2.4.5 Deposits and other borrowings
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Customer deposits
Australia 557,781 535,645 501,010 4
Transactions 119,621 133,390 125,481 (10)
Savings 195,325 179,702 184,871 9
Term 144,220 127,921 102,775 13
Non-interest bearing 98,615 94,632 87,883 4
New Zealand (A$) 74,297 68,614 72,462 8
New Zealand (NZ$) 79,783 77,910 75,916 2
Transactions 9,373 10,014 11,253 (6)
Savings 19,929 21,232 21,595 (6)
Term 38,472 32,273 28,331 19
Non-interest bearing 12,009 14,391 14,737 (17)
Other overseas (A$) 8,873 8,575 6,845 3
Total customer deposits 640,951 612,834 580,317 5
Certificates of deposit 47,217 46,295 46,638 2
Australia 32,947 30,507 31,506 8
New Zealand (A$) 2,247 2,588 3,293 (13)
Other overseas (A$) 12,023 13,200 11,839 (9)
Total deposits and other borrowings (including held for sale) 688,168 659,129 626,955 4
Customer deposits grew by 5% to $641.0 billion. Customer deposit growth comprised the following movements:
• Australian deposits up 4% to $557.8 billion mainly from growth in Consumer balances. Rising interest rates saw
customers, across all segments, continue to switch from transaction accounts to higher interest bearing products.
Strong growth in both savings and term deposits more than outweighed a decline in transactions balances. Non-
interest bearing deposits were up 4% primarily due to an increase in mortgage offset account balances;
• New Zealand deposits up 2% to $79.8 billion in NZ$ terms, with customers opting for higher interest bearing term
deposits; and
• Other overseas deposits up 3% to $8.9 billion, primarily in WIB from higher volumes of offshore term deposits
supported by increasing interest rates.
The Group’s deposit to loan ratio of 82.9% was in line with the prior year.
111
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Loans and deposits market share and system multiple metrics
Market share
202320222021
Australia
ADI System (APRA)
Housing credit 21% 22% 22%
Personal credit cards 21% 21% 22%
Business credit
1
15% 15% 16%
Household deposits 21% 20% 21%
Business deposits
2
18% 18% 19%
Financial system (Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA))
Housing credit 21% 21% 21%
Business credit
3
15% 15% 15%
Retail and business deposits
4
19% 20% 20%
New Zealand (Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ))
5
Consumer lending 18% 18% 18%
Business lending 16% 16% 16%
Deposits 18% 18% 18%
System multiples
202320222021
Australia
ADI System (APRA)
Housing credit 0.8 0.5 0.7
Personal credit cards
6
0.5 0.7 n/a
Business credit
1
0.8 0.9 0.2
Household deposits 1.3 0.7 0.8
Business deposits
2,6
n/a 0.8 0.7
Financial system (RBA)
Housing credit 0.9 0.5 0.7
Business credit
3,6
0.7 0.8 n/a
Retail and business deposits
4
0.6 0.8 0.6
New Zealand (RBNZ)
5
Consumer lending 0.8 1.0 0.9
Business lending
6
1.6 0.8 n/a
Deposits 0.9 0.5 1.2
1. Westpac Group’s business credit growth rate and multiples are based on ADI System published by APRA in the Monthly ADI statistics,
inclusive of Westpac Institutional Bank. Business credit includes loans with Non-Financial businesses and community service organisations.
2. Westpac Group’s business deposit growth rate and multiples are based on ADI System as published in the Monthly ADI statistics by
APRA, inclusive of Westpac Institutional Bank. Business deposits include deposits from Non-Financial businesses and Community service
organisations.
3. Westpac Group’s business credit growth rate and multiples are based on Financial System as published in the RBA Lending and Credit
Aggregates, inclusive of Westpac Institutional Bank. Business credit includes loans with Non-financial businesses, Community service
organisations, and select Financial Institutions.
4. Retail deposits include deposits from households, non-financial businesses, and select financial institutions as defined in the RBA Monetary
Aggregates.
5. New Zealand comprises New Zealand banking operations.
6. n/a indicates that system growth and/or Westpac growth was negative.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
112
Group performance
2.4.6 Non-interest income
1
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net fee income 1,645 1,671 1,482 (2)
Net wealth management and insurance income 562 808 1,211 (30)
Trading income 717 664 719 8
Other income 404 (698) 952 large
Total non-interest income 3,328 2,445 4,364 36
Non-interest income is composed of:
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Non interest income excluding Notable Items and Businesses sold
Net fee income 1,645 1,672 1,616 (2)
Net wealth management and insurance income 457 467 464 (2)
Trading income 750 620 715 21
Other income 136 148 185 (8)
Non-interest income excluding Notable Items and Businesses sold 2,988 2,907 2,980 3
Notable Items
Net fee income- (1)(137)(100)
Net wealth management and insurance income(10)(51)(106)(80)
Trading income(33) 44 4 large
Other income 243 (846) 763 large
Total non-interest income - Notable Items 200 (854) 524 large
Businesses sold
1
Net fee income- - 3 -
Net wealth management and insurance income 115 392 853 (71)
Trading income- - - -
Other income 25 - 4 -
Total non-interest income - Businesses sold 140 392 860 (64)
Total non-interest income 3,328 2,445 4,364 36
Non-interest income increased by 36% to $3,328 million. Excluding notable items and the impact of businesses sold,
non-interest income increased by 3% to $2,988 million.
Net fee income
Net fee income declined by 2% to $1,645 million. Key movements included:
• Lower New Zealand cards interchange fees of $22 million due to regulatory changes which came into effect in
November 2022;
• Lower Australian cards income of $17 million due to higher costs associated with travel insurance, loyalty provisions
and scheme fees. Higher spend based fees and scheme incentives provided an offsetting benefit of $82 million; and
• Higher Institutional lending fees, primarily from volume related underwriting, guarantee and undrawn line facilities
provided a net $20 million benefit.
Net wealth management and insurance income
Net wealth management and insurance income declined by 30% to $562 million due to Notable Items and impact of
businesses sold. Excluding these impacts, net wealth management and insurance income decreased by 2% to
$457 million. Drivers included:
• Reduced wealth income of $30 million from 3% lower average funds under administration and lower recoveries
relating to regulatory programs;
• Reduced revenue from run-down of non core products of $8 million; and
• Increase of duration cash revenue by $34 million, supported by higher interest rates and a favourable portfolio asset
mix shift provided an offsetting benefit.
1. Comparatives has been revised to incorporate the contribution from AAML and BT’s personal and corporate superannuation funds businesses
which were divested in 2023.
Group performance
113
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Trading income
Trading income increased 8% to $717 million. Excluding notable items and the impact of businesses sold, trading income
increased by 21% to $750 million due to:
• Higher credit and foreign exchange (FX) customer sales volumes reflecting franchise improvements and favourable
market conditions, along with tighter credit spreads which provided a net benefit of $80 million;
• Derivative valuation adjustments (DVA), reflecting tightening counterparty credit spreads, of $69 million. This
compared to a loss of $28 million in the prior year; and
• Loss on cross currency swaps of $38 million, driven by unfavourable FX and interest rate movements, absorbed some
of the growth in trading income.
Other income
Other income of $404 million included a $243 million gain on sale of AAML. This compares to a loss of $698 million in
the prior year which included the $1,112 million loss on sale of the Australian Life Insurance business.
Excluding notable items and the impact of businesses sold, other income declined by 8% to $136 million. This is primarily
attributable to the receipt of a one-off general insurance payment in Full Year 2022.
Businesses sold
The contribution from businesses sold was $140 million in Full Year 2023. For further details of the contribution of each
business refer to Section 4.13.
Group funds
$bn2023InflowsOutflowsNet flows
Other
Mov’t20222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Platforms
135.7 17.9 (22.9)(5.0) 14.0 126.7 139.3 7
Packaged Funds
1.5 1.3 (4.0)(2.7)(36.2) 40.4 47.4 (96)
Superannuation
- 1.5 (3.9)(2.4)(34.6) 37.0 45.4 (100)
Total Australia funds 137.2 20.7 (30.8)(10.1)(56.8) 204.1 232.1 (33)
Total NZ funds (A$) 10.6 1.8 (1.9)(0.1) 1.1 9.6 11.5 10
Total Group funds 147.8 22.5 (32.7)(10.2)(55.7) 213.7 243.6 (31)
Total NZ funds (NZ$) 11.4 2.0 (2.1)(0.1) 0.6 10.9 12.0 5
As at 30 September 2023, Group funds comprised our Platforms and Packaged Funds businesses provided to Australian
and New Zealand customers.
Group funds decreased by $65.9 billion (or 31%) compared to 2022, driven by:
• $38.5 billion related to the sale of AAML; and
• The transfer of the members and benefits of BT Funds Management Limited’s personal and corporate (non-platform)
superannuation of $33.4 billion to Mercer Super Trust.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
114
Group performance
Markets related income
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 167 123 99 36
Non-interest income 858 619 773 39
Markets income 1,025 742 872 38
Sales and risk management income 969 773 774 25
Derivative valuation adjustment 56 (31) 98 large
Markets income 1,025 742 872 38
Markets income comprises sales and risk management revenue derived from the creation, pricing and distribution of
risk management products to the Group’s customers. Dedicated relationship specialists provide product solutions to
these customers to help manage their interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity, credit and structured products risk
exposures.
Markets income increased by 38% to $1,025 million.
Sales and risk management income increased by 25% to $969 million. Franchise improvements and more favourable
market conditions compared to the prior year resulted in higher credit and FX revenues.
DVA contributed $56 million, reflecting tighter counterparty credit spreads. This compared to a loss of $31 million in the
prior year.
2.4.7 Operating expenses
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Staff expenses(6,098)(5,866)(6,034) 4
Occupancy expenses(786)(914)(1,226)(14)
Technology expenses(2,302)(2,282)(3,128) 1
Other expenses(1,506)(1,740)(2,923)(13)
Total operating expenses(10,692)(10,802)(13,311)(1)
Excluding Notable Items
Staff expenses(5,863)(5,758)(5,743) 2
Occupancy expenses(722)(788)(951)(8)
Technology expenses(2,269)(2,185)(2,478) 4
Other expenses(1,378)(1,450)(1,792)(5)
Total operating expenses excluding Notable Items(10,232)(10,181)(10,964) 1
Operating expenses - Businesses sold
1
46 (127)(241)large
Operating expenses excluding Notable Items and Business sold(10,278)(10,054)(10,723) 2
Full Time Equivalent (FTE) employees
Number of FTE202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Permanent employees 33,664 33,774 34,975 -
Temporary employees 2,482 3,702 5,168 (33)
FTE 36,146 37,476 40,143 (4)
Average FTE 37,503 38,573 38,633 (3)
1. Comparatives have been revised to incorporate the contribution from AAML and BT’s personal and corporate superannuation funds businesses
which were divested in 2023.
115
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
The number of FTE employees in each area of business as at 30 September:
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Consumer and Business Banking 17,048 17,854 19,187 (5)
Westpac Institutional Bank 2,732 2,594 2,596 5
Westpac New Zealand 5,288 5,070 4,830 4
Specialist Businesses 2,711 3,257 4,289 (17)
Group Businesses 8,367 8,701 9,241 (4)
Total Group 36,146 37,476 40,143 (4)
Operating expenses declined 1% to $10,692 million.
Excluding Notable Items and businesses sold, operating expenses increased 2% to $10,278 million, with significant
increases from persistent inflationary pressures across third party vendor services and salaries and wages more than
offsetting substantive Cost Reset outcomes.
Staff expenses increased 4% to $6,098 million. Excluding Notable Items staff expenses increased by 2%, due to wage
and superannuation increases. FTE decreased by 4% reflecting the impact of businesses sold and the continued benefits
of Cost Reset actions.
Occupancy expenses decreased 14% to $786 million. Excluding Notable Items, the Cost Reset programs drove
occupancy expenses down 8% from a reduction of the Group’s corporate and branch footprint, including the closure of
88 branches and establishment of 55 additional co-locations.
Technology expenses increased 1% to $2,302 million. Excluding Notable Items, technology expenses were 4% higher.
Software maintenance and license costs increased as inflation contributed to higher third party vendor costs, in addition
to higher software amortisation of approximately $80 million related to growth, productivity and regulatory and risk
investments.
Other Expenses decreased 13% to $1,506 million. Excluding Notable Items other expenses declined 5% supported by the
Cost Reset targeted reduction in consulting and third party spend.
Businesses sold provided an $46 million benefit in 2023 due to reimbursement of costs related to the BT Superannuation
funds successor fund transfer (SFT) which more than offset the operating expenses of the businesses sold.
Investment spend
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Expensed 816 883 1,222 (8)
Capitalised software, fixed assets and prepayments 1,106 1,104 797 -
Total 1,922 1,987 2,019 (3)
Risk and regulatory 1,194 1,312 1,431 (9)
Growth and Productivity 728 675 588 8
Total 1,922 1,987 2,019 (3)
There was $1,922 million of investment across the Group in Full Year 2023, 3% lower than the prior year.
Of the investment spend, 38% was directed towards growth and productivity and 62% was focused on risk and
regulatory initiatives.
Growth and productivity investments included:
• Roll out of the mortgage origination platform, to third party mortgage brokers. This consolidates Consumer
mortgages origination across all brands and channels onto one platform;
• Enhancements to the digital mortgage to support joint borrower applications, and adoption of the Open Banking
regime to automate income verification;
• Roll out of new features in the Westpac App. These include:
– Enhanced personal financial management features including voice search, expense splitter and scan a PayID
functionality;
–Enabling customers to request direct debit cancellation via self-serve, and provide online access to an industry
first capability (PayTo) to manage their direct debit arrangements;
–Facial biometrics verification capability; and
–Carbon footprint tracking integration.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
116
Group performance
• Expanding access for customers to carry out their basic cash transactions in any Westpac Group branch regardless
of brand;
• Expanding access to “fee-free” cash for customers, enabling access to more than 1,700 atmx ATMs including more
than 500 ATMs in regional and rural locations;
• Launch of PartPay which allows eligible existing Westpac credit card customers to pay for purchases over $100 in
four fortnightly instalments;
• Enabling sole trader and existing business customers to open a business transaction account online within 10 minutes;
• Launch of EFTPOS Air which allows small business customers to take payments through Android devices and iPhone
devices; and
• Continued development of the corporate cash management platform.
Risk and regulatory investments included:
• Delivery of scheduled activities in the CORE program. Of the program’s 354 activities, 310 have been assessed by the
Independent Reviewer as complete and effective;
• Implementation of APRA’s revised capital framework (Basel III) including updated prudential standards for capital
adequacy and credit risk capital;
• Progressed implementation of ISO 20022, a new standard format for international and high value domestic payments
messaging for banks, providing a common language for payments data around the world that will see faster and
more reliable payments with Westpac now live for receipt of payments;
• Compliance with RBNZ’s outsourcing policy (BS11) in relation to the outsourcing of functions and services to third
parties;
• Expansion of scam protection through:
– Launch of Westpac Verify which alerts customers when there is a potential mismatch in payment details;
–Secure One Time Password and Actionable push notifications for fraud alerts, protecting customers from
suspected fraud and scams; and
–Implementation of strategic infrastructure and solution for fraud and financial crime detection and analysis.
• Maturing of our financial crime capabilities including strengthening of sanctions Investigations, improved technical
control environment, streamlined regulatory reporting processes, increased operational efficiency and the continued
strategic data integration of transaction monitoring to simplify detection scenarios;
• Maintaining New Payments Platform Australia scheme compliance and uplifting payments resilience, stability, and
risk; and
• Strengthening our data oversight and governance and addressing the requirements of APRA’s strategic direction
for data.
Capitalised software
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Balance as at beginning of the year 2,264 1,840 2,430 23
Total additions 1,141 1,101 740 4
Amortisation expense(621)(545)(755) 14
Impairment expense(8)(110)(485)(93)
Other adjustments 21 (22)(90)large
Balance as at end of the year 2,797 2,264 1,840 24
Average amortisation period (years) 3.6 3.2 2.6 0.4 years
Capitalised software increased $533 million or 24% compared to 30 September 2022. The increase mainly reflects
additional investment in the mortgage origination platform, WNZL regulatory requirements and uplifts in the payments &
data infrastructure. This was partly offset by higher amortisation as key strategic projects were completed during the year.
117
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.4.8 Credit impairment charges
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Individually assessed provisions (IAPs)
New IAPs(197)(220)(610)(10)
Write-backs 127 115 155 10
Recoveries 191 189 242 1
Total IAPs, write-backs and recoveries 121 84 (213) 44
Collectively assessed provisions (CAPs)
Write-offs(440)(446)(614)(1)
Other changes in CAPs(329) 27 1,417 large
Total new CAPs(769)(419) 803 84
Total impairment (charges)/benefits(648)(335) 590 93
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans 9 bps 5 bps(8 bps) 4 bps
Net write-offs to average gross loans 5 bps 10 bps 8 bps(5 bps)
The impairment charge of $648 million represented 9 basis points of average loans, up from 5 basis points in the prior
year. The rise in impairment charges was mainly from a higher CAP charge of $769 million more than offsetting an IAP
benefit of $121 million. This compared to a CAP charge of $419 million and an IAP benefit of $84 million in the prior year.
The CAP charge of $769 million comprised other changes in CAP of $329 million and write-offs of $440 million. The
other changes in CAP were due to:
• Some deterioration of portfolio credit risk metrics, particularly in the mortgage portfolios from higher interest rates
and inflationary pressures and an increase in exposure flowing through to watchlist;
• Less favourable forward-looking economic indicators; and
• A decrease in overlays reflecting the partial release of mortgage portfolio and construction industry overlays reduced
the overall CAP charge.
The IAP benefit of $121 million comprised:
• Recoveries of $191 million, including a benefit from a large corporate exposure which had previously been written off;
• Write-backs of $127 million, mostly within Business; and
• New IAPs of $197 million mostly in Business, Consumer and the New Zealand segments reduced the overall IAP benefit.
2.4.9 Income tax expense
The effective tax rate of 30.12% in 2023 (2022: 32.71%) is slightly above the Australian corporate tax rate of 30%. The
higher effective rate in 2022 was due to the accounting losses on the sale of the Australian life insurance business that
was non-deductible for tax purposes.
2.4.10 Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests represent results of non-wholly owned subsidiaries attributable to shareholders other than
Westpac. This predominantly include profits attributable to the 10.1% shareholding in Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited that
are not owned by Westpac.
Group performance
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
118
Group performance
2.5 Credit quality
Credit quality key metrics
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Stressed exposures by credit grade as a % of TCE:
Impaired 0.11% 0.13% 0.19%(2 bps)
Non-performing, 90+ days past due
1
0.39% 0.32% 0.47%7 bps
Non-performing, less than 90 days past due 0.22% 0.19% 0.21% 3 bps
Watchlist and substandard 0.54% 0.43% 0.49% 11 bps
Total stressed exposures 1.26% 1.07% 1.36% 19 bps
Gross impaired exposures to TCE for business and institutional:
Business Australia 0.44% 0.55% 0.72%(11 bps)
Business New Zealand 0.12% 0.16% 0.20%(4 bps)
Institutional 0.02% 0.05% 0.16%(3 bps)
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies:
Group 0.81% 0.69% 0.99% 12 bps
Australia 0.86% 0.75% 1.07% 11 bps
New Zealand 0.33% 0.22% 0.30% 11 bps
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies:
Group 1.28% 1.56% 1.75%(28 bps)
Australia 1.32% 1.60% 1.76%(28 bps)
New Zealand 0.92% 1.03% 1.65%(11 bps)
Other:
Gross impaired exposures to gross loans 0.17% 0.20% 0.30%(3 bps)
Gross impaired exposure provisions to gross impaired exposures 43.47% 47.95% 54.44%large
Total provisions to gross loans 63 bps 62 bps 70 bps 1 bps
Collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets 135 bps 116 bps 117 bps 19 bps
Total provisions to credit risk weighted assets 145 bps 128 bps 140 bps 17 bps
Movement in gross impaired exposures
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Balance as at beginning of the year 1,514 2,142 2,779 (29)
New and increased - individually managed 367 430 836 (15)
Write-offs(601)(934)(836)(36)
Returned to performing or repaid(449)(436)(591) 3
Portfolio managed - new/increased/returned/repaid 468 296 (39) 58
Exchange rate and other adjustments 3 16 (7)(81)
Balance as at end of the year 1,302 1,514 2,142 (14)
1. Previously disclosed as 90 day past due and not impaired. In 2023, Westpac applied amendments to APS 220 Credit Risk Management in
relation to the definition of non-performing loans. As a result, the ratio in 2023 is not directly comparable to past periods. On adoption of the
new definition, the impact to the ratio was a 4bps increase, largely due to changes relating to an extension of the period over which exposures
remain classified as non-performing before potential reclassification to performing.
119
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Loan quality
Housing and personal loans that were past due can be disaggregated based on days overdue as follows:
Consolidated20232022
$m30-89 days90+ daysTotal30-89 days90+ daysTotal
Loans
Loans - housing 3,644 4,385 8,029 2,319 3,597 5,916
Loans - personal 128 144 272 147 195 342
Total 3,772 4,529 8,301 2,466 3,792 6,258
Credit quality remained resilient, notwithstanding a rise in stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed
exposures (TCE) of 19 basis points to 1.26% at 30 September 2023. The composition and drivers of stressed exposures
were:
• Impaired exposures of 11 basis points: a 2 basis points decline reflecting lower impaired exposures in WIB and
Business;
• Non-performing, 90 days past due and not impaired exposures of 39 basis points: a 7 basis points increase reflecting
higher mortgage 90+ day delinquencies;
• Non-performing not 90 days past due and not impaired exposures of 22 basis points: a 3 basis points increase
reflecting the impact of APS 220 Credit Risk Management regulatory changes relating to an extension of the period
over which exposures remain classified as non-performing before they can be reclassified to performing; and
• Watchlist and substandard exposures of 54 basis points: an 11 basis points increase, driven by exposures in WIB,
Business and New Zealand.
Gross impaired exposures to gross loans were 3 basis points lower at 0.17%, reflecting lower impaired exposures in WIB
and Business. The provision coverage of the impaired portfolio was 43%, down from 48% at 30 September 2022 due to
write-backs of a small number of large exposures. Impaired exposures have an appropriate level of provision cover.
Portfolio segments
Stressed exposures in WIB increased 23 basis points to 0.58% of TCE. This deterioration was due to an increase in
watchlist exposures mainly in the construction and trade sectors. Impaired exposures as a percentage of TCE reduced
6 basis points to 0.04%.
Stressed exposures in the Australian Business segment declined 1 basis point to 4.94% of TCE, mostly due to a decline in
impaired exposures across several industries. There was an increase in watchlist exposures, mostly in the property sector.
Australian mortgage 90+ day delinquencies increased 11 basis points to 0.86% due to rising interest rates and inflationary
pressures. Hardship increased by 20 basis points to 0.71% as customers requested additional assistance.
Properties in possession were 210, a decrease of 14 reflecting a buoyant property market.
Realised Australian mortgage losses remained low at $32 million, accounting for 1 basis point of Australian mortgages.
Australian other consumer 90+ day delinquencies declined 28 basis points to 1.32%, driven by enhanced collections
processes across the credit cards and personal loans portfolios.
In New Zealand, credit quality is showing signs of deterioration across most portfolios. Stressed exposure to TCE rose
52 basis points to 1.49%. The increase in stress was driven by downgrades to watchlist and substandard in property, and
agriculture, forestry and fishing. Impaired exposures to TCE remained stable at 0.06%.
New Zealand 90+ day mortgage delinquencies were up 11 basis points to 0.33%. The increase reflected the impact of higher
interest rates combined with cost of living pressures. Other consumer 90+ day delinquencies were 11 basis points lower at
0.92%, mostly due to improved performance within the hardship segment in credit card and personal loan portfolios.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
120
Group performance
Provisioning
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Provision for expected credit losses (ECL) on loans and credit commitments
Collectively assessed provisions
Modelled provision 4,147 3,473 3,520 19
Overlays 432 700 647 (38)
Total collectively assessed provisions 4,579 4,173 4,167 10
Individually assessed provisions 351 452 832 (22)
Total provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments 4,930 4,625 4,999 7
Provision for ECL on debt securities at amortised cost 6 6 3 -
Provision for ECL on debt securities at FVOCI
1
5 4 5 25
Total provision for ECL 4,941 4,635 5,007 7
Total provisions increased 7% to $4,941 million. The increase was driven by higher CAP of $406 million, which was partly
offset by lower IAP of $101 million.
The increase in CAP was due to:
• A rise in the mortgage portfolio 90+ day delinquencies;
• Higher watchlist and substandard exposures in Business, WIB and New Zealand portfolios; and
• Weakening of forward-looking economic inputs in the provisioning calculation.
This was partly offset by a $268 million reduction in overlays as the expected risk did not materialise or is now reflected
in modelled outcomes. The reduction reflects partial releases of mortgage portfolio and construction industry overlays.
The IAP release of $101 million reflected the combined impact of write-offs and write-backs in predominately Business
and WIB portfolios more than offsetting new IAP.
The economic scenario weights, which underpin the provisions for expected credit losses, remain unchanged from 2022
and reflect residual uncertainty.
Scenario weightings (%)202320222021
Upside 5 55
Base 50 5055
Downside 45 4540
1. FVOCI represents fair value through other comprehensive income.
121
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.6 Balance sheet and funding
2.6.1 Balance sheet
The detailed components of the balance sheet are set out in the notes to the financial statements.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Assets
Loans 773,254 739,647 709,784 5
Housing 547,074 523,952 514,055 4
Personal 12,379 13,897 15,919 (11)
Business 218,234 206,004 184,399 6
Provision for expected credit losses(4,433)(4,206)(4,589) 5
Liquid assets 196,720 194,058 160,936 1
Assets held for sale- 75 4,188 (100)
All other assets 59,800 80,418 60,969 (26)
Total assets 1,029,774 1,014,198 935,877 2
Liabilities
Customer deposits 640,951 612,834 580,317 5
Transactions 129,139 143,145 136,892 (10)
Savings 214,886 199,347 206,565 8
Term 185,770 161,858 133,992 15
Non-interest bearing 111,156 108,484 102,868 2
Certificates of deposit 47,217 46,295 46,638 2
Debt issues 156,573 144,868 128,779 8
Term funding from central banks 16,586 33,277 31,784 (50)
Loan capital 33,176 31,254 29,067 6
Liabilities held for sale- 32 837 (100)
All other liabilities 62,732 75,129 46,363 (17)
Total liabilities 957,235 943,689 863,785 1
Equity
Total equity attributable to owners of WBC 72,495 70,452 72,035 3
Non-controlling interests 44 57 57 (23)
Total equity 72,539 70,509 72,092 3
Group Performance
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
122
Group performance
2.6.2 Funding and liquidity risk management
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This
risk is inherent for all banks as intermediaries between depositors and borrowers. The Group has a Liquidity Risk
Management Framework which seeks to meet our cash flow obligations under a wide range of market conditions and
scenarios, as well as meeting the requirements of the LCR and NSFR.
The Group’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework is approved by the Board and sets out the Group’s funding and
liquidity risk appetite. It also determines the roles and responsibilities of key people managing funding and liquidity risk,
risk reporting and control processes. In addition, it sets out the limits and targets used to manage Westpac’s balance
sheet, including wholesale funding limits, liquidity risk limits and stress testing.
Westpac maintained a strong liquidity position and conservative funding profile throughout the 2023 Financial Year, with
key ratios and metrics comfortably above minimum regulatory requirements.
LCR
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
1
181,882 175,595 136,525 4
Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)- 15,512 37,000 (100)
Total LCR liquid assets 181,882 191,107 173,525 (5)
Cash outflows in a modelled 30-day APRA defined stressed scenario
Customer deposits 95,008 101,271 89,628 (6)
Wholesale funding 11,249 12,975 10,003 (13)
Other flows
2
29,943 31,051 34,447 (4)
Total 136,200 145,297 134,078 (6)
LCR
1,3
134% 132% 129% 201 bps
The LCR is designed to enhance banks’ short-term resilience, by measuring the level of HQLA, as defined, held against its
liquidity needs for a 30 calendar day period under a regulator-defined stress scenario.
Westpac’s average LCR for the quarter ended 30 September 2023 was 134%, an increase of two percentage points
compared to the quarter ended 30 September 2022. Over the year, a reduction in net cash outflows, due mainly to the
removal of the 10% net cash outflow overlay in September 2022, as well as an increase in higher quality deposits, was
matched by a reduction in average LCR-qualifying liquid assets. Average LCR-qualifying liquid assets were lower, due
mainly to the phase-out of the CLF which was completed by 1 January 2023, while HQLA increased.
Westpac held an average of $182 billion in HQLA in the September 2023 quarter, approximately $46 billion above
the 100% LCR minimum. The Group’s portfolio of HQLA provides a buffer against periods of liquidity stress, as well
as meeting regulatory requirements. HQLA include cash, deposits with central banks, and government and semi-
government securities. They are recognised in the LCR calculation at market value.
Westpac uses derivatives to hedge the interest rate risk of the liquid asset portfolio and reduce exposure to changes in
fair value. Changes in the fair value of liquid assets are recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) through the
relevant equity reserve or the income statement.
The Group also has access to non-HQLA and other assets that are eligible for re-purchase with central banks under
certain conditions and provide a source of additional liquidity for the Group. These assets include private securities and
self-originated AAA-rated mortgage-backed securities.
NSFR
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Available stable funding 707,893 687,442 651,216 3
Required stable funding 615,341 570,185 521,499 8
Net stable funding ratio 115% 121% 125%large
The NSFR is designed to strengthen banks’ longer-term funding resilience. To comply, banks are required to maintain an NSFR
of at least 100% at all times. Westpac’s NSFR was 115% at 30 September 2023, well above the 100% minimum. The ratio is
down from 121% at 30 September 2022, reflecting a 6% increase in required stable funding as the CLF was phased out and as
the first allocation of the Term Funding Facility (TFF) matured, as the mortgages backing those facilities are no longer used
as collateral. In addition, required stable funding increased due to growth in lending and the impact of regulatory changes to
APS 112 Capital Adequacy, which resulted in a higher stable funding requirement for certain mortgages.
1. Includes balances presented as held for sale.
2. Other flows include credit and liquidity facilities, collateral outflows and inflows from customers.
3. Calculated on a quarterly average basis for the quarter ended 30 September.
123
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
The 3% increase in Available Stable Funding (ASF) over the year was mainly driven by growth in Consumer and small
and medium-sized enterprise deposits and an increase in ordinary equity. This was partly offset by lower wholesale
funding, due to a decline in long term wholesale funding with more than one year residual maturity.
Funding
The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding so that it remains within the Group’s funding risk
appetite and meets the requirements of both the LCR and NSFR. During the year, the Group maintained a conservative
funding profile, remained well-funded and ahead of balance sheet needs. This was prudent given the market volatility in
the First Half 2023.
Funding by residual maturity
202320222021
$mRatio %$mRatio %$mRatio %
Customer deposits 640,951 66.0 612,834 65.1 580,317 65.0
Wholesale funding
Short term 79,181 8.1 79,098 8.4 69,744 7.8
Long term - less than or equal to one year residual maturity 40,607 4.2 38,896 4.1 26,760 3.0
Long term - more than one year residual maturity 133,979 13.8 136,586 14.5 138,817 15.6
Securitisation 4,298 0.4 4,973 0.5 5,000 0.6
Total wholesale funding 258,065 26.5 259,553 27.5 240,321 2 7.0
Equity
1
72,543 7.5 69,967 7.4 71,614 8.0
Total funding 971,559 100.0 942,354 100.0 892,252 100.0
Long term wholesale funding
Long term funding with a residual maturity greater than 12 months comprised 13.8% of the Group’s total funding at
30 September 2023, down from the 14.5% at 30 September 2022. Funding from securitisation comprised a further 0.4%
of total funding. The small reduction in long term wholesale funding was offset by increased customer deposits.
The Group maintained consistent access to global capital markets throughout 2023, despite a period of significant
dislocation in March 2023. The Group raised $35.2 billion of long term wholesale funding, leveraging the scale and
diversity of its wholesale funding franchise. New issuance included senior and covered bonds in a range of tenors and
currencies, including AUD, USD, EUR, NZD, and GBP. The Group also issued Tier 2 capital securities, issuing
$2.9 billion through its Australian parent entity, contributing towards Loss Absorbing Capacity regulatory requirements,
and NZ$600 million through its New Zealand subsidiary, Westpac New Zealand Limited.
During the year, Westpac New Zealand Limited also re-established its US Medium Term Note Programme under Rule 144A
and Reg S, adding further diversity to the Group’s funding profile with its USD$750 million issuance in February 2023.
Short term wholesale funding
Short term wholesale funding and long term wholesale funding with a residual maturity less than 12 months accounted
for 12.3% of the Group’s total funding at 30 September 2023. This was down from 12.5% at 30 September 2022 as the
Group continued to take a conservative approach to funding maturing within 12 months. The short term wholesale
funding portfolio, including long term to short term scroll, had a weighted average maturity of 149 days, up from
143 days at 30 September 2022.
Deposit to loan ratio
202320222021
$mRatio %$mRatio %$mRatio %
Customer deposits 640,951 612,834 580,317
Loans 773,254 82.9 739,647 82.9 710,799 81.6
Customer deposits
Customer deposits accounted for 66.0% of the Group’s total funding at 30 September 2023, up from 65.1% at
30 September 2022. Both deposits and loans grew at 5% over the year and the Group’s deposit to loan ratio was
unchanged at 82.9%.
Equity
Funding from equity made up 7.5% of total funding at 30 September 2023, compared to 7.4% at 30 September 2022.
The increase in equity of $2.6 billion mainly reflects growth in retained earnings.
1. Includes total share capital, share-based payment reserve and retained profits.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
124
Group performance
Group performance
2.7 Capital and dividends
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Level 2 regulatory capital structure
Common equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital after deductions ($m) 55,885 53,943 53,808 4
Risk weighted assets (RWA) ($m) 451,418 477,620 436,650 (5)
CET1 capital ratio 12.38% 11.29% 12.32% 109 bps
Additional Tier 1 capital ratio 2.21% 2.10% 2.33% 11 bps
Tier 1 capital ratio 14.59% 13.39% 14.65% 120 bps
Tier 2 capital ratio 5.86% 5.01% 4.21% 85 bps
Total regulatory capital ratio 20.45% 18.40% 18.86% 205 bps
APRA leverage ratio 5.50% 5.61% 5.99%(11 bps)
Level 1 regulatory capital structure
CET1 capital after deductions ($m) 52,273 50,722 54,314 3
Risk weighted assets ($m) 414,293 447,010 431,422 (7)
Level 1 CET1 capital ratio 12.62% 11.35% 12.59% 127 bps
APRA’s revised capital framework
APRA’s revised capital framework (Basel III) became effective on 1 January 2023 and included updated prudential
standards for capital adequacy and credit risk capital. The objectives of the capital framework are to provide flexibility
for banks to operate in all environments including in times of stress, enhance risk sensitivity and improve comparability
including with international standards. Revisions included:
• Capital requirements: Total CET1 Requirement for D-SIBs (including Westpac), is 10.25%1. This comprises:
–Minimum CET1 of 4.5%;
–Capital conservation buffer (CCB) of 4.75%; and
–Countercyclical capital buffer of 1.0%.
• Calculation of Credit RWA: Several changes with the most significant including:
–Asset classifications used to determine RWA;
–Greater use of internal modelling within property finance and mortgages which reduced risk weightings;
–Higher capital requirements for higher risk segments such as interest only and investor mortgages;
–Revised credit conversion factors (CCFs) for the calculation of off-balance sheet exposures which has reduced
exposure at default. CCFs are percentage values used to convert an off-balance sheet exposure into an on-
balance sheet equivalent; and
–New Zealand RWA largely determined by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) requirements which
increased RWA compared to prior periods.
• Introduction of a capital floor which limits the capital benefit available to advanced banks to no more than 72.5% of
the RWA outcomes available under the standardised approach; and
• Introduction of a minimum leverage ratio of 3.5% and amendments of the leverage exposure calculation.
These revisions are reflected in the disclosed capital ratios at 30 September 2023. Prior periods have not been restated
with capital reported under APRA’s, then applicable, capital framework.
1. APRA may apply higher minimum capital requirements for an individual ADI. APRA does not allow minimum regulatory capital requirements
for individual ADIs to be disclosed. If an ADI’s CET1 capital ratio falls within the capital buffer range it faces restrictions on the distribution of
earnings, such as dividends, AT1 Capital distributions and discretionary staff variable remuneration.
125
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Capital management strategy
Westpac evaluates its approach to capital management through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
(ICAAP). Key features include:
• The development of a capital management strategy, including consideration of regulatory capital minimums, capital
buffers and contingency plans;
• Consideration of regulatory capital requirements and the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating
agencies as well as equity and debt investors; and
• A stress testing framework that challenges the capital measures, coverage and capital requirements including the
impact of adverse economic scenarios.
The Board has determined that Westpac will target a CET1 operating capital range of between 11.0% and 11.5%, in normal
operating conditions.
Level 2 CET1 capital ratio movement for 2023
11.29%
12.38%
159 bps
62 bps
12 bps
3 bps
(100 bps)
(27 bps)
Sep-22Net profitDividends
(net of DRP)
APRA
revised
capital
framework
RWA
movement
Capital
deductions
and other
items
FX
translation
impacts
Sep-23
Westpac’s Level 2 CET1 capital ratio was 12.38% at 30 September 2023, 109 basis points higher than 30 September 2022.
Key movements include:
• 2023 net profit: 159 basis points increase;
• Payment of the 2022 final dividend (net of DRP) and the 2023 interim dividend: 100 basis points reduction;
• APRA’s revised capital framework: 62 basis points addition on implementation;
• RWA movement: 12 basis points increase mainly from a reduction in non-credit RWA driven by lower Operational and
Interest Rate in the Banking Book (IRRBB) RWA;
• Capital deductions and other capital movements: reduced the ratio by 27 basis points. The main drivers were:
–Higher deductions for capitalised software and expenditure, 17 basis point decrease;
–Higher deduction for deferred tax assets, 9 basis points decrease; and
–Other capital deductions, 1 basis point decrease; and
• Foreign currency impacts added 3 basis point1 mainly from the depreciation of the A$ against the NZ$.
The net profit and capital deductions outlined above included the divestment of AAML of 10 basis points.
Westpac’s Level 1 CET1 capital ratio was 12.62% at 30 September 2023, 127 basis points higher than 30 September 2022
with movements mostly in line with Level 2 and a slightly higher impact from the revised capital framework as Level 1
excludes New Zealand.
1. Reflecting the net impact of movements in the foreign currency translation reserve and RWA.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
126
Group performance
Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital movement for First Half 2023
During the year the Group issued A$2.9 billion of Tier 2 capital instruments and redeemed A$1.2 billion of Tier 2
instruments. The net impact of these transactions was an increase in total capital of approximately 38 basis points. There
were no Additional Tier 1 capital instruments issued.
On 2 December 2021, APRA announced a requirement for domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) including
Westpac, to increase total capital requirements by 4.5 percentage points of RWA to meet additional loss absorbing
capacity. This includes an interim total capital requirement of 16.75% from 1 January 2024 and a final total capital
requirement from 1 January 2026 of 18.25%. The increase in total capital is expected to be met through additional Tier 2
capital1.
Leverage ratio
The leverage ratio represents the amount of Tier 1 capital relative to exposure
2
. At 30 September 2023, Westpac’s
leverage ratio was 5.50%, down 11 basis points from 30 September 2022 mostly due to the increase in total exposures
under the revised capital framework which was partly offset by higher Tier 1 capital.
Internationally comparable capital ratios
APRA’s capital adequacy requirements are more conservative than those of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision,
leading to lower reported capital ratios when compared to international peers.
The Group’s international comparable capital ratios have been calculated using the methodology outlined in the Australian
Banking Association study released on 10 March 2023. Prior periods have not been restated and capital ratios are reported
under the APRA study published in July 2015.
%202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Internationally comparable capital ratios
CET1 capital ratio 18.73% 17.57% 18.17% 116 bps
Tier 1 capital ratio 21.76% 20.57% 21.23% 119 bps
Total regulatory capital ratio 29.87% 27.75 % 26.61% 212 bps
Leverage ratio 5.98% 6.00% 6.59%(2 bps)
1. Within Westpac’s funding, this increase in total capital is likely to be offset by a decrease in long-term wholesale funding.
2. As defined under Attachment D of APS110: Capital Adequacy.
127
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)
The credit asset classes under APRA’s current capital framework do not align to prior period categories, and therefore
prior period RWA’s have not been included in the table below.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Credit risk:
Corporate 24,818
Business lending 23,860
Property finance 30,416
Large corporate 20,570
Sovereign 2,143
Financial institution 13,457
Residential mortgages 112,948
Australian credit cards 3,712
Other retail 4,607
Small business 17,040
Specialised lending 3,065
Securitisation 7,661
Standardised 28,813
New Zealand
1
46,648
Total credit risk 339,758 362,098 357,295 (6)
Market risk 11,538 9,290 6,662 24
Operational risk 55,175 59,063 55,875 (7)
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) 40,138 42,782 11,446 (6)
Other 4,809 4,387 5,372 10
Total risk weighted assets 451,418 477,620 436,650 (5)
Total RWA decreased by 5.5% to $451.4 billion over the year from both lower credit and non-credit RWA.
Credit RWA decreased by $22.3 billion. Key movements include:
• A $23.7 billion reduction in credit RWA on implementation of the revised capital framework. Key drivers were:
–Property Finance: Internal modelling reduced the risk weight of property finance. These exposures were formerly
calculated using the IRB slotting approach;
–Mortgages: Revisions to mortgage models reduced RWA, although additional capital was required for higher risk
segments, including standardised risk weights for some exposures; and
–Off-balance sheet exposures: EAD reduction mainly related to changes in CCFs for non-retail exposures;
• A $5.6 billion decrease mostly due to data refinements related to Financial Institutions, Business Lending and
Property Finance;
• A $2.1 billion decrease from counterparty credit risk and mark-to-market related credit risk primarily due to decreases
in the mark-to-market value of derivatives from changes in underlying foreign currency rates;
• A $5.7 billion increase from higher lending mainly in Corporate lending;
• A $1.3 billion increase from deteriorating credit quality largely reflecting an increase in delinquencies in Residential
Mortgages and New Zealand partially offset by a reduction in impaired exposures in Corporate and Business Lending;
and
• A $2.2 billion increase from foreign currency translation impacts, predominantly the depreciation of the A$ against the NZ$.
Non-credit RWA decreased by $3.9 billion. Key movements include:
• Operational RWA: $3.9 billion decrease mainly from the Standardised Measurement Approach (SMA) annual updated
calculations driven mostly by lower operational losses and a decrease in indemnities provided as part of the exit of
non-core businesses that have been settled;
• IRRBB RWA: $2.6 billion decrease. Key drivers were:
–$4.8 billion lower regulatory embedded loss; and
–$2.2 billion increase in the repricing and yield curve outcome from the underlying banking book position; and
• Market RWA: $2.2 billion increase from a combination of market risk exposure changes and higher market volatility.
1. Includes credit and securitisation exposures regulated under RBNZ prudential requirements.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
128
Group performance
Capital adequacy
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Tier 1 capital
CET1 capital
Paid up ordinary capital 39,826 39,666 41,601 -
Treasury shares(759)(712)(663) 7
Equity based remuneration 1,929 1,843 1,753 5
Foreign currency translation reserve(171)(537)(266)(68)
Accumulated other comprehensive income(221) 28 402 large
Non-controlling interests - other 44 57 57 (23)
Retained earnings 31,436 29,063 28,813 8
Less retained earnings in life and general insurance, funds management and
securitisation entities(369)(300)(1,118) 23
Deferred fees 334 300 238 11
Total CET1 capital 72,049 69,408 70,817 4
Deductions from CET1 capital
Goodwill (excluding funds management entities)(7,940)(7,914)(8,060)-
Deferred tax assets(2,144)(1,746)(2,429) 23
Goodwill in life and general insurance, funds management and securitisation entities(149)(204)(209)(27)
Capitalised expenditure(2,375)(2,148)(1,951) 11
Capitalised software(2,797)(2,263)(1,840) 24
Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes(76)(316)(2,044)(76)
Regulatory expected downturn loss in excess of eligible provisions- (144)(225)(100)
Securitisation(16)- - -
Defined benefit superannuation fund surplus(217)(219)(64)(1)
Equity investments(228)(187)(163) 22
Regulatory adjustments to fair value positions(222)(324)(24)(31)
Total deductions from CET1 capital(16,164)(15,465)(17,009) 5
Total CET1 capital after deductions 55,885 53,943 53,808 4
Additional Tier 1 capital
Basel III complying instruments 10,037 10,021 10,180 -
Total Additional Tier 1 capital 10,037 10,021 10,180 -
Deductions from Additional Tier 1 capital
Holdings of own and other financial institutions Additional Tier 1 capital instruments(46)(25)(25) 84
Total deductions from Additional Tier 1 capital(46)(25)(25) 84
Net Additional Tier 1 regulatory capital 9,991 9,996 10,155 -
Net Tier 1 regulatory capital 65,876 63,939 63,963 3
Tier 2 capital
Basel III complying instruments 25,740 23,791 18,228 8
Basel III transitional instruments- - 487 -
Eligible general reserve for credit loss 1,051 411 51 156
Total Tier 2 capital 26,791 24,202 18,766 11
Deductions from Tier 2 capital
Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes- - (140)-
Holdings of own and other financial institutions Tier 2 capital instruments(370)(243)(221) 52
Total deductions from Tier 2 capital(370)(243)(361) 52
Net Tier 2 regulatory capital 26,421 23,959 18,405 10
Total regulatory capital 92,297 87,898 82,368 5
Risk weighted assets 451,418 477,620 436,650 (5)
CET1 capital ratio 12.38% 11.29% 12.32% 109 bps
Additional Tier 1 capital ratio 2.21% 2.10% 2.33% 11 bps
Tier 1 capital ratio 14.59% 13.39% 14.65% 120 bps
Tier 2 capital ratio 5.86% 5.01% 4.21% 85 bps
Total regulatory capital ratio 20.45% 18.40% 18.86% 205 bps
129
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Dividends
202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Ordinary dividend - Interim (cents per share)70 61 58 15
Ordinary dividend - Final (cents per share)72 64 60 13
Total ordinary dividend142 125 118 14
Payout ratio
1
69.20% 76.79% 79.25%large
Adjusted franking credit balance ($m)3,520 3,298 3,857 7
The Board has determined a final fully franked dividend of 72 cents per share, to be paid on 19 December 2023 to
shareholders on the register at the record date of 10 November 2023. The 2023 final dividend represents a payout ratio
of 69.20%. In addition to being fully franked, the dividend will also carry NZ$0.07 in New Zealand imputation credits that
may be used by New Zealand tax residents.
The Board has determined to satisfy the DRP for the 2023 final ordinary dividend by arranging for the purchase of
shares in the market by a third party. The market price used to determine the number of shares issued under the DRP will
be set over the 15 trading days commencing 15 November 2023, with no discount applied.
Capital deduction for regulatory expected credit loss
For capital adequacy purposes APRA requires the amount of regulatory expected credit losses in excess of eligible
provisions to be deducted from CET1 capital. The table below shows the calculation of this capital deduction.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Provisions associated with eligible portfolios
Total provisions for expected credit losses 4,941 4,635 5,007 7
plus provisions associated with partial write-offs 292 377 40 (23)
less ineligible provisions
2
(192)(143)(104) 34
Total eligible provisions 5,041 4,869 4,943 4
Regulatory expected downturn loss 4,078 4,690 5,168 (13)
Excess/(shortfall) in eligible provisions compared to regulatory expected downturn loss 963 179 (225)large
CET1 capital deduction for regulatory expected downturn loss in excess of eligible
provisions
3
- (144)(225)(100)
1. Payout ratio excludes the dividend component of completed off-market share buy-back announced on 14 February 2022.
2. Provisions associated with portfolios subject to the Basel standardised approach to credit risk are not eligible.
3. Regulatory expected loss is calculated for portfolios subject to the Basel advanced capital IRB approach to credit risk. The comparison
between regulatory expected loss and eligible provisions is performed separately for defaulted and non-defaulted exposures.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
130
Segment reporting
Segment reporting
In 2023, the Group has changed its internal and external reporting from reporting cash earnings to reporting statutory
net profit. Internally, Westpac separately identifies the impact of Notable Items on income and expenses and includes a
sub-total titled “Pre-provision profit”. Pre-provision profit represents profit before impairment charges and income tax
expenses.
As segment reporting is to be consistent with the reporting internally to the Group’s key decision makers, the segment
reporting below reflects this basis of preparation and prior period balances have been restated.
$mConsumerBusiness
Consumer
and
Business
Banking
Westpac
Institutional
Bank
Westpac
New
Zealand
1
(A$)
Specialist
Businesses
Group
BusinessesGroup
2023
Net interest income 8,966 4,238 13,204 1,525 2,317 429 939 18,414
Non-interest income 568 315 883 1,366 240 650 (11) 3,128
Notable Items- (78)(78)- - 233 (52) 103
Net operating income 9,534 4,475 14,009 2,891 2,557 1,312 876 21,645
Operating expenses(4,763)(1,867)(6,630)(1,308)(1,186)(547)(561)(10,232)
Notable Items(202)(19)(221)(15)(9)(60)(155)(460)
Total operating expenses(4,965)(1,886)(6,851)(1,323)(1,195)(607)(716)(10,692)
Pre-provision profit 4,569 2,589 7,158 1,568 1,362 705 160 10,953
Impairment (charges)/benefits(200)(263)(463)(87)(124) 27 (1)(648)
Profit before income tax (expense)/
benefit 4,369 2,326 6,695 1,481 1,238 732 159 10,305
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI
2
(1,317)(698)(2,015)(420)(351)(127)(197)(3,110)
Net profit/(loss) 3,052 1,628 4,680 1,061 887 605 (38) 7,195
Net profit includes impact of:
Notable Items (post tax)
2
(148)(68)(216)(10)(7) 207 (147)(173)
Profit/(loss) attributable to
businesses sold
3
- - - - - 131 - 131
2022
Net interest income 8,985 3,027 12,012 1,110 2,107 474 903 16,606
Non-interest income 612 332 944 1,146 279 860 70 3,299
Notable Items- - - - 120 (1,011) 592 (299)
Net operating income 9,597 3,359 12,956 2,256 2,506 323 1,565 19,606
Operating expenses(4,623)(1,899)(6,522)(1,188)(1,072)(683)(716)(10,181)
Notable Items(66)- (66)- - (365)(190)(621)
Total operating expenses(4,689)(1,899)(6,588)(1,188)(1,072)(1,048)(906)(10,802)
Pre-provision profit 4,908 1,460 6,368 1,068 1,434 (725) 659 8,804
Impairment (charges)/benefits(201)(143)(344)(85) 25 67 2 (335)
Profit before income tax (expense)/
benefit 4,707 1,317 6,024 983 1,459 (658) 661 8,469
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI
2
(1,416)(399)(1,815)(296)(382)(65)(217)(2,775)
Net profit/(loss) 3,291 918 4,209 687 1,077 (723) 444 5,694
Net profit includes impact of:
Notable Items (post tax)
2
(47)- (47)- 119 (1,226) 280 (874)
Profit/(loss) attributable to
businesses sold
3
- - - - 18 168 - 186
1. Refer to Section 2.8.4 for the Westpac New Zealand NZ$ segment reporting.
2. Includes tax benefits on Notable Items of $184 million in 2023 (2022: $46 million, 2021: $57 million).
3. Refer to Section 4.13 for further details.
131
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
$mConsumerBusiness
Consumer
and
Business
Banking
Westpac
Institutional
Bank
Westpac
New
Zealand
1
(A$)
Specialist
Businesses
Group
BusinessesGroup
2021
Net interest income 9,483 2,810 12,293 925 2,022 512 835 16,587
Non-interest income 521 352 873 1,329 334 1,264 40 3,840
Notable Items- 178 178 - (49) 181 485 795
Net operating income 10,004 3,340 13,344 2,254 2,307 1,957 1,360 21,222
Operating expenses(4,757)(2,168)(6,925)(1,418)(1,039)(846)(736)(10,964)
Notable Items(141)(54)(195)(1,193)(23)(640)(296)(2,347)
Total operating expenses(4,898)(2,222)(7,120)(2,611)(1,062)(1,486)(1,032)(13,311)
Pre-provision profit 5,106 1,118 6,224 (357) 1,245 471 328 7,911
Impairment (charges)/benefits 184 425 609 (162) 79 66 (2) 590
Profit before income tax (expense)/
benefit 5,290 1,543 6,833 (519) 1,324 537 326 8,501
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI
2
(1,583)(466)(2,049)(14)(376)(375)(229)(3,043)
Net profit/(loss) 3,707 1,077 4,784 (533) 948 162 97 5,458
Net profit includes impact of:
Notable Items (post tax)
2
(105) 85 (20)(991)(54)(540) 110 (1,495)
Profit/(loss) attributable to
businesses sold
3
- - - - 39 450 - 489
1. Refer to Section 2.8.4 for the Westpac New Zealand NZ$ segment reporting.
2. Includes tax benefits on Notable Items of $184 million in 2023 (2022: $46 million, 2021: $57 million).
3. Refer to Section 4.13 for further details.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
132
Segment reporting
Businesses sold
The table below shows the profit/(loss) attributable to businesses sold on the segments by the relevant period.
Further details are provided in Section 4.13.
$mConsumer Business
Consumer
and
Business
Banking
Westpac
Institutional
Bank
Westpac
New
Zealand
(A$)
Specialist
Businesses
Group
BusinessesGroup
2023
Net interest income- - - - - - - -
Non-interest income- - - - - 140 - 140
Net operating income - - - - - 140 - 140
Operating expenses- - - - - 46 - 46
Pre-provision profit- - - - - 186 - 186
Impairment (charges)/benefits- - - - - - - -
Profit before income tax (expense)/
benefit- - - - - 186 - 186
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI- - - - - (55)- (55)
Net profit- - - - - 131 - 131
2022
Net interest income- - - - - 6 - 6
Non-interest income- - - - 28 364 - 392
Net operating income - - - - 28 370 - 398
Operating expenses- - - - (3)(124)- (127)
Pre-provision profit- - - - 25 246 - 271
Impairment (charges)/benefits- - - - - 7 - 7
Profit before income tax (expense)/
benefit- - - - 25 253 - 278
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI- - - - (7)(85)- (92)
Net profit- - - - 18 168 - 186
2021
Net interest income- - - - - 39 - 39
Non-interest income- - - - 58 802 - 860
Net operating income - - - - 58 841 - 899
Operating expenses- - - - (4)(237)- (241)
Pre-provision profit- - - - 54 604 - 658
Impairment (charges)/benefits- - - - - 29 - 29
Profit before income tax (expense)/
benefit- - - - 54 633 - 687
Income tax (expense)/benefit and NCI- - - - (15)(183)- (198)
Net profit- - - - 39 450 - 489
133
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.8.1 Consumer
The Consumer segment provides a full range of banking products and services to customers in Australia through three
lines of business consisting of mortgages, consumer finance and deposits. Products and services are provided through
a portfolio of brands comprising Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS using digital channels and
branches.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 8,966 8,985 9,483 -
Non-interest income 568 612 521 (7)
Net operating income 9,534 9,597 10,004 (1)
Operating expenses(4,763)(4,623)(4,757) 3
Notable Items(202)(66)(141)large
Total operating expenses(4,965)(4,689)(4,898) 6
Pre-provision profit 4,569 4,908 5,106 (7)
Impairment (charges)/benefits(200)(201) 184 -
Profit before income tax expense 4,369 4,707 5,290 (7)
Income tax expense and NCI(1,317)(1,416)(1,583)(7)
Net profit 3,052 3,291 3,707 (7)
Notable Items (post tax)(148)(47)(105)large
Expense to income ratio (Ex Notable Items) 49.96% 48.17% 47.55% 179 bps
Net interest margin (Ex Notable Items) 2.06% 2.13% 2.30%(7 bps)
$bn202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Customer deposits
Transactions 33.0 40.5 37.1 (19)
Savings 154.9 123.9 127.6 25
Term 63.9 62.2 50.2 3
Mortgage offsets 56.6 54.0 51.5 5
Total customer deposits 308.4 280.6 266.4 10
Loans
Mortgages 485.6 467.6 455.7 4
Other 8.9 8.9 8.8 -
Provisions(1.8)(1.9)(1.8)(5)
Total loans 492.7 474.6 462.7 4
Deposit to loan ratio 62.59% 59.12% 57.58% 347 bps
Total assets 504.9 486.9 474.8 4
TCE 580.4 564.4 551.8 3
Average interest earning assets 435.2 422.7 411.7 3
Average allocated capital 25.9 25.2 24.8 3
Credit quality
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans 0.04% 0.04%(0.04%)-
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies 0.86% 0.75% 1.07% 11 bps
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies 1.01% 1.35% 1.60%(34 bps)
Total stressed exposures to TCE 0.88% 0.68% 0.98% 20 bps
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
134
Segment reporting
Net profit declined by 7% to $3,052 million as 7% growth in the First Half 2023 was offset by the 27% fall in net profit in
the Second Half.
Pre-provision profit reduced by 7% to $4,569 million. Excluding Notable Items mostly associated with restructuring
charges and the branch transformation program, pre-provision profit declined by 4% to $4,771 million. This reflected a
contraction in operating income of 1% and an increase in operating expenses of 3%. Operating income was lower due
to continued net interest margin reduction, mainly in mortgages, which more than offset volume growth. Operating
expenses increased due to the combined impacts of inflationary pressures on wages and vendor services, and higher
software amortisation.
Net interest income
flat
• Net loans increased by 4% to $492.7 billion. Mortgage growth of 4%, driven mainly by
variable owner occupied mortgages, reflected 0.8x APRA’s housing credit system growth.
During the year, $70 billion of fixed rate mortgages expired, of which most were retained
and reverted to variable rate loans. Variable rate mortgages now account for 76% of
mortgages, still below pre-COVID levels but up from 63% in the prior year;
• Deposits were up 10% to $308.4 billion, growing at 1.3x APRA’s household deposit system.
The growth reflected an improved customer proposition. Higher interest rates impacted
customer preference, resulting in a reduction in transaction balances and shift towards
higher-yielding savings accounts and to a lesser extent term deposits. Mortgage offset
balances increased 5% to $56.6 billion as customers reverted to variable rate mortgages
which benefit from deposit offset features;
• With deposit growth significantly exceeding loan growth, the deposit to loan ratio
improved to 62.6%; and
• The net interest margin declined 7 basis points. A 2 basis points increase in the First Half
more was more than offset by a 24 basis point decrease in the Second Half. The decline in
net interest margin was mainly due to the impact of repricing to retain existing mortgage
borrowers and competition for new lending. This was partly offset by wider deposit
spreads in the First Half and higher returns on capital balances over the year. Deposit
spreads declined in the Second Half due to the mix shift towards lower margin savings
accounts and rising competition for term deposits.
Non-interest income
down 7%
• Non-interest income declined 7% to $568 million reflecting:
–The non-recurrence of a $25 million milestone payment received from the distribution
agreement for general insurance in the prior year;
– Lower cards income; and
– Lower share trading income from lower market activity.
Expenses
up 6%
• Operating expenses increased by 6% to $4,965 million. Excluding Notable Items of
$202 million, operating expenses were up 3%. Main contributors included:
–Higher wage and vendor services inflation and resourcing to support customer
outcomes; and
– Increased amortisation costs as projects completed.
• These higher expenses were partly offset by the benefits of Cost Reset outcomes including
a smaller corporate footprint, and a reduction in branches and proprietary-owned ATMs.
Impairment charge of
$200 million
• Impairment charges were 4 basis points of average loans, in line with the prior year.
The charge was driven by write-offs and new IAP, which were partly offset by a CAP
benefit. The CAP benefit was driven by a reduction in overlays which more than offset the
deteriorating credit risk metrics in the mortgage portfolio; and
• Stressed exposure to TCE deteriorated by 20 basis points to 0.88% compared to the
prior year. Mortgage 90+ delinquencies increased 11 basis points to 0.86% reflecting
higher mortgage rates and cost of living pressures. Positively, other consumer 90+ day
delinquencies decreased 34 basis points to 1.01% reflecting an uplift in collection practices
and a resumption in write-off activity.
135
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.8.2 Business
The Business segment provides services and products to Australian small to medium businesses including commercial
and agribusiness customers. It offers business lending, generally up to $200 million in exposure, merchant services using
eCommerce solutions and transaction banking services. Business also includes Private Wealth, supporting needs of high-
net-worth individuals. It operates under the Westpac, St.George, and Bank of Melbourne brands.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 4,238 3,027 2,810 40
Non-interest income 315 332 352 (5)
Notable Items(78)- 178 -
Net operating income 4,475 3,359 3,340 33
Operating expenses(1,867)(1,899)(2,168)(2)
Notable Items(19)- (54)-
Total operating expenses(1,886)(1,899)(2,222)(1)
Pre-provision profit 2,589 1,460 1,118 77
Impairment (charges)/benefits(263)(143) 425 84
Profit before income tax expense 2,326 1,317 1,543 77
Income tax expense and NCI(698)(399)(466) 75
Net profit 1,628 918 1,077 77
Notable Items (post tax)(68)- 85 -
Expense to income ratio (Ex Notable Items) 41.01% 56.53% 68.56%large
Net interest margin (Ex Notable Items) 4.89% 3.71% 3.55% 118 bps
$bn202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Customer deposits
Transactions 51.1 59.5 57.1 (14)
Savings 38.8 44.8 45.2 (13)
Term 40.7 29.0 26.3 40
Mortgage offsets- - - -
Total customer deposits 130.6 133.3 128.6 (2)
Loans
Business 90.4 86.3 79.8 5
Provisions(1.5)(1.4)(1.4) 7
Total loans 88.9 84.9 78.4 5
Deposit to loan ratio 146.97% 157.06% 164.00%large
Total assets 91.1 8 7.1 80.6 5
TCE 116.2 111.1 102.1 5
Average interest earning assets 86.7 81.6 79.1 6
Average allocated capital 8.4 8.1 8.2 4
Credit quality
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans 0.30% 0.17%(0.53%) 13 bps
Business: impaired exposures to TCE 0.40% 0.52% 0.72%(12 bps)
Total stressed exposures to TCE 4.98% 5.05% 5.90%(7 bps)
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
136
Segment reporting
Net profit grew 77% to $1,628 million.
Pre-provision profit increased by 77% to $2,589 million. Excluding Notable Items associated with customer remediation
and restructuring, pre-provision profit increased by 84% to $2,686 million. The growth was driven by an improvement in
operating income, with higher lending balances and higher interest rates supporting deposit spreads alongside a decline
in operating expenses following the completion of several regulatory and compliance programs.
Net interest income
up 37%
• Excluding Notable Items net interest income increased by 40% to $4,238 million;
• Net loans increased by 5% to $88.9 billion with growth predominantly in agriculture,
commercial property and diversified sectors;
• Deposits decreased by 2% to $130.6 billion reflecting lower system growth and increased
competition. There was a shift to higher yielding term deposits as interest rates increased,
which now comprise 31% of total customer deposits, up from 22% in the prior year.
Conversely, there were declines in both savings accounts and transaction accounts; and
• The net interest margin excluding Notable Items was up 118 basis points comprising of a
145 basis point increase in the First Half 2023 and a 22 basis point increase in Second Half
2023. The improvement was driven by rising interest rates that supported higher deposit
spreads and returns on both hedged deposits and capital. This was partly offset by loan
spreads continuing to narrow due to ongoing competition. The favourable impact of the
deposit spreads slowed in the Second Half as interest rates began to stabilise and the mix
shift to term deposits increased.
Non-interest income
down 5%
• Non-interest income decreased by 5% to $315 million due to ongoing fee simplification.
Merchants income was also lower due to higher terminal amortisation following the
migration to new terminals.
Expenses
down 1%
• Operating expenses declined by 1% to $1,886 million. Excluding Notable Items of
$19 million related to customer remediation and restructuring, operating expenses were
down 2% due to:
– The completion of several regulatory and compliance programs; and
– Benefits of a simpler organisational structure, primarily in head office functions.
Impairment charge of
$263 million
• The impairment charge was 30 basis points of average loans compared to 17 basis points
in the prior year. The charge reflected higher CAP due to updated economic forecasts
including a higher cash rate and a steeper commercial property price correction. This was
partly offset by the release of a portion of the construction overlay that is now reflected in
modelled outcomes; and
• Credit quality metrics improved with stressed exposures to TCE down 7 basis points to
4.98%, mostly due to balance sheet growth. There was a small increase in watchlist and
substandard exposures, in the commercial property and the agriculture sectors.
137
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.8.3 Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB)
The Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) comprises three lines of business: Corporate & Institutional Bank (CIB),
Global Transaction Services (GTS) and Financial Markets (FM). It services predominantly corporate, institutional and
government clients. CIB uses dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams to support clients’ lending
needs. GTS is responsible for the provision of payments and liquidity management solutions to WIB’s clients and the
group’s domestic and international payments infrastructure. FM provides a range of risk management, investment and
debt capital markets solutions to WIB clients and access to financial markets products for consumer and business
customers. Clients are supported throughout Australia and via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, New
York, London, Frankfurt and Singapore.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 1,525 1,110 925 37
Non-interest income 1,366 1,146 1,329 19
Net operating income 2,891 2,256 2,254 28
Operating expenses(1,308)(1,188)(1,418) 10
Notable Items(15)- (1,193)-
Total operating expenses(1,323)(1,188)(2,611) 11
Pre-provision profit 1,568 1,068 (357) 47
Impairment (charges)/benefits(87)(85)(162) 2
Profit before income tax expense 1,481 983 (519) 51
Income tax expense and NCI(420)(296)(14) 42
Net profit 1,061 687 (533) 54
Notable Items (post tax)(10)- (991)-
Expense to income ratio (Ex Notable Items) 45.24% 52.66% 62.91%large
Net interest margin (Ex Notable Items) 1.50% 1.26% 1.25% 24 bps
$bn202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Customer deposits
Transactions and others 63.5 65.8 59.2 (3)
Savings 10.3 10.7 11.9 (4)
Term 41.3 40.1 28.2 3
Total customer deposits 115.1 116.6 99.3 (1)
Loans
Loans 92.9 85.5 68.3 9
Provisions(0.3)(0.3)(0.6)-
Total loans 92.6 85.2 67.7 9
Deposit to loan ratio 124.37% 136.83% 146.64%large
Total assets 106.3 106.1 82.8 -
TCE 207.4 199.3 179.7 4
Average interest earning assets 101.7 88.2 73.9 15
Average allocated capital 8.5 7.8 7.8 9
Credit quality
Impairment charges to average loans 0.10% 0.11% 0.25%(1 bps)
Impaired exposures to TCE 0.04% 0.10% 0.29%(6 bps)
Total stressed exposures to TCE 0.58% 0.35% 0.64% 23 bps
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
138
Segment reporting
Net operating income contribution
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Lending and deposit income 2,006 1,712 1,508 17
Sales and risk management income 887 696 741 27
Derivative valuation adjustment 56 (31) 98 large
Other
1
(58)(121)(93)(52)
Net operating income contribution 2,891 2,256 2,254 28
Net profit was up 54% to $1,061 million.
Pre-provision profit increased by 47% to $1,568 million, driven by a 28% increase in net operating income which was
partly offset by an 11% growth in operating expenses. Excluding Notable Items associated with restructuring charges,
pre-provision profit rose by 48% to $1,583 million. The improvement in operating income reflected balance sheet growth,
higher interest rates which supported deposit and loan spreads, and an improved Financial Markets performance. The
increase in operating expenses reflected both higher software amortisation and staff costs.
Net interest income
up 37%
• Net loans increased by 9% to $92.6 billion. Growth was in our target sectors of property,
health and energy. First Half loans were impacted by borrowers bringing forward
refinancing in the prior financial year. Lending activity increased in the Second Half
primarily due to deepening relationships with existing customers.
• Deposits decreased by 1% to $115.1 billion, largely due to a reduction in transaction
balances. Clients used cash held in transaction accounts to both pay down debt and
redistribute it into higher yielding assets in response to higher interest rates. The deposit
mix shifted towards term deposits, which accounted for 36% of total deposits, up from
34% in the prior year; and
• The net interest margin, up 24 basis points, benefited from higher interest rates supporting
loan and deposit spreads and returns on capital, as well as improved Markets income. This
was partly offset by higher wholesale funding and liquidity costs.
Non-interest income
up 19%
• Non-interest income increased by 19% to $1,366 million as deepening relationships resulted
in more activity from existing clients. The result was also supported by the $97 million
positive impact from derivative valuation adjustments (DVA), which benefited from tighter
counterparty credit spreads. Excluding the DVA benefit, non-interest income increased by
10% due to:
– Improved Markets income from higher customer sales volumes in credit and foreign
exchange products, reflecting franchise improvements and favourable market
conditions, along with tighter credit spreads;
–Increased origination and syndication fees reflecting elevated activity; and
–Higher unused credit facility fees from increased lending activity.
Expenses
up 11%
• Expenses excluding Notable Items increased 10% to $1,308 million reflecting:
– Inflationary pressures impacting staff costs and expenses for third party vendor
services; and
– Higher software amortisation costs.
• Savings from Cost Reset outcomes partly offset a portion of the higher expenses.
• The investment mix shifted towards growth and productivity with the development of the
new payments platform offsetting risk related programs nearing their closure.
Impairment charge of
$87 million
• The impairment charge to average loans was 10 basis points, compared to a charge of 11
basis points in the prior year. The charge was driven by higher CAP charge reflecting an
increase in customers entering watchlist. New IAP were very low despite challenges in the
operating environment.
• Stressed exposures to TCE deteriorated by 23 basis points to 0.58%, reflecting an increase
in watchlist loans mostly related to a small number of single names. Impaired exposure to
TCE declined by 6 basis points.
1. Includes capital benefit and the Bank Levy.
139
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
2.8.4 Westpac New Zealand
Westpac New Zealand provides banking and wealth products and services for consumer, business and institutional
customers in New Zealand.
All figures are in NZ $ unless noted otherwise.
NZ$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 2,514 2,280 2,154 10
Non-interest income 260 306 358 (15)
Notable Items- 127 (53)(100)
Net operating income 2,774 2,713 2,459 2
Operating expenses(1,285)(1,158)(1,109) 11
Notable Items(10)- (23)-
Total operating expenses(1,295)(1,158)(1,132) 12
Pre-provision profit 1,479 1,555 1,327 (5)
Impairment (charges)/benefits(135) 27 84 large
Profit before income tax expense 1,344 1,582 1,411 (15)
Income tax expense and NCI(381)(414)(401)(8)
Net profit 963 1,168 1,010 (18)
Notable Items (post tax)(7) 127 (57)large
Profit/(loss) attributable to businesses sold- 19 43 (100)
Expense to income ratio (Ex Notable Items) 46.32% 44.78% 44.15% 154 bps
Net interest margin (Ex Notable Items) 2.11% 2.00% 2.03% 11 bps
NZ$bn202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Customer deposits
Transactions and others 21.4 24.4 26.0 (12)
Savings 19.9 21.2 21.6 (6)
Term 38.5 32.3 28.3 19
Total customer deposits 79.8 77.9 75.9 2
Loans
Mortgages 65.8 63.8 60.9 3
Business 32.8 32.2 31.0 2
Other 1.2 1.2 1.2 -
Provisions(0.5)(0.4)(0.5) 25
Total loans 99.3 96.8 92.6 3
Deposit to loan ratio 80.36% 80.48% 81.97%(12 bps)
Total assets 121.8 118.9 112.4 2
TCE 147.1 144.6 136.7 2
Liquid assets 19.2 18.4 15.8 4
Average interest earning assets 119.0 113.8 105.9 5
Average allocated capital 7.9 7.2 6.9 10
Total funds 11.4 10.9 12.0 5
Credit quality
Impairment charges/(benefits) to average loans 0.14%(0.03%)(0.09%)large
Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies 0.33% 0.22% 0.30% 11 bps
Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies 0.92% 1.03% 1.65%(11 bps)
Impaired exposures to TCE 0.06% 0.06% 0.11%-
Total stressed exposures to TCE 1.49% 0.97% 1.19% 52 bps
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
140
Segment reporting
Net profit decreased 18% to $963 million due to lower pre-provision profit and higher loan impairment charges.
Pre-provision profit decreased 5% to $1,479 million. Both periods were impacted by Notable Items with the gain on sale
of the life insurance business in Full Year 2022 the largest item. Excluding Notable Items, pre-provision profit increased
4% with operating income up 7%, reflecting higher net interest margins and balance sheet growth. This more than offset
an 11% increase in operating expenses due to inflationary impacts, delivery of program to comply with Reserve Bank of
New Zealand (RBNZ) outsourcing policy and investment in technology foundations.
Net interest income
up 10%
• Net loans increased 3% to $99.3 billion supported by mortgage growth at 0.8x RBNZ’s
lending system. Housing growth slowed in the Second Half reflecting the decision
to manage the margin and volume trade-off in a highly competitive market. Growth
was driven by fixed rate owner occupied mortgages. The variable book declined as
customers preferred the certainty of fixed rates in a rising rate environment. Business
loans increased by 2% to $32.8 billion with growth in Institutional across a number of
sectors.
• Deposits grew by 2% to $79.8 billion as reductions in transaction and savings accounts
were more than offset by growth in term deposits. Term deposits grew as customer
preferences continued to shift towards higher rate accounts as interest rates increased.
Switching slowed in the Second Half as the perception that rates have peaked increased,
and the level of term deposits reached 48%, close to the long-run historical average of
~50%.
• The net interest margin was up 11 basis points with rising interest rates improving deposit
spreads and returns on capital balances. Loan spreads continued to decline due to
an intensely competitive mortgage market. The impact of both deposit spreads and
mortgage competition slowed in the Second Half as interest rates began to stabilise.
Non-interest income
down 15%
• The 15% reduction in non-interest income to $260 million was due to:
– The loss of income following the divestment of the life insurance business in Full Year
2022; and
– Lower card income of $22 million from a reduction in interchange fees reflecting
regulatory changes which came into effect in November 2022.
Expenses
up 12%
• Operating expenses increased 12% to $1,295 million. Excluding Notable Items, operating
expenses increased 11% to $1,285 million. Movements included:
– Higher investments in risk and regulatory projects, mainly to comply with the RBNZ’s
outsourcing policy;
– A 4% increase in FTE to support these projects and the continued strengthening of
technology foundations; and
– Inflationary pressures from both wage increases and increased supplier costs.
Impairment charge of
$135 million
• The impairment charge was 14 basis points of average loans compared to a 3 basis
points benefit in the prior year. The charge reflected higher CAP due to emerging stress
in the portfolio and a deterioration in the economic outlook.
• Stressed exposures to TCE increased 52 basis points due to credit migration of
exposures to watchlist and substandard along with an 11 basis points deterioration in 90+
day mortgage delinquencies. The impaired portion of TCE remained stable.
141
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Westpac New Zealand segment performance (A$ Equivalent)
Results have been translated into Australian dollars (A$) at the average exchange rates for each reporting period, 2023:
$1.0846 (2022: $1.0831 ; 2021: $1.0662). Unless otherwise stated, assets and liabilities have been translated at spot rates
as at the end of the period, 2023: $1.0738 (2022: $1.1355 ; 2021: $1.0477).
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 2,317 2,107 2,022 10
Non-interest income 240 279 334 (14)
Notable Items- 120 (49)(100)
Net operating income 2,557 2,506 2,307 2
Operating expenses(1,186)(1,072)(1,039) 11
Notable Items(9)- (23)-
Total operating expenses(1,195)(1,072)(1,062) 11
Pre-provision profit 1,362 1,434 1,245 (5)
Impairment (charges)/benefits(124) 25 79 large
Profit before income tax expense 1,238 1,459 1,324 (15)
Income tax expense and NCI(351)(382)(376)(8)
Net profit 887 1,077 948 (18)
Notable Items (post tax)(7) 119 (54)large
Profit/(loss) attributable to businesses sold- 18 39 (100)
Expense to income ratio (Ex Notable Items)
1
46.32% 44.78% 44.15% 154 bps
Net interest margin (Ex Notable Items)
1
2.11% 2.00% 2.03% 11 bps
$bn202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Customer deposits 74.3 68.6 72.5 8
Loans 92.5 85.3 88.4 8
Deposit to loan ratio
1
80.36% 80.48% 81.97%(12 bps)
Total assets 113.5 104.7 107.1 8
TCE 136.9 127.3 130.5 8
Liquid assets 17.9 16.2 15.1 10
Average interest earning assets
2
109.7 105.1 99.4 4
Average allocated capital
2
7.3 6.6 6.5 11
Total funds 10.6 9.6 11.5 10
1. Ratios calculated using NZ$.
2. Averages are converted at applicable average rates.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
142
Segment reporting
2.8.5 Specialist Businesses
Specialist Businesses was established in May 2020 by combining the operations that Westpac identified to be exited
as part of its portfolio simplification agenda. Since its formation, ten business divestments have been completed. The
merger of BT’s personal and corporate superannuation funds with Mercer Super Trust through a SFT and the sale of
its AAML business to Mercer Australia were completed earlier in the year. The remaining operations include Platforms,
Westpac Pacific, margin lending and the retail auto finance business which is in run-off. These businesses will be retained
and transferred to the management of the Business & Wealth segment from Full Year 2024.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 429 474 512 (9)
Non-interest income 650 860 1,264 (24)
Notable Items 233 (1,011) 181 large
Net operating income 1,312 323 1,957 large
Operating expenses(547)(683)(846)(20)
Notable Items(60)(365)(640)(84)
Total operating expenses(607)(1,048)(1,486)(42)
Pre-provision profit 705 (725) 471 large
Impairment (charges)/benefits 27 67 66 (60)
Profit before income tax expense 732 (658) 537 large
Income tax expense and NCI(127)(65)(375) 95
Net profit/(loss) 605 (723) 162 large
Notable Items (post tax) 207 (1,226)(540)large
Profit/(loss) attributable to businesses sold 131 168 450 (22)
Expense to income ratio (Ex Notable Items) 50.70% 51.20% 47.64%(50 bps)
Net interest margin (Ex Notable Items) 4.34% 3.57% 3.22% 77 bps
$bn202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Deposits 10.8 9.5 8.7 14
Loans
1
Loans 6.9 10.2 14.0 (32)
Provisions(0.2)(0.3)(0.4)(33)
Total loans 6.7 9.9 13.6 (32)
Deposit to loan ratio
1
161.75% 95.85% 64.46%large
Total funds 131.4 198.8 227.4 (34)
Average funds 166.8 217.2 214.6 (23)
Total assets 9.5 12.9 19.4 (26)
TCE 10.8 13.8 18.1 (22)
Average interest earning assets 9.9 13.3 15.9 (26)
Average allocated capital 1.7 3.7 4.6 (54)
Credit quality
Auto Finance 90 day+ delinquencies 2.99% 2.33% 1.97% 66 bps
Total stressed exposures to TCE 10.80% 9.08% 6.41% 172 bps
Net profit/(loss)
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Businesses sold
2
131 168 450 (22)
Remaining businesses 267 335 252 (20)
Notable Items 207 (1,226)(540)large
Net profit/(loss) 605 (723) 162 large
1. Loans for 2021 are inclusive of balances classified as held for sale.
2. Full Year 2023 includes costs to prepare businesses for sale.
143
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Specialist Businesses reported a net profit of $605 million, compared to a loss of $723 million in the prior year.
Pre-provision profit of $705 million was $1,430 million higher than in the prior year. The improvement was due to the
impact of Notable Items which included a gain on the sale of AAML in Full Year 2023 and a loss on the sale of Australian
life insurance business and asset write-downs in Full Year 2022.
Excluding Notable Items and the impact of businesses sold, pre-provision profit decreased by 15% to $346 million. This
was a result of operating income reducing by 3% while operating expenses increased by 6%.
Net interest income
down 9%
• Excluding Notable Items and businesses sold net interest income was down 8%.
• Net loans declined 32% to $6.7 billion predominantly due to the planned auto finance
portfolio run off. A reduction in margin lending was partly offset by loan growth in
Westpac Pacific;
• Deposits were up 14% to $10.8 billion reflecting deposit growth on Platforms. Rising
interest rates resulted in customers shifting their asset allocation towards higher interest
earning term deposits; and
• The net interest margin was up 77 basis points mostly from lower funding costs in the
auto finance portfolio and wider Platforms deposit spreads.
Non-interest income
up large
• Non-interest income excluding Notable Items and the impact of businesses sold
increased 3%. Key drivers included:
– Growth in transaction fees and trading income in Westpac Pacific benefiting from
improved economic activity and more favourable FX translation impacts;
– Increased contributions from Platforms, due to higher duration cash revenue, was
partly offset by lower funds under administration; and
– Lower Auto Finance fees reflecting the continued run-off in loan balances.
Expenses
down 42%
• Operating expenses excluding Notable Items reduced by 20% including the impact of
businesses sold. Operating expenses of the remaining businesses were up 6% due to
unfavourable FX translation impact and increased inflation.
Impairment benefit of
$27 million
• The impairment benefit of $27 million compared to an impairment benefit of $67 million
in the prior year. This year’s benefit reflected continuing lower IAP and a CAP release
related to the auto finance portfolio run off; and
• Stressed exposure to TCE increased to 10.8%, impacted by the declining auto finance
portfolio balance. Excluding the auto finance portfolio, the stress ratio would be 79 basis
points lower.
Platforms, Investments and Superannuation
$bn2023InflowsOutflowsNet FlowsOther Mov’t2022
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Platforms 129.9 16.3 (21.8)(5.5) 14.0 121.4 7
Packaged funds 1.5 1.3 (4.0)(2.7)(36.2) 40.4 (96)
Superannuation- 1.5 (3.9)(2.4)(34.6) 37.0 (100)
Total funds 131.4 19.1 (29.7)(10.6)(56.8) 198.8 (34)
Platforms funds increased by 7% to $129.9 billion reflecting higher equity markets and dividend distributions.
Packaged funds decreased by $38.9 billion compared to 2022, primarily driven by $38.5 billion related to the sale of AAML.
Superannuation decreased by $37.0 billion primarily from the transfer of the members and benefits of BT Funds
Management Limited’s personal and corporate (non-platform) superannuation of $33.4 billion to Mercer Super Trust.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
144
Segment reporting
2.8.6 Group Businesses
This segment comprises:
• Treasury, which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding, capital,
and liquidity. Treasury also manages interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks inherent in the balance sheet,
including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from
managing the Group’s Australian balance sheet and interest rate risk;
• Customer Services & Technology, which includes operations, call centres and technology. These costs are allocated to
segments across the Group;
• Corporate Services
1
, which provides shared corporate functions such as property, procurement, finance services,
corporate affairs, sustainability, and HR services. These costs are allocated to other segments across the Group; and
• Enterprise Services, which includes earnings on capital not allocated to segments, certain intra-group transactions
and gains/losses from asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s external investments, and other
head office items.
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 939 903 835 4
Non-interest income(11) 70 40 large
Notable Items(52) 592 485 large
Net operating income 876 1,565 1,360 (44)
Operating expenses(561)(716)(736)(22)
Notable Items(155)(190)(296)(18)
Total operating expenses(716)(906)(1,032)(21)
Pre-provision profit 160 659 328 (76)
Impairment (charges)/benefits(1) 2 (2)large
Profit before income tax expense 159 661 326 (76)
Income tax expense and NCI(197)(217)(229)(9)
Net profit/(loss)(38) 444 97 large
Notable Items (post tax)(147) 280 110 large
Treasury
$m202320222021
% Mov’t
2023
- 2022
Net interest income 574 889 838 (35)
Non-interest income 15 21 8 (29)
Notable Items(20) 553 147 large
Net operating income 569 1,463 993 (61)
Net profit 338 969 624 (65)
The Net loss of $38 million compared to a $444 million profit in the prior year.
Pre-provision profit of $160 million compared with $659 million pre-provision profit in the prior year. Excluding Notable
Items, pre-provision profit was $367 million compared with $257 million profit in the prior period.
Excluding notable items, income was down 5% or $45 million, driven by:
Net operating income
down 44%
Excluding notable items, income was down 5% or $45 million. Movement included:
• Decrease in Treasury earnings due to market volatility;
• Lower realised gains on sale of liquid assets; and
• Earnings growth on capital balances due to higher interest rates.
Operating expenses
down 21%
Excluding notable items, expenses were down 22% or $155 million. Movements included:
• Favourable employee provision movements;
• Lower consulting and third-party costs as several strategic projects completed; and
• Reduced costs for the Banking as a Service (BaaS) platform.
Income tax expense and
NCI down 9%
Income tax expense exceeded profit before income tax due to a rise in non-deductible
expenses mainly from higher interest expense on loan capital.
1. Corporate Services costs are partly allocated to other segments, while Group head office costs are retained in Group Businesses.
145
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Risk factoRs
Risk factors
Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our financial performance, financial condition and future
performance. If any of the following risks occur, our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial
condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities or the level of
dividends could decline and, as a security holder, you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully
consider the risks described (individually and in combination) and the other information in this Annual Report and
subsequent disclosures before investing in, or continuing to own, our securities. The risks and uncertainties described
below can emerge together or quickly in succession in a fashion that is uncorrelated with the order in which they are
presented below, and they are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or
that we currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.
For a discussion of our risk management framework and procedures, refer to ‘Risk management’ in Section 1 of this
Annual Report. For further detail on financial risk (including credit, funding and liquidity risk, and market risk), refer to
Note 11 and Note 21 to the financial statements.
Risks relating to our business
We have suffered, and could in the future suffer, information security risks, including cyberattacks
We (and other third parties that we engage with, including our external service providers, business partners, customers
and organisations that we acquire or invest in) face information security risks. These risks are heightened by a range
of factors including: the inherent risks in existing and new technologies; increasing digitisation of business processes
within, and transactions among, organisations; the increased volume of data (including sensitive data) that organisations
collect, generate, hold, use and disclose; the global increase in the sophistication, severity and volume of cyber crime
(including the increased occurrence of cyberattacks globally); supply chain disruptions; the prevalence of remote and
hybrid working for employees, staff of service providers, and customers; the targeting of local service providers; ongoing
and emerging geo-political tensions or wars; and other external events such as acts of terrorism and attacks from state
sponsored actors, which could compromise our information assets and interrupt our usual operations and those of our
customers, suppliers and counterparties.
Adverse information security events such as data breaches, cyberattacks, espionage and/or errors are occurring at
an unprecedented pace, scale and reach. Cyberattacks and other information security breaches have the potential to
cause: financial system instability; reputational damage; serious disruption to customer banking services; economic and
non-economic losses to us, our customers, shareholders, suppliers, counterparties and others; compromise data privacy
of customers, shareholders, employees and others; and exposure to contagion risk. While we have systems in place to
protect against, detect, contain and respond to cyberattacks and other information security threats, these systems have
not always been, and may not always be, effective.
Westpac, its customers, shareholders, employees, suppliers, counterparties or others could suffer losses from cyberattacks,
information security breaches or ineffective cyber resilience. Our risks may be heightened where Westpac is holding
customer data in breach of legal or regulatory obligations, and that data is compromised as part of a cyberattack or other
information security incident. We may not be able to anticipate and prevent a cyberattack or other information security
incident, or effectively respond to and/or rectify the resulting damage. Our suppliers and counterparties, and other parties
that facilitate our activities, financial platforms and infrastructure (such as payment systems and exchanges that hold data
in relation to our existing or potential customers) as well as our customers’ suppliers and counterparties are also subject to
the risk of cyberattacks and other information security breaches, which could in turn impact us. As the scale and volume of
cyberattacks increases globally, there is an increased likelihood of enforcement action from global and domestic regulators
and other action from customers or shareholders, such as class action litigation, for information security risk management
failures, for failing to protect our information assets (including customer and other data), for misleading statements made
about our information security practices or for deficiencies in our response to cyberattacks and information security
threats (including any delayed, deficient or misleading notifications).
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems
and networks, and the systems and networks of external suppliers. Although we implement measures to protect the
confidentiality, availability and integrity of our information, our information assets (including the computer systems,
software and networks on which we, or our customers, shareholders, employees, suppliers, counterparties or others rely)
may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access, malicious software, external attacks or internal breaches that
could have an adverse impact on our and their confidential information.
Consequences of a successful cyberattack or information security breach (whether targeting Westpac or third parties)
could include: damage to technology infrastructure; the potential use of incident response and intervention powers by
the Australian Government under the Security of Critical Infrastructure Act 2018 (Cth); disruptions or other adverse
impacts to network access, operations or availability of services; loss of customers, suppliers and market share or
reputational damage; loss of data or information; cyber extortion; customer remediation and/or claims for compensation;
breach of applicable laws and regulations; increased vulnerability to fraud and scams; litigation and adverse regulatory
action including fines or penalties and increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement action (including the imposition of
licence conditions).
All these potential consequences could have regulatory impacts and negatively affect our business, prospects,
reputation, financial performance or financial condition. As cyber threats evolve, we may need to allocate significant
resources and incur additional costs to modify or enhance our systems, investigate and remediate any vulnerabilities or
incidents and respond to changing regulatory environments (including regulatory inquiries).
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
146
Risk factoRs
We could be adversely affected by legal or regulatory change
We operate in an environment of sustained legal and regulatory change and ongoing scrutiny of financial services
providers. Our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance and financial condition have been, and could in
the future be, adversely affected by changes to law, regulation, policies, supervisory activities, the expectations of our
regulators, and the requirements of industry codes of practice, such as the Banking Code of Practice.
Such changes may affect how we operate and have altered, and may in the future alter, the way we provide our products
and services, in some cases requiring us to change or discontinue our offerings. This includes possible future changes
in laws, regulations, policy or regulatory expectations arising from ongoing industry-wide reviews and inquiries - for
example, the ongoing Senate inquiry into regional and rural branch closures. These changes have in the past limited, and
could continue to limit, our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs (such as costs of systems changes, the levies
associated with the Compensation Scheme of Last Resort, or if our liability for scams or operational costs relating to
scam management are increased as a result of legal or regulatory change), impact the profitability of our businesses,
require us to retain additional capital, impact our ability to pursue strategic initiatives, result in us being unable to
increase or maintain market share and/or create pressure on margins and fees. Changes to regulations in relation to
cyber, data, privacy, fraud and scams may also affect the level of threat acting in Australia.
A failure to manage legal or regulatory changes effectively and in the timeframes required has resulted, and could in the
future result, in the Group not meeting its compliance obligations. It could also result in enforcement action, penalties,
fines, civil litigation, capital impacts and ultimately loss of business licences. Managing large volumes of regulatory
change simultaneously has created, and will continue to create, execution risk. While we update our technology, systems
and processes to keep pace with legal and regulatory change, these steps may not always be successful. System changes
can also increase the risk of flaws, human error or unintended consequences and this risk is exacerbated by frequent
requirements for change. We expect that we will continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and
implementation of legal and regulatory changes. Significant management attention, costs and resources may be required
to update existing, or implement new, processes to comply with such changes. The availability of skilled personnel
required to implement changes may be limited.
There is additional information on certain aspects of regulatory changes affecting the Group in ‘Significant
developments’ and the sections ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments in accounting
standards’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.
We have been and could be adversely affected by failing to comply with laws, regulations or regulatory policy
We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and industry codes
of practice in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding.
We are subject to compliance and conduct risks. These risks are exacerbated by the complexity and volume of
regulation, and the level of ongoing regulatory change, including where we interpret our obligations and rights
differently to regulators or a Court, tribunal or other body, or where applicable laws (in different jurisdictions or between
regimes in Australia) conflict. The potential for this is heightened when regulation is new, untested or is not accompanied
by extensive regulatory guidance, or where industry consultation is limited.
Our compliance management system (which is designed to identify, assess and manage compliance risk) has not always
been, and may not always be, effective. Breakdowns have occurred, and may in the future occur, due to flaws in the
design or implementation of controls or processes, or when new measures are implemented in short periods of time.
These factors can result in a failure by the Group to meet its compliance obligations (including obligations to report or
provide information to regulators). As reviews and change programs are progressed, compliance issues have been, and
will likely continue to be, identified.
Conduct risk has occurred, and could continue to occur, through the provision of products and services to customers
(including vulnerable customers and customers in hardship) that do not meet their needs or do not meet the
expectations of the market. It has occurred, and could continue to occur, through the deliberate, reckless, negligent,
accidental or unintentional conduct of our employees, contractors, agents, authorised representatives, credit
representatives (for example, in our RAMS franchise networks) and/or external services providers that results in the
circumvention or inadequate implementation of our controls, processes, policies or procedures. This could occur through
a failure to meet professional obligations to specific clients (including fiduciary, suitability, responsible lending and
hardship requirements), conflicts of interest, weakness in risk culture, corporate governance or organisational culture,
poor product design and implementation, failure to adequately consider customer needs or selling products and services
outside of customer target markets. These risks are heightened where there has been, or is in the future, inadequate
supervision and oversight of our distribution channels. A failure by our people to comply with our policies, procedures or
the law could also negatively impact other employees, which could lead to outcomes including litigation and reputational
damage for Westpac.
These factors have resulted, and could continue to result, in poor customer outcomes (including for vulnerable
customers and customers in hardship), a failure by the Group to meet its compliance obligations (or to promptly detect,
report and/or remedy non-compliance) and other outcomes including reputational damage and increased regulatory
surveillance or investigation. We are currently subject to a number of investigations, reviews and industry inquiries by,
and are responding to a number of requests from domestic and international regulators including APRA, ASIC, the ATO,
the ACCC, AUSTRAC, BCCC, FINRA, AFCA, RBNZ and the Fair Work Ombudsman, BaFin, BPNG and BPNG’s Financial
Analysis and Supervision Unit, involving significant resources and costs.
147
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
Regulatory reviews and investigations have in the past, and may in the future, result in a regulator taking administrative
or enforcement action against the Group and/or its representatives. Regulators have broad powers, and in certain
circumstances, can issue directions to us (including in relation to product design and distribution and remedial action).
Regulators could also pursue civil or criminal proceedings, seek substantial fines, civil penalties, compliance regimes or
other enforcement outcomes. Penalties can be (and have been) more significant where it has taken some time to identify
contraventions, or to investigate, correct or remediate contraventions, where there are patterns of similar conduct, or
where there has been awareness of contraventions. In addition, regulatory investigations may lead to adverse findings
against directors and management, including potential disqualification. The allocation of resources to regulatory reviews
and investigations can also impede other activities, including change, simplification and remediation activities.
APRA can also require the Group to hold additional capital either through a capital overlay or higher risk weighted
assets (including in response to a failure to comply with prudential standards and/or expectations including in relation
to, for example, stress testing and liquidity management). Following the commencement of civil penalty proceedings,
APRA imposed a $500 million Culture, Governance and Accountability Review overlay and a further $500 million Risk
Governance overlay to our required operational risk capital in 2019. Both overlays continue to apply.
If the Group incurs additional capital overlays, we may need to raise additional capital, which could have an adverse
impact on our financial performance.
The political and regulatory environment that we operate in has seen (and may continue to see) the expansion of
powers of regulators along with materially increased civil penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct or
non-compliance and an increase in criminal prosecutions against institutions and/or their employees and representatives
(including where there is no fault element). This could also result in reputational damage and impact the willingness of
customers, investors and other stakeholders to deal with Westpac. Given the size of Westpac and scale of its activities, a
failure by Westpac may result in multiple contraventions, which could lead to significant financial and other penalties.
Regulatory investigations or actions commenced against the Group have exposed, and may in the future expose, the
Group to an increased risk of litigation brought by third parties (including through class action proceedings), which may
require us to pay compensation to third parties and/or to undertake further remediation activities. In some cases, the
amounts claimed and/or to be paid may be substantial. Market developments suggest the scope and nature of potential
claims is expanding, including in relation to cyber incidents, financial crime and environmental, social and governance
issues. We have incurred significant remediation costs on a number of occasions (including compensation payments and
costs of correcting issues) and new issues may arise requiring remediation. We have faced, and may continue to face,
challenges in effectively and reliably scoping, quantifying and implementing remediation activities, including determining
how to compensate impacted parties properly, fairly and in a timely way. Remediation activities may be affected or
delayed by a number of factors including the number of customers (or other parties) affected, the commencement of
investigations or litigation (including regulatory or class action proceedings), requirements of regulators (including as to
the method or timeframe for remediation) or difficulties in locating or contacting affected parties and any reluctance of
affected parties to respond to contact. Investigation of the underlying issue may be impeded due to the passage of time,
technical system constraints, or inadequacy of records. Remediation programs may not prevent regulatory action or
investigations, litigation or other proceedings from being pursued, or sanctions being imposed.
Regulatory investigations, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, infringement notices, revocation, suspension or variation
of conditions of regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such as enforceable
undertakings) have and could, either individually or in aggregate with other regulatory action, adversely affect our
business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.
There is additional information on certain regulatory and other matters that may affect the Group (including class
actions) in ‘Significant developments’ and in Note 25 to the financial statements.
We have suffered, and in the future could suffer, losses and be adversely affected by the failure to implement
effective risk management
Our risk management framework has not always been (and may not in the future be) effective and the resources we
have in place for identifying, escalating, measuring, evaluating, monitoring, reporting and controlling or mitigating
material risks may not always be adequate. This may arise due to inadequacies in the design of the framework or
key risk management policies, controls and processes, the design or operation of our remuneration structures and
consequence management processes, technology failures, incomplete implementation or embedment, or failure by
our people (including contractors, agents, authorised representatives and credit representatives) to comply with or
properly implement our policies and processes. The potential for these types of failings is heightened if we do not
have appropriately skilled, trained and qualified people in key positions or we do not have sufficient capacity, including
people, processes and technology, to appropriately manage risks. There are also inherent limitations with any risk
management framework as risks may exist, or emerge in the future, that we have not anticipated or identified.
The risk management framework may also prove ineffective because of weaknesses in risk culture or risk governance
practices and policies (for example, where there is a lack of awareness of our policies, controls and processes or where
they are not adequately monitored, audited or enforced). This may result in poor decision-making or risks and control
weaknesses not being identified, escalated or acted upon.
We are required to periodically review our risk management framework to determine if it remains appropriate. Past
analysis and reviews, in addition to regulatory feedback, have highlighted that while there have been improvements, the
framework is still not operating satisfactorily in a number of respects and needs continued focus.
WESTPAC GROUP 2023 ANNUAL REPORT
148
Risk factoRs
As part of our risk management framework, we measure and monitor risks against our risk appetite. When a risk is out of
appetite, the Group seeks to take steps to bring this risk back into appetite in a timely way. This may include improving
the design of our risk class frameworks and supporting policies. However, we may not always be able to bring a risk back
within appetite within proposed timeframes or institute effective improvements (for example, records management). This
may occur because, for example, the required changes involve significant complexity, or because the Group experiences
delays in enhancing our information technology systems, in recruiting or having sufficient appropriately trained staff
for required activities (including where staff are occupied by other regulatory change or remediation projects) or
operational failure. It is also possible that due to external factors beyond our control, certain risks may be inherently
outside of appetite for periods of time.
Weaknesses in risk culture and risk management practices have resulted, and may continue to result, in regulatory action.
We continue to implement our Integrated Plan in relation to risk governance and remediation, with Promontory Australia
as Independent Reviewer providing regular updates to APRA. Promontory Australia has provided eleven reports to
APRA so far. These reports are published on our website every six months at https://www.westpac.com.au/about-
westpac/media/core/ with the latest reports released on 6 November 2023. We expect to complete the Integrated Plan
by the December 2023 target date with assessment and closure by Promontory to occur post completion. We remain
conscious of execution risks during this final stage. Post-completion, Westpac will continue to focus on sustainability
and effectiveness of the uplift delivered by the Integrated Plan through a 12 month transition phase with assurance by
Promontory Australia.
If any of our governance or risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are otherwise
not appropriately implemented or we do not bring risks into appetite as has occurred, we could be exposed to higher
levels of risk than expected and sustained or increased regulatory scrutiny and action. While improvements in risk culture
can drive early and increased self-identification and remediation of compliance concerns, this can also highlight concerns
that may lead to further regulatory action. This may result in losses, imposition of capital requirements, breaches of
compliance obligations, fines and reputational damage which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial
performance or financial condition or require remediation.
We could suffer losses due to technology failures
Maintaining the reliability, availability, integrity, confidentiality, security and resilience of our information and technology
is crucial to our business. While the Group has a number of processes in place to preserve and monitor the availability,
and facilitate the recovery, of our systems, there is a risk that our information and technology systems may be
inadequate, fail to operate properly or result in outages, including from events wholly or partially beyond our control.
If we experience a technology failure, we may fail to meet a compliance obligation (such as a requirement to retain
records and/or data for a certain period, or to destroy records and/or data after a certain period, or other risk
management, privacy, business continuity management or outsourcing obligations), or our employees and our customers
may be adversely affected, including through the inability for them to access our products and services, privacy
breaches, or the loss of personal data. This could result in reputational damage, remediation costs and a regulator
commencing an investigation and/or taking action, or others commencing litigation, against us. Technology issues in the
financial sector can also affect multiple institutions. This means we could impact, or be impacted by, other institutions.
The use of legacy systems, as well as the work underway to uplift our technological capabilities, may heighten the risk
of a technology failure and also the risk of non-compliance with our regulatory obligations or poor customer outcomes.
Projects aimed at simplifying/streamlining our systems will require the allocation of significant resources and incur
significant costs. In addition, the risk of technology failure, regulatory non-compliance or poor customer outcomes may
be heightened while those projects are being undertaken. We are also exposed to the risk that such projects may not be
completed on time or may require further resources or funding than anticipated.
Failure to regularly renew and enhance our technology to deliver new products and services, comply with regulatory
obligations and ongoing regulatory changes, improve automation of our systems and controls, and meet our customers’
and regulators’ expectations, or to effectively implement new technology projects, could result in cost overruns,
technology failures (including due to human error in implementation), reduced productivity, outages, operational
failures or instability, compliance failures, reputational damage and/or the loss of market share. This could place us at a
competitive disadvantage and also adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
149
STRATEGIC
REVIEW
PERFORMANCE
REVIEW
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
SHAREHOLDER
INFORMATION
We could suffer losses due to geopolitical and other external events
The Grou
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.